mm


,v>  '■ •' f


A-'ii
ii
ffpiP
.■!.-V ■V.'.-'.d'V.RM

ft/'"*
8i*iM .'.'•■V.-V

  P?:;-  ' •1.n'-;.-.'

W*'™*'^
'-m?
r:"c j-'.'r:
■Oil?
'•i&tf
...
M
.■
8»
mm,
&*m*



» l?f> '
m

..-.-WW


99
&#
•
I
PI
i
i!

tt>
■■'.'"••''

ii
lip
'('iV;i/
?&«


 
:^4>D€>t300Dt)Cyf^^
^0.(J0,(3O(3<l(yZ3QOQ.GQ&Q&CQQtiQiO^ 
■\ 
 
THE
MOTIVE   POWER
OF THE
HUMAN   SYSTEM,

                         /■
               WITH THE
DUODYNAMIC SYMPTOMS AND TREATMENT
OF
CHRONIC DISEASES.
TENTH EDITION, ENLARGED.  *.
t-}M6\
BY H. H. SHERWOOD, M. D,
         NEW YORK:


WILEY AND PUTNAM, 161 BROADWAY.


            1847. 
                           VVBE

                          S554m

                           1841


      Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1842, by
                  H. H. SHERWOOD, M.D.
in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District of New York.
      Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1846, by

                  H. H. SHERWOOD, M.D.

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District of New York. 
PREFACE
TO THE SEVENTH EDITION.
   \ new edition of this work being demanded, the author has availed him-
self of the opportunity to enhance its value by much additional matter, of
great importance and interest.  In corroboration of the existence of tuber-
cles in the brain which he had repeatedly advanced in opposition to the su-
percilious piejudices of the generality of the profession, and which he  had
discovered and demonstrated by the new symptoms which he  had adopted
in a long and successful practice, he has now the pleasure  of introducing
conclusive evidence of the fact, from foreign medical journals of established
reputation.  With regard, also, to the existence, formation,  and symptoms
of tubercles in a variety of other organs, he has adduced the decisive testi-
mony of M. Lugol, of Paris, in his recent very valuable and celebrated
lectures.  It will be seen that this distinguished physician confirms  not
only the author's general  doctrine concerning the extreme  prevalence of
tubercles in nearly all the organs  and other structures, but also of their
formation in the bones, which he had previously insisted on alone, unsup-
ported by a single authority, and with  scarcely a  hope of professional
credence.  It will be seen, moreover, that M. Lttgol fully agrees with him
in the opinion that the ordinary means of diagnosticating tubercles as well
as the common mode of treatment,  are wholly inadequate,  erroneous  and
deceptive.   And  now that the enlightened and highly independent mem-
bers of the American faculty have this under the seal and sign manual of
foreign authority, they will probably be induced, sometime in the course
of the  present century, to honor it with their consideration, and  direct
their inquiries to the symptoms and treatment which  should be preferred.
In this event they may possibly discover that the symptoms  which the  au-
thor has for  many years adopted, are constant and invariable, and that his
treatment is  rational, scientific and successful.
  The other additional matter presented  in this edition, embraces disco-
veries in physiology which are entirely new, and which may prove to be
of inestimable value.  They are  not of course, submitted, with any great
degree  of confidence, to medical men in general,  for the author well
knows that the great body of his professional brethren are far too learned
to learn any more; but to the candid and inquiring he submits  these dis-
coveries  as  facts which have come under his  own personal observation,
and concerning which he is neither  deceived nor deceives.   They will be
found to  afford a beautiful and almost boundless illustration of the magnet-
ic organization of the human system  for which he has contended in this
and  other works, and to harmonize  in the most remarkable manner even
with the diagrams which he had published long before these extraordinary
confirmations had either been obtained or anticipated. 
   We said thus much in the Preface to the  third edition of this work ;
 and now that three more editions have  been exhausted, and a seventh
 has become in  urgent demand, we think it proper to add the following
 pertinent and gratifying facts that have ad interim transpired.
   The  direct connection which we traced, many years since, between
 the posterior spinal nerves and the ganglionic or sympathetic system of
 nerves, and which has been denied and  ridiculed  by the great and little
 Solomons of the profession, has been demonstrated by Volkman and
 Bidder, the distinguished German anatomists, who  distinctly traced  it
 with the  microscope.  Thus the symptoms of disease, developed by
 pressure on the intervertebral  spaces of the spinal column, upon which
 the author has successfully practised for much more than a quarter of a
 century, and which he has taught in this and many previous publications,
 are now conclusively established by other evidence and  authority ; and
 it will soon  be seen that the pathology, treatment, and remedies, which
 we have so  long adopted, in consonance with our knowledge of these
 symptoms, will be confirmed also, as appropriate and indispensable.
  Indeed, we may triumphantly claim that  this confirmation has been
 achieved already, by the  indubitable  test of the  electro-magnetic ma-
 chine, now in very extensive  use, and  for a  knowledge of which we
refer the reader to our little work entitled " A Manual for  Magnetising
 with  the Rotary and Vibratory Magnetic  Machine, in the  Duodynamic
 Treatment of Diseases," sixth edition, enlarged.
  As an additional corroboration of our views concerning the extensive
range of tuberculation in the system, and its almost universal prevalence
under various aspects of disease, we  insert, in the present edition, an
article entitled "  Physiological and Pathological Researches on Tuber-
culosis," by H.  Lebert, M. D., from " Muller's Archives."
  Still more interesting, to many readers, is the evidence which we pre-
sent, in  an extract from the  " Animal Kingdom" of Emanuel Sweden-
borg, that this celebrated and  truly wonderful writer was familiar with
 the laws of physiological magnetism, which we have  hitherto advanced
in utter unconsciousness of the existence of any such exalted authority
 in their  support, and as the fruits of our own researches alone. 
INTRODUCTION.
   lw  order  to  ascertain  the  unknown causes of obv.'ous effects, one of
two modes is generally adopted.   In the one usually chosen, in accord-
ance with common philosophy, theories  are first constructed, and  then
facts collected to confirm  them ;  but  a sufficient number is very rarely
found for  this purpose, and these  theories, resting on slight foundations,
are consequently almost always fallacious.  In the other mode, which is
according to inductive philosophy, a great number of corresponding facts
is collected, and the theory or  knowledge derived from a comparison of
them is true and substantial.
  The latter mode should always be adopted  to  establish a theory on a
foundation that cannot be overturned.   For if a  theory in philosophy be
true, the number of comparative facts that may be brought to its support,
is absolutely innumerable and without end.  So that if a certain number
of facts is not sufficient to satisfy any person of the  truth of the theory,
any additional number can be presented  to him,  that may  be necessary
for such purpose.
  The theory upon which this work is founded, is the result of that in-
ductive process which has elicited the true causes  of universal motion,
and the  laws by which it  is  governed;  and  the  demonstrations on the
electro-dynamic rings have since placed the hypothesis beyond doubt.
  The part of this  theory which belongs  to  the human  form, and to
chronic diseases, derives, from the causes of motion, new and invariable
symptoms of those diseases which belong  to  the class hypertrophy, or
chronic swellings  of the organs  and  limbs ; and  the  laws  of magnetic
motion explain  the causes of their phenomena.
  When the discoveries  thus made,  were compared with the various
theories of the medical profession on  these subjects, it was easy to see
how fallacious  the latter necessarily were, and  with what ease  th«7
might be overturned and buried for ever in one common ruin. 
ii
   The effect of the common practice in this class of dissases, has long
Deen known,to be uniformly injurious when carried beyond the mere object
of palliating an occasionally urgent symptom, and is therefore exactly what
we should expect to arise from an entire ignorance of the laws of organic
and molecular motion, and of the symptoms dependent on these laws.
   As there  may be physicians who, from motives of interest,  would be
unwilling to acknowledge as  much, I shall here  copy the opinion  of the
late John Armstrong, M.D.,  one of the most enlightened men that ever
adorned  our profession.   He was also one of our best  medical authors,
and was  universally so considered.

  " If any one were to assert, in  unqualified terms, that medicine is a conjectural and
vague art, it  were easy to refute him, by proving its great certainty in  many acute
diseases ; and if any one  were to ask what part of physic  is most defective, we might
point out  chronic'diseases, since  in them our efforts have hitherto been the most in-
effectual.  It is for want of having discriminated the general difference of results in
the treatment  of acute and chronic diseases, that some have so much underrated, and
others so  much overrated, the powers of the medical art.  Speak of acute diseases,
and we  may justly maintain  the  present  utility  of our profession ;  speak of chronic
diseases, and we must with regret confess  its present imperfection.   If any practitioner
should  be  generally unsuccessful  in the treatment of acute diseases, the fault must be
his own, provided he  be consulted in the earliest stages: for the united agencies of
blood-letting,  purgatives, mercurials,  opium, and blisters, will commonly control the
very elements  of these diseases, when opportunely and judiciously directed ;  and  if
any one will still be so stubborn as to  reject the use of some of the most powerful in-
struments  which we possess, the failures are rather to be attributed to himself, than to
the inefficiency of medical expedients.
  " As we cannot make such  a confident declaration  a3 to chronic  diseases, though we
can often palliate and sometimes cure  them, we arc constrained to  acknowledge, either
that their  nature is more  irremediable,  or the means employed are less efficacious.
  " The means which we administer in chronic diseases arc numerous, but most of them
ambiguous, and questionable at the best; whereas in acute diseases, our means are few,
and- their operation plain  and indisputable. .The long catalogue  of prescriptions for
chronic diseases, at once indicates, that all is not right in our pathology, as it implies
that each prescription is liable to fail, and  that the whole may be successively required
   " Wherever we have any thing like principles to guide us, our prescriptions are ex-
tremely limited; wherever we have no nxed principles to guide us, our prescriptions
accumulate with empirical rapidity.   But what, it may be reasonably enquired, is the
principal cause of all this complexity of formula? in chronic diseases ?  Undoubtedly it
arises from that vagueness of opinion which exists respecting the nature of these
diseases in their onset, and in the greater part of their progress ; and  so long as wb
attempt to cover our ignorance by such terms as nervous, bilious, dyspeptic, spasmodic,
and the like, so long shall our practice be mere experiment in most chronic affections.
We may make a sort of druggist's shop of the stomach of every patient laboring under
chronic disease, by alternately cramming it with most of  the articles of the phaima-
copoeas ;  but we shall not, propably, advance in the treatment, until we deduce patho-
logical  principles, from cautiously marking the rise and progress of the symptoms, 
iii
and exploring their seats and effects.  For several years past, it has been part of my
employment to collect facts on chronic diseases, and as the enquiry will not be com-
pleted for many years to come, in the mean time I offer a few brief results of my obser-
vation and experience in regard to them, &c.*"
  Such is the  testimony of Dr. Armstrong and I may add, that .of every
other physician whose opinion is of any value.
  Notwithstanding, however, such testimony, which is verified by every
day  experience, a great majority  of  the profession are following the
examples  of the  most arrant quacks,  in pretending  to  be able to cure
this class of diseases with  the common remedies.
  There are, also, some physicians, who,  having  given up every other
remedy recommended in the  books, still adhere to iodine, as  a  forlorn
hope, notwithstanding it has  been tested many thousand  times by other
physicians, and discarded as useless.   Among the latter,  I am pleased to
be able to rank so distinuished  a physician as Dr. Warren,  of  Boston.
In a recent valuable work, he says:
  " A medicine has been introduced of late years, which has acquired much reputation
in this and other forms of scrofulous disease.  It is not surprising that physicians should
with avidity take up  any remedy which may promise to relieve so common and invete-
rate a disease  as  scrofula, especially one  analogous in ite  character  to those of which
experience has most approved.  I must say that after many years trial of the prepara-
tions of iodine, in various forms of scrofulous affection, I have rarely seen  any distinct
advantages from it."
  In speaking again of the cases in which iodine has been used, he says:
   ' Preparations of iodine have not been efficacious in these cases, so far as I have used
them.  The tincture of iodine has been given to the amount of forty-five drops three
times a day.  This quantity was sufficient to produce diarrhoea ; but after a bag use
had no effect on the tumor.  The same must be said of the hydriodates  of soda and
potassa, which I have frequently given in this and other scrofulous cases, in the dose of
seven grains three or four times a day, till it  irritated the stomach and bowels without
influencing the cure."
  Entertaintng the same views of our knowledge of this class of diseases,
and of the remedies for it, with  Dr. Armstrong, I commenced the inves-
tigation of the primary phenomena of  this class of diseases in 1809, in a
field, which had  never been explored, with strong inducement to pursue
it, and soon discovered new and  unerring  symptoms by which to distin-
guish the disease in  any of the  organs  or limbs.   The  investigation of
these symptoms unfolded the laws of  motion in man  and other animals,
and a knowledge of these laws  has enabled  me to determine and apply
 * Di Armstrong did not live to finish the great and important task thus commence.! 
                                 iv
the natural  remedies for this class of diseases with great  success during
a period of more than twenty-five years.
   In describing the cases, which I have introduced, to illustrate the new
symptoms, and the action of the natural remedies for them, I have been
as brief as possible, purposely avoiding reports  of the state of the pulse,
and other unimportant symptoms not necessarily belonging to the disease
Many of these are new cases not before published in my former medical
tvork, which accompanied the remedies, and give a fair view of their con-
tinued progress in  the cure of this class of diseases.
   A great majority of the cases  were first treated by other  physicians,
and besides mercury and iodine, had been under the use of a great variety
of other remedies, and when these  failed, many of the patients had re-
sorted to root, steam, charm, Indian and cancer doctors, and to an endless
variety  of  elixirs of health, purifiers of the  blood, cough drops, pana-
ceas, catholicons,  and Indian  specifics, and continued their  use until
they became satisfied of the futility  of such remedies.
   Some of these  patients had  taken  from  one to thirteen  bottles 01
Swaim's Panacea,  a compound  of syrup  of  sarsaparilla and  muriate of
mercury, in imitation  of the long known Lisbon diet drink.   And al-
though, from  its  frequent failure, very little dependance is now placed
upon it, there can be no doubt that it sometimes exercises a favourable
influence upon this class of diseases.
   It will be observed by those who are acquainted with the classification
irf diseases, that  I have  added  to the common  and acknowledged cases
pf scrofula, a number of  diseases not classed as such by nosologists or
other medical  writers ; and I have  done  so, because the  symptoms and
the disorganizations, presented by dissections, are identical and  uniform ;
und moreover, because they can always be cured by the same remedies,
which demonstrate the unity of chronic diseases of this class, by which
the practice is greatly simplified, and a knowledge of it easily attained.
   I have  substituted the term tubercula, from tuber, a knot, knob, or
little swelling, for scrofula, a little pig ; because there is a manifest similar-
ity between the verbal sign and the thing signified in the one-selection,
and apparently none in  the  other.  The disease is  a swelling of  the
snobs, or little round organised bodies called lymphatic glands, pervading
every part of the body with consequent hypertrophy,  or general swelling
of the organs, limbs, and other  structures 
CONTENTS
                             CHAPTER  I.

Animal life—Excretions from the skin  and serous membranes.—Negative matter gives
    out the positive force—Excretions from the mucous membranes—Positive matter
    gives out the negative force—Negative and positive forces maintained on different
    surfaces—Conducted through the nerves to the spinal cord and brain—Poles of the
    brain—Their number—Animal battery—Galvanic do.—Principles of identical—Tri-
    angles—Inverted cones—Laws—Repulsions expand—Attractions contract—Forma-
    tion of the organs—Construction of the heart—Principles of its motion—Magnetic
    motions and animal motions identical—Inclinations—Sensations.                9


                            CHAPTER  II.

Secreting system—Its organs and vessels—The secretions and chyle are all attracted to
    the heart, and the excretions repelled from it, to the internal and external surfaces
    of the body—Secreting and excreting systems of the vegetable kingdom.  -     26


                           CHAPTER   III.

Magnetic forces innate in every kind of matter—Galvanic battery—The principles of—
    the same as  the animal battery—The  forces collected from the surfaces of mem-
    branes, identical with  those  collected from the surfaces of copper and zinc—Are
    more powerful  in an organized than in an unorganized state—Form of organized
    forces geometrical—Sound and sensation produced by the action of these forces—
    Their power, velocity, and tenuity—Produce sensation, inclination, and motion.  32


                           CHAPTER   IV.

Application of the motive power of the  human body to determine the character of a larg*
    class of chronic diseases of the organs and  limbs—Symptoms produced by it inva-
    rable— Cause of the symptoms—Tuberculations—Cause of the tuberculations. - 40 
CONTENTS.
                            CHAPTER  V

Repulsive force  expands,  and attractive  force contracts—An organ or limb expand*
    when its expansive force is prevailing over its  attractive force—Nature reduces
    them by reversing this  order—Two great divisions  of matter—One  of which
    repels and expands, and  the other attracts and contracts—Alkalies and acids -
    Chlorine—Chlorides—Bitumen and iron—Absolute quantity of the magnetic forces
    in matter—Mr. Faraday—Influence of magnetism  on animals—Dr. Phillip—di-
    rections for using the magnetic remedies—Observations on them.      -     50


                           CHAPTER   VI.

                         TUBERCULA OF THE  LUNGS.

rnbercula of left lung, stomach, and liver—Of the right  lung—Of right lung, heat,
    stomach, liver, spleen, kidneys, spine, intestines, and uterus—Of lungs—Of lungs
    and uterus—Of the lungs with excavations—Of the lungs and neck—Of the right
    lung with a large cluster of tubercles—Dr. Lawson's letter—Tubercula of stomach,
    heart, and eyes—Of  the eyes—Of the antrum—Nose—Cerebrum and uterus—
    Stomach and uterus—Intestines and mesentery—Liver and  stomach—Correspon-
    dence—Tubercula of  th« uterus, liver, stomach, and tonsils—Extract—Tubercula
    of the tongue, right tonsil, right leg, and right side of the neck—Lip—Uterus.   63


                          CHAPTER VII

                         TUBERCULA OP  THE SPINE.

UMera) curvature 01 the spine—Caries of the vertebrae and  distortion of the spine-
    Spine and neck—Distortion of the spine and  lumbar abscess—Caries of the verte-
    orae—Lecture of M. Sanson on caries of the lumbar vertebrae, with observations on
    It—Tubercula of the neck,  .......     gg


                          CHAPTER  VIII.

                  TUBERCULA OF  THE JOINTS  AND LIMBS.

Tubercula of the knee, terminating in consumption—Of the ankle joint—Of the joints
    and limbs, with ulcers, white swellings, abscesses, and caries of  the bones—Of th«
    knee and mesentery—Of the neck and mesentery—Of the left foot and hip__Of
    the left leg—Of the hip joint—Of the heel and ankle joint, with abscesses and carina
    of the bones—Of the uterus and right  leg—Colour of the skin in chronic tubercula
    —Tubercula connected with syphilis.    -                                   101


                            CHAPTER  IX.

                              MAGNETIC  SLEEP.

Magnetic light and magnetic poles—Clairvoyant  examinations  of diseases—Clair-
     voyant  examinations  at great distances.   -      -       -       -       -     18fi
Glossary.     ..--„-       ...     g07
Index. ---------„        208 
THE
MOTIVE  POWER OF THE HUMAN SYSTEM, ETC.
                          CHAPTER I.

Animal life—Excretions from the skin and serous membranes—Negative matter gives oat
  the positive force—Excretions from the mucous membranes—Positive matter gives
  out the negative force—Negative and positive forces maintained on different surfaces
  —Conducted through the nerves to the spinal cord and brain—Poles of the brain—
  their number—Animal battery—Galvanic do.—Principles of identical—Triangles—In-
  verted cones—Laws—Repulsions expand—Attractions contract—Formation of the or-
  gans—Construction of the heart—Principles of its motion—Magnetic motions and
  animal motions identical—Inclinations—Sensations

   The phenomena which  constitute animal life have hitherto baffled all
the endeavors  of  physiologists to reduce them to  those  general  laws
which have rendered the study of inorganic matter so simple and com-
prehensive.. Neither  science nor speculation has enabled them  to trace,
with even an approximation to accuracy, the operation of  those apparent-
ly subtile and mysterious principles which are the springs of motion, and
which, in regulating the actions of animal life, connect the whole of its
movements in one harmonious system.   The mechanism  of the  different
parts of  the body  has, consequently, been viewed as too complicated and
intricate to admit  of our applying the principles of inductive philosophy
to the investigation of  its diversified  actions.   Yet  the  philosophical
mind cannot doubt but that they are dependent on laws as diffusive and
comprehensive  in their character, as those of gravitation, electricity or
magnetism.  Life, however, is generally conceded to be the result of the
operations ofthe different structures which compose an organized  body, or
in other words the  result of  the actions of the various functions  of a
living system. 
10
  In studying this subject, it will be necessary to examine the different
structures of organized  bodies, and  to understand their mechanism, as
the mechanist understands a machine, before  we shall be able to ascer-
tain the kind of power by which they are moved.
  On viewing the human frame, we  find it covered with a membranous
complex structure called the skin   Besides three membranes which are
classed under the general term skin or  integuments, there are found in it in-
numerable minute globular bodies called  papillary glands.  These little
globate  bodies are found to  be highly organized, having minute  arteries
terminating, and minute veins commencing in their structure.   They are
found aisc, oy means of magnifying  glasses of great power, to have  mi-
nute ducts issuing from  them, and terminating every where  with open
orifices  on the surface of the skin, as seen at e, fig. 1.
  On an examination ofthe organs, as the brain, eyes, heart, lungs, liver,
spleen, pancreas, kidneys, cystis, uterus, stomach, and intestines, we find
them all, without a solitary exception, covered with a kind of skin called
a serous membrane, in which is inclosed an incalculable number of mi-
nute glands or elementary organs, with ducts terminating in open orifices
on the surfaces of these membranes, like those of the common covering
ofthe body.   The glands of both structures are found,  on an  examina-
tion  of the orifices of these ducts, to excrete an aqueous or watery fluid
by which these surfaces are constantly maintained in a  humid or moist
state.  The great quantity  of this fluid  seen  running off from the skin,
and  its accumulation in the cavities  containing the organs,  when these
glands are excited to inordinate action, attest both the perfection of their
mechanism and their fitness for their specific use.
  If we now proceed to examine the membrane which lines the internal
parts of the body,  we shall  find it,  with  slight modifications, charac-
terized by the same structure as the  serous membranes.   This modifica-
tion  principally consists in its having what is  called a villous, instead of
a serous surface, like the serous membranes.  We find the whole tract of
the alimentary canal, including the mouth, sesophagus, stomach, and in-
testines, lined with this membrane, as well as the internal parts of every 
11
organ, including even the ventricles ofthe brain.   On a minute examina-
tion of the structure of the mucous membranes, we find them, like  the
skin  and  serous membranes, enclosing  numerous little round or oval
glands or villi, as they are termed, having, like the papillary glands of
the skin,  their appropriable arteries, veins,  and ducts terminating with
open orifices on  the surface.   They are farther characterized  by nume-
rous little cavities, crypts or follicles, as  they are called, which have
more or less a spheroidal shape, and  which also open  upon the surfaces
of these membranes.  These ducts and follicles  are  found to be filled
with  a semi-fluid or mucus,  which is constantly issuing from  them,  and
which spreads upon these membranous surfaces.
   In  pursuing this  subject,  we  have thus  found two different kinds of
surfaces disposed in two different ways, and thus  covered  with two dif-
ferent kinds of  fluids.  These are  extraordinary  results of our investi-
gations thus far, and will encourage us to proceed  in them; for it is easy
to see that there must have  been  some object in  this order and disposi-
tion of these different kinds of matter.
   On investigating the nature or qualities of these fluids, it is found  that
the excretions from the  skin and serous  membranes are more or less
acid, and those from the mucous membranes more or less alkaline. They
are sometimes  so  strongly  acid  and alkaline as to  excite  the  curio-
sity of the most common observer.   The acid is found to be the muriatic
and the alkali, soda and muriate of soda or common salt.   The acids and
alkalies which possess directly opposite properties, and have at the same
time the  strongest affinities for each other, are universally  diffused in
the earth as well as in the vegetable and animal kingdoms.   They  con-
stitute two great and principal divisions of matter, one of which the acid,
for the sake of  distinction,, is called negative matter,  and  the other, the
alkali, positive.   Now it is satisfactorily ascertained, from repeated expe-
riments, that  each of these different kinds of matter gives out constantly
an innate and different kind  of force.  It is also ascertained in the same
manner that the alkaline or  positive  matter gives  out  the negative force,
and that the acidified gives out the positive.  The positive matter then,
on the internal surfaces of the body and organs, is constantly giving out
the negative  force, and the  negative matter on the external  surfaces of
the  body and organs, the positive force.   On a  further examination of
the human structure, we find four hundred and thirty-six muscles of dif-
ferent forms disposed in different ways for the purpose of producing mo-
tion.  We know that they  are formed for  this purpose, for we can see
that  some of them expand, and others contract when we move the body
or limbs.  For  when we bend an arm, we find that the muscles on the
outside of it expand, while those  on the inside contract.   On extending
 :he arm,  we find this order reversed; for then the muscles on the insidf* 
12
expand, while those on the outside contract with equal force.   One  end
of each of these muscles is attached to the lower part ofthe bone belong-
ing to the upper part of the arm, called the humerus, and the other ends
are attached to the  lower end of the bones of the lower part of the arm,
near the wrist, called the ulna and radius ;  so that while the lower part
of these bones is pushed on one side, when the muscles of that side are ex-
panded, it is  pulled at the same time on the opposite side,  when the
muscles on that side are contracted ; and thus motion is produced by the
simultaneous action of these muscles.
   Now it is a remarkable fact, that every one of these four hundred and
thirty-six muscles which  thus  produce motion in different parts of the
body, is covered with a membrane, the outer surface of which has a se-
rous, and the inner side a mucous surface;  hence these membranes are
called muco-serous  membranes.   All  these different surfaces, then, like
those of  the skin and membranes of other parts of the body, are covered
with different kinds of  matter, presenting together immense surfaces,
from  which  constantly issue two forces of different  kinds.
   The reader who has seen a common galvanic battery, cannot fail to ob-
serve that this arrangement of surfaces  corresponds  with that of the
different, metallic surfaces of the battery.   He will also notice that these
forces thus maintained on these membranous surfaces, exactly correspond
with those necessarily  maintained on different surfaces of the battery.
The two forces are conducted from the two metalic  surfaces to the poles
of the battery by two metallic wires, and if we can  now find conductors
to convey the forces from  the skin and different membranous surfaces to
poles, the resemblance will be complete and satisfactory.
   In pursuing this  object we first find numerous minute threads, called
nerves, penetrating the little glands of the skin, surfaces and mucous mem-
branes, and every fibre of a muscle.  On tracing these  nerves,  we see
them uniting together and increasing in size in proportion to the distance
from these surfaces, and at length conjoining with the spinal cord.  The
spinal cord is formed into four columns, united  first with a broad base,
and then  with the brain.
   These  forces are  therefore conducted from the skin and membranous
surfaces and concentrated in the brain to form  poles, or a motive power
to put in motion this apparently complicated yet really simple machinery.
   This structure, arrangement and order of the different parts  of  the hu-
man body were well known to Malpighi, Ruych, Haller, Hunter  and
Bichat, and are recognized by every anatomist  of the present age,  and
now present to our  view a Galvanic Battery  altogether  superior to any
ever made by man.
   The cut, fig. 2, gives a general view of the nerves of the limbs, of the 
13
spinal cord, and of the connexion of the spinal  nerves, all of which are
■•"ll known to be good conductors of the Galvanic forces.

                              no. 2.
  A back  view of the spinal  nerves
connected with the organs and limbs,
and with the brain through the spinal
cord.
  Also, a  view of a perpendicular
section of the back part of the brain.
  A.  Cerebrum.
  B.  Cerebellum.
 
14
  We will now examine the construction ofthe brain and see if we can
find the situation of the magnetic  poles.  The upper part of the brain
called  the  cerebrum, is divided by the longitudinal  sinus from  A to B,
into two  hemispheres as seen in  the figure, A being the front and B the
back part of it.  The whole presents a  convoluted  surface, the  sulci or
furrows of which extend into it a distance from a line to an inch, and thus
separate  more or less the convolutions,  or phrenological  organs of the
brain.  This figure was copied very accurately by Dr. Anderson of this
city, from a cast of the brain by L. N. Fowler.   The general form  and
direction of the convolutions are very regular and  constant, in the human
brain.  Yet the form of the convolutions are different in the different hem-
ispheres as seen in the figure ;—one of them being a positive and  the other
a negative hemisphere.
   On turning the brain over or reversing its position we find on its under
surface an  apparently complicated structure surrounded by convolutions
as seen in fig. 4. 
15
FIG.  4.
                             B      B

  The brain proper or cerebrum is divided by anatomists into three lobes.
A A, anterior, D D. middle, and B B, posterior lobes.
  A B }
  A R i *re tne right and lefi hemispheres of the braiu,
  F F, The cerebellum.
  e, The  pons varolii, or Tuber Annulare.
  /", The  Medulla obloganta.
  rr, The Corpora Pyramidalia.
  s s, The Corpora olivaria.
  11, The Corpora restiformia.
  1. First pair, or olfactory nerve3,
  2. Second pair, or optic nerves.
  3. Third pair nerves, or motores oculorum.
  4. Fourth  pair nerves, or trochleares.
  5. Fifth pair.
  6. Sixth pair.
'  7. Portio dura of the seventh pair.
  9. Portio Mollis of the seventh pair.    ^
  9. Glossopharyngeal  nerves.
 10. Par vagum.   -
                                 2 
16
  On dissecting and removing a section of the upper part of this surface
by horizontal incisions, we have a fine view of the interior arrangement
of the brain.  We see here vegetative radiations from the centre of both
lobes of the little brain C C, fig. 5, like the stems and leaves in vegeta
  Radiations are also seen to extend apparently from the third ventricle
A.,  through  the corpus  callosum, or  great commissure of  the cere-
brum E E.   Radiations  of the  front part of the brain are also seen to
converge to centres at B  B, like the convolutions in the front part of the
brain C C, fig. 4.  These radiations are called stria, and the brain conse-
quently said to be striated.  The radiations from the centre A will be better
understood by an examination of another dissection of the brain, fig. 6. 
17
pio.  6.
  They are  here  Seen radiating from the third ventricle  or  cavity p
into the substance of the brain, and  along  the medulla oblongata and
spinal cord r, and the convolutions in the front part of the cerebrum D D
are here seen to converge to a centre like those in fig. 4.
  In dissections, the radiations are also seen extending along the nerves,
like those along the optic nerves seen in this figure, and from the spinal
cord along  the spinal  nerves connected with  the organs.   So that the
medulla oblongata, spinal cord, and spinal nerves, with those  that issue
from the central portions of the brain, appear like an elongation or con-
tinuation of its stria. 
18
  In fig. 7 we have a vertical section of the. brain through the convolu-
tions, inferior ganglion  m, and the cavity ofthe third ventricle, in the
centre of which is seen the letter o.   This section is made through the
right,and exposes the left side of the cavity, as seen in the figure.
                               fig. 7.
   The radiations extend from  the surface of the ventricle into the sub-
stance of the brain, like  rays of light.  The colour ofthe central part of
the brain is  bluish white, and  in  the convolutions reddish grey.   In
both cases they are,no doubt the consequence of the presence of iron, it
having been ascertained that there is iron enough in forty men to make
a plough-share, and as there is  ten or eleven times the quantity of blood
(whichis also coloured with iron,) repelled  from the heart to the brain
than there is to any  other  part  of the same size, an estimate may be
formed of the quantity of iron constantly in it, and consequently of its
ability to maintain magnetic poles.
  On an attentive examination of these  views of the structure of the
brain, it will  be found to have  five poles.   A very large one in the cen-
tre, and four  small ones in the circumference.   One, unseen, radiating
from the centre of the cavity  o, one in  the  right lobe of the cerebel-
lum, n 1, and  another in the  left, and one in the right and front part of the
cerebrum 8, and another in  the left.   This was seen to be an extraordi-
nary number and arrangement of the poles, as  we have been accustomed 
19
to the number and arrangement of two poles only—of a positive and a
negative pole.
  We must therefore see whether the magnetic forces would of them-
selves, without artificial aid, produce five poles in this order of arrange-
ment, and for this purpose we may use a circular  plate of steel which
would correspond with a middle horizontal section of the brain.   A cir-
cular saw plate, eight inches in diameter, and the tenth of an inch thick,
with a hole in the centre of one inch in diameter, was accordingly sub-
jected to actual experiment in the following manner :
   The middle  of the plate or disc was carefully let  down in  a perpen-
dicular direction on the middle of the positive  pole of the galvanic bat-
tery, and after having remained there a moment, was raised from  its posi-
tion in a perpendicular direction, turned over,  and the opposite side of
the plate placed upon and then  removed from  the  negative pole  ofthe
battery in the same manner.
   The plate was then covered with white paper,  and fine iron  filings
\-cre strewed over it, when they were  immediately  arranged by the
forces in the plate in the manner seen in fig. 8.
 
20
   This experiment was repeated eleven times on plates of from four to
fifteen inches  in  diameter,  and always with the same result.   It mav
therefore be inferred to be constant.   It presents one large and strong
pole in the centre of the plate, and four smaller and weaker poles  in the
circumference, like those in the brain.
   A line drawn from B through A to C, in the different hemispheres of
the brain, fig.  5, would make about the same angle at A, with the line of
division between the two hemispheres  as would a line drawn  from  the
poles in the circumference through the centre of the plate fig. 8, with  a
line drawn through the pole in the centre to the circumference from a to b.
The halo around the pole in the centre of the plate corresponds also with
the situation and appearance  of the  inferior ganglion in  the side of
the ventricle or small cavity, fig 7, and the pole must be enthroned in the
centre of the cavity o,  like that in  the  centre of the space in the  plate,
whence it must extend its radiating influence to  the poles and  convolu-
tions in the circumference ofthe brain.
   On applying the dipping  needle to these  poles, that in the centre and
those in the circumference at c c, were found to be positive,  and those at
d d negative poles.   When, however,  the  order of magnetising  on  the
different poles  of the battery was  reversed, the character of the pole in
the centre was changed from a positive to  a negative pole, and  the posi-
tions of the positive and  negative poles in  the circumference were also
changed; the positive occupying the positions of the negative, and  the
negative those of the positive poles, as seen  in fig. 9.

                               fig. 9.
  Magnetic poles always have a magnetic axis or prime meridian and  a
magnetic equator.
  The magnetic axis of the positive and that of the negative satellites
cross each other in the centre of the open space in the inside of the disc
each forming two sides of an inverted plane triangle, the base of each of
which, from the form of the disc, necessarily forming a spherical side of
a triangle, and as the  latter is in the circle of the disc, and  as this disc
is a middle section of a hollow sphere, it necessarily follows that when
a hollow sphere or body, more  or  less round, is magnetised in the same
manner,  inverted cones are formed   For as  the disc is a section of a 
21
sphere, so are the plane and spherical sides of  the triangles, sections of
inverted cones.
  Magnetic poles, thus situated, would give to bodies, within their ra-
diating influence, a form  more or less  round, according to the laws by
v/hich they  are governed.   The  two poles in the  two divisions of the
cerebellum C C, fig. 5, accordingly give to these  organs  the rounded
form.  Phrenologists have placed the organs of causality, which investi-
gate the phenomena of cause and effect, in the two convolutions of th«
brain which produce the prominences in the forehead a a, fig. 10.
FIG. 10.
And these  are  the  convolutions in which the other satellites or poles
are situated, as seen  in fig 5, and as the right convolution is seen in No.
8   fio". 7-   They have also placed the organ of comparison, which com-
pares the observations obtained by the  perceptive faculties 12,  13, 14,
fig. 7, in the space between  these poles, and tell us, without any know-
ledge of these magnetic phenomena, that they have the form of an in-
verted cone, as seen  ift this figure.  From the situation of  these organs,
and their  conformity with the magnetic phenomena of the brain, there
can be little doubt that the matters and things perceived by some of the
organs, and  investigated  and compared by  others, are  decided in  the
centre of the 3d ventricle, and the voluntary motions  and  course of the
body directed from that position.
  These phrenological organs are largely developed, and form conspicuous
prominences in the foreheads of some persons, and  such individuals are
teen, even by common observers, to excel others, and to be  distinguished
for  the facility with  which they compare their perceptions of  facts, ex-
istences, and the qualities of bodies, and  investigate the causes of phe-
nomena. 
22
  These developements and mental manifestations have been observed by
phrenologists, it appears, in a multitude of cases, by  which they profess
i» have  fully established the truth of the  practical principle deduced
from these, and from like observations extended to other convolutions of
the brain and their functions, viz : that other conditions being equal, the
relative size ofthe organs will measure the  strength of their respective
faculties.
  These facts, by which they claim to be able at any time to verify the
principle, appear to be well known to this school of mental philosophers ;
but an explanation of the facts, or reasons for the truth of the principle,
they seem never to have attempted to give.   Nor could they  have been
successful in such an attempt, had it been made without a knowledge of
the existence of these magnetic poles,  and of the laws by which they are
governed.  But their  existence  being demonstrated, and  the  laws of
magnetic action being known, what has heretofore been a sealed  enigma,
involved in  impenetrable  mystery,  becomes  at once so  plain  and
simple as to be  easily understood.   For as no effect is produced without
motion, and as motion in these organs  is produced by the action of these
forces, and as they repel and expand,  and attract and contract, with  a
power proportioned to their  quantities in the spaces  they occupy, it fol-
lows that the power of these convolutions to repel and expand some per-
ceptions, and attract, contract,  and compare others  with facility,  is in
proportion to their size or the spaces they occupy, modified, however, by
differences in the strength of the poles, in the perfection of the  conduc-
tors of these forces from the primary pole to  the convolutions, and by va-
rious  degrees of approximation towards  perfect  symmetry of organiza-
tion in different individuals.   The motions of these  forces being perfect,
according to  their laws, they consequently act with  the greatest facility
in a perfect, and with the greatest difficulty in a very imperfect organi-
zation.   We accordingly find the talents of individuals to increase in the
ratio  of their perfection in organization, from the most imperfect in the
idiot to  the most perfect in  individuals of the greatest capacity.   And as
certain knowledge obtained through some of  these convolutions is perfect
in some persons, it follows that an individual  having-a brain perfectly
developed and symetrically formed in  all its parts, would he capable of,
and might acquire perfect knowledge in all its departments.
   Phrenologists give to these different organs, or convolutions, different
names expressive of their different faculties as follows:
   No.  1. Fig  7, Amativeness, or sexual-love.
       2. Philoprogeniiiveness, or love of offspring.
       3. Inhabitiveness, or attachment to home.
       4. Concentrauveness, or power of mental  concentration
       5. Approbativeness, or love of approbation. 
                               23

  No. 6. Self-esteem.
      7. Firmness.
      8. Reverence.
      9. Benevolence.
     10. Imitation.
     11. Comparison, or power of comparing one  thing with another
     12. Eventuality, or power of observing action.
     13. Individuality,  or power of observing existence.
     14. Language, or  power of using verbal signs.
     15. Tune, or power of perceiving unison and harmony of souna,
           see fig. 10.
     16. Destructiveness, fig. 10.
  It is a matter of common observation that magnetic poles of the same
denomination repel, and those  of  opposite  denominations attract each
other, and in order to ascertain the degree of force with which they repel
and attract, it is found by experiments, conducted on the most rigid prin-
ciples of inductive philosophy, that they  repel  and attract each other
with a force proportioned to the quantity of these forces in given spaces,
or the  spaces they occupy.   It is  also ascertained,  in the same manner,
that when they repel, they expand, as seen in the case  of iron filings at-
tached to poles ofthe same denomination,  fig. 11.

                              fig.  11.
  And when they  attract, they contract,  as  seen  in the case of iron
filings attached to poles of opposite denominations, fig. 12.
fig. 12. 
24
 with a force proportioned to their quantities in the spaces they occupy
 The two poles, then, of the same denomination in the opposite hemis-
 pheres of the brain may, through the spinal  nerves  attached to these
 hemispheres, expand one set of muscles on one side of the body, limb,
 or organ, at the same time that those of the opposite denomination con-
 tract the antagonist muscles on the other; for the muscles, like  the or-
 gans and nerves are necessarily double for the purpose of producing mo-
 tion by their simultaneous action.
   They may also expand one set of muscles by the repulsive, and con-
 tract their antagonists by the attractive force ; in the same way that one
 metallic wire is expanded with the  repulsive, and  another contracted
 with the attractive force.  Thus when by the mere exercise of an inclina-
 tion, excited by a sensation, we incline to expand one set of muscles to ex-
 tend a limb, we incline  to contract their fellows at the same time ;  so that
 when one muscle expands, its  fellow necessarily contracts ; and when
 another contracts its fellow expands.
   These motions called attracting and repelling are, in other words, the
 pushing and pulling motions :  and if motion is produced  in  man  and
 other animals by  the  action of these forces,  we ought  to be able to
 recognize   the same  motions  in  the  fluids  of the  body,  whether
 eeriform or aqueous, and also in the organs by which they are moved.
   On a minute examination of  this subject,  we find that in the  forma-
 tion of the organs, the same order is observed  in the distribution of the
 membranous surfaces as in the formation ofthe external and internal sur-
 faces of the body.   The brain, heart, lungs, stomach, intestines, liver,
spleen, kidneys, uterus, and cystis are all covered with a serous membrane,
and their inner surfaces are lined with a mucous membrane.  On observing
 the action of  the air and of  the lungs in breathing, we instantly recog-
 nize those motions.
   In reflecting on the great power which it was necessary to give to the
heart, it was easy to see that the diagram or plan for its construction
must conform to that necessity.   This consideration, however,  presented
no difficulties, for the sources from which it  might  derive  the necessary
strength and durability,  under the action of these forces, were  abundant
and we accordingly find its strong muscles surrounded  by additional
 membranes, presenting extensive surfaces for the accumulation of these
forces.
   On an attentive  examination  of the action of this organ, and  of the
motion of  the blood in the arteries, we again recognize in both, and in
 the clearest manner these motions.
   The heart is constructed and acts on the principle of the pump ;  the
 fluids being attracted through the  veins  and other absorbent vessels in 
25
steady streams to the heart, with an intensity of force equal to that with
which the ventricles repel them through the arteries.
   Every repulsion of a fluid, in elastic bodies,  produces expansions, and
every attraction is succeeded by contractions of these bodies, according to
o  law of these forces, viz: repulsions expand,  and attractions contract
with  powers proportioned to their quantities in given spaces.
   Every repulsion of the heart, repels or pushes the fluids in the arteries,
and every attraction pulls the fluids in the absorbent vessels.
   The motions of  the  pulse  correspond  exactly with  these  laws and
these motions;  for every repulsion  is succeeded by an expansion in the
artery, and every attraction by a contraction of  it.  The same phenome-
na is found in the hose of the fire  engine when in motion.   The water
moves in the hose from the cistern or hydrant in a steady stream to the
engine, and from  the  engine through the  hose  with  the motions of the
pulse.
   When the heart is laid open and distended in a circular manner, as seen
in the following figure, it is found by the manner in which it is constructed
   to  have four large poles in its  circumference; a a, and c c, the axis of
'   which cross each other in the centre ofthe heart, like those ofthe circum-
   ference of the brain.   The forces from the poles; a a, radiate  along the
   ligaments or braces, called calumncz cornea, to the sides ofthe ventricles ;
   h h, and  the forces also radiate  from the poles in the oracles c c, along
   their ligaments, as seen in  the figure :  all of which are first expanded and
   then contracted in the motions of the heart, by the action ofthe forces from
   the poles.
      d d, walls of the heart; e e,  septum or  division  between the auricles
   avid ventricles, and equator between the poles; //,  pericardium or heart-
   case. 
CHAPTER  II.
Secreting system—Its  organs and vessels—The secretions and chyle are all attracted
  to the heart, and the excretions repelled from it to the internal and external surfaces
  of the body—Secreting and excreting systems of the vegatable kingdom.
  In our first chapter we attempted to give a concise  view of the mo-
tive system which was formed for the purposes of motion.  The excre-
tions, it will  have been seen, are attracted  from the blood and then re-
pelled from the body.  On a farther examination of the human  struc-
ture, we find another system in which chyle is attracted from the mass
in the intestines ; lymph, from the lymphatic glands, and fluids from the
stomach as well as  from  every other cavity of whatever size or  kind in
the whole structure, and conveyed to the heart.   We find, therefore, one
formative system  in which the fluids are attracted  to  the centre of the
body, and a motive system by which they  are repelled from it.
  The existence of such a system as this is indispensable, not  only to
furnish the fluids  necessary for the support and growth of the body, but
to supply the waste of  those that  are necessarily repelled from it, to
maintain its different surfaces in positive and negative states, for the pur-
poses of motion.
  This  system consists of a vast number of minute vessels taking their
origin with patulous or  expanded orifices in almost every part  of the
skin, serous and mucous membranes, and in nearly all the most minute,
as well as the largest cavities of the body.   They  unite and increase in
size as they  advance from these surfaces and  cavities, in proportion to
distance, in two divisions, one from the upper, and the other from the lower
part of the body, and at length uniting with two large veins very near the
heart called venae cavae.   In their course to  these  veins  they pass into
and then out of a great number of glands, varying  in size from that of  a
email seed to a large bean, which attract from the  blood  and mix with 
27
;.ie fluids in these vessels a semi fluid called lymph, and are hence callea
: nnphatic glands.  When these are viewed through a magnifying.glass,
 '^e can see the vessels and the nerves b b and c c, penetrating the gland
 n  (me side and passing out of it on the other, as seen in fig. 13.
fig. 13.
  The lymph secreted by  these glands is very thin, under the  influ-
ence of the  natural temperature of the body in health, but when it is
reduced the  lymph becomes more or less thick, according to the amount
of the reduction, and its motion in these minute vessels becomes more
<$ less difficult.  Some of these vessels become entirely  obstructed in
this way, and the lymph secreted by many of these glands, is accumula-
ted in them  in consequence of these obstructions by which the  glands
themselves are expanded.
  By these accumulations the  glands are sometimes enlarged in various
parts of the  body, to the size of that seen in the figure, before they cease
secreting, when  the  accumulated lymph begins to  harden down, and
sometimes in a few  weeks or a few  months becomes as  hard as old
cheese, and  looks, as well as cuts like it.  On opening the gland with a
scalpel in this state, its interior presents a beautiful conglobate  arrange-
ment of the  acini, as seen in fig. 14, and as the same is  seen through a
magnifying glass, fig- 15.
999 
28
FIG.  15                     FIG.  16-
   The organization, it will be seen, is geometrical, and constitutes a beau-
tiful comparison with the conglobate form of snow, as seen through a mi-
croscope, Fig. 16, constructed geometrically in the atmosphere with the
same forces that produce motion in the gland.
   There are two classes of these elands in  regard to size and situation
which are connected  with the brain, through the spinal cord, by  the
nerves of sensation, while the mucous glands of the mucous and muco-
serous membranes are connected with it, through the  same channel, by
the motor nerves or nerves  of motion.   The lymphatic glands of the
largest class are situated in places near the structures  to  which they be-
long, and are called by different names, according mostly with the names
given to the places in which they are found, while  their satellites, with
which they are connected, or those of the  smallest and most  numerous
class are situated in the  substance of the structures.
   The thymus gland of the first class is  situated under  the sternum or
breast bone,—assists in  the office of secretion for the  infant, and disap-
pears at an age when every other  part of the animal system becomes
perfectly developed.   The pineal gland is situated  in the brain, glandu-
la concatenatae  or series of glands in the neck, the thyroid gland upon
the cricoid cartilage in the lower and front part of  the neck, the  bron-
chial around the bronchial tubes, the cardiac near the heart, the axillary
in the armpits, the dorsal along the  dorsal, and lumbar along the lumbar
vertebrae, the mesenteric in the mesentery or caul attached to, the stom-
ach and  intestines, the pelvic  in the  pelvis, the  sacral in the sacrum,
the inguinal in the groin, and popliteal in the ham,  &c.
   The series of  these glands along  the neck with  some of their sattel-
lites, together with the principal nerves of the neck and face with whicfc
they are connected, may be seen in  Fig. 17. 
29
fig. 17.
  This series, with that on the left side of the neck, is continued along
the whole length of the spine under the names of dorsal,  lumbar, and
sacral glands before noticed 
                                   30

   On an examination of the fluid that  has passed  through these glands
 on its way to the heart, with a magnifying glass, it is found to contain a
 great number of minute round bodies of a white or milky colour, which
 are accumulated in the blood and form its globules.  And as every part
 of the body is found to be  made up of minute round  bodies connected
 together by connecting substance, there  can be no doubt that they are
 formed in these conglobate glands, after the pattern of their acini.
   These positive secretions, with the  chyle  from  the intestines, are at-
 tracted to the heart, and then repelled from it through the arteries to be
 deposited for the renewal and growth of the body, as well as for supply-
 ing the excreting system with the necessary fluids  for excretion, and the
 secreting system for secretion.
   A full and constant  supply of these secretions  or round elementary
 bodies and connecting substance, was necessary to  maintain the body in
 a healthy state, and as the supply through these glands was liable to in-
 terruptions from various causes, a large organ,  called the spleen, was
^constructed with acini to secrete the same fluids, and furnish at all times
 the necessary  quantities for the exigencies of the body.
   We sometimes eat, and at the same or other times, drink more than is
 necessary to supply the wants of the secreting and  excreting systems, or
 more than they can secrete or excrete ;  and as this excess or superabund-
 ance must, with  that which was necessary, be attracted into the circu-
 lating mass of fluids,  it was necessary to have other organs  to separate
 the excess of positive  and  negative matter;  for  under other circum-
 stances the  body would be  soon  overloaded  with matter, and  motion
 would consequently cease.
   The liver was therefore formed to separate the superabundance of po-
 sitive, and the kidneys, the superabundance of negative matter.
   The positive matter  thus  excreted  might be, and is accumulated first
 in a cistern or gall  bladder, and then conveyed through a tube  into the
 intestines, and mixed with other positive matter there;  but it would not
 do to  have the negative matter excreted  by the kidneys, and accumu-
 lated in its cistern or bladder, conveyed  through  a tube into the intes-
 tines, because it was necessary to keep them constantly covered with po-
 sitive matter, and it was consequently conveyed to the surface in another
 direction.
   Plants have a similar secreting system; the fibrous  or hairy roots of
 plants are vessels with open orifices, through which nutritious  matters
 are attracted from the earth to the bulbs or poles of their roots,  and are
 thence repelled  in other vessels through the whole of the cellular and
 vascular tissues of the plant, terminating in the vasa propria and conglo-
 bate glands, which  secrete the peculiar fluids of the species.
   These fluid.* are  magnetised and changed from the positive to the ne< 
31
gative state in the leaves  and buds or lungs of the plants, which attract
and repel the air through appropriate  tubes, and are then attracted to
their bulbs to be again repelled from them as before, and deposited for
their nourishment and growth.
  Plants have also an excreting system in their skin or bark, as well as
in membranes, similar to those of animals, and while those on the surface
are  maintained  like those of animals in a negative state, those  of their
internal surfaces are maintained in a  positive state.  Their excretions
from their globate glands  in  the bark and membranes, are like  those of
the different species of animals different in different species.
  The calyx and stalks of the moss rose, as well as of many others of
the same species, are more or less  covered with prominent glands, from
which is repelled an aromatic fluid.
  Their fragrance or perfume, and that of the different kinds of willow,
with the geraniums, as well as other nectariferous flowers of the higher
orders of plants, are like those of the higher orders of animals,  the pro-
ductions  of their  excreting systems, and  form, like theirs,  a delightful
contrast with the disgusting odours from the same systems in  the noxious
and lower orders °f the vegetable, as well as of the animal kingdom.
                              3 
                         CHAPTER  III.

Magnetic forces innate in every kind of matter—Galvanic Battery—The principles of,
  the same as the Animal Battery—The forces  collected from the surfaces of mem-
  branes identical with those collected from the  surfaces of copper and zinc—Are
  more powerful in an organized than in an unorganized state—Form of organized
  forces geometrical—Sound and  sensation  produced by  the  action  of  these
  forces—Their power, velocity, and tenuity—Produce sensation, inclination, and
  motion.

  The forces elicited from different kind  of matter, and known by the
names of electricity, magnetism,  and galvanism, are now believed, by
scientific men, to be the same, their effects only being varied by common
causes ;  and there can now be no  doubt that they are innate in every
kind of matter, either in an organized or unorganized state, in quantities
proportioned to the density ofthe matter or other ability to retain them ;
the quantity obtained from even one  drop of water having  been found
sufficient to put a small battery in motion.
   The common galvanic battery was first constructed by  Galvani, and
hence called the Galvanic battery, fig. 18.

                                FIG.  16.
t	k f
	6 |
B 
                                 33

  It is in two parts.   A is the battery, and  B B  the poles  connected
with the battery A by two copper wires C C.   The battery is constructed
with alternate circles or layers of sheet copper and  sheet zinc.  The
circles of copper are connected at D, and the circles of zinc at E.  These
connections terminate in thimbles,  in which mercury is placed, to cover
the ends of the copper wires, and connect them with the magnet.
  The poles of the battery B B are made of round soft iron, bent in the
form of a horse-shoe, and then wound with six coils of copper wire, cov-
ered first with oiled silk, and terminating  in  thimbles, as seen at F F.
If the battery A be now placed in a jar of  water in which a mixture of
sulphuric and nitric acid has been poured, the acid begins to act upon the
circles of copper and zinc, and the two latent forces  being liberated by
this action, are attracted separately along the opposite wires to the poles
of the battery.  The pole which  is connected with  the  copper circles
will be positive, and that connected with the zinc will be negative.
   Iron and steel rings, discs,  and iron and steel of any other form can be
magnetised on the poles of such a battery, and one or more poles com-
municated from them  to these metallic instruments,  and from these to
others.
   A disc of saw plate, fifteen inches in diameter, and a tenth of an inch
thick, drawn across the positive pole ofthe battery, on the line from a to
6, fig. 19,  is magnetised in the manner seen in the figure.
  It has three poles ; a positive pole b, and two negative poles cc, and
they have a magnetic axis extending from c c to b, in  the form ofthe
letter Y, and also a magnetic equator ofthe same form, extending from
'/ d to a.
                   5 
34
   When the disc is thus magnetised on the negative pole ofthe battery,
 we find the same number of poles in the same situations, and the same
 form ofthe magnetic axis and magnetic equator, but the order or relative
 situation ofthe respective poles of opposite denominations is revered, for
 a negative pole occupies  the  position of the positive, and two positive
 poles the position of the negative poles.  We have, in this case, two in-
 verted triangles, as  in  the case of the disc, fig.  9, magnetized on both
 poles of the battery, and the angles of the plane triangular sides of these
 triangles, with the line from  a to b is the same as  in fig. 9,  while  the
 magnetic character of the  sides of these triangles is reversed—they being
 both a magnetic axis in the first case, while in the last,one is a magnetic
 axis, and the other a magnetic equator—'the positive forces occupying the
 space inclosed in the latter triangle, and the negative forces the remain-
 ing part of the disc, as  seen in the figure.
   If we place a small compass on either of the wires of the  battery, the
 needle will obey two opposite forces, called the resultant forces, h h pro-
jected at right angles to it, and not the one force which magnetized or
 organized the latent forces in the wire, and will point at right angles to
 it, as seen at  G G.  fig  18.
   The needle is magnetized with two opposite forces and obeys the two
 opposite resultant forces, and not the one force passing  along the wire.
 So if one  wire only is connected  with a pole of the  battery  there is no
 motion of either force along the  wire, but it commences at the moment
 the other wire is connected with  the opposite pole, and demonstrates the
 axiom that there is never  any motion  without the action of both these
 forces at the  same time.
   The principle on which this battery is constructed is  the same as that
 of the human battery described  in our first chapter,  the only difference
 being in the number of  the different surfaces, conductors and poles.
   The forces collected  from the surfaces of the mucous and serous mem-
 branes, including the skin and conducted to the  brain, are identical with
 those collected from the  surfaces of the circles  of copper and zinc, and
 conducted to the poles of the battery, as seen in  the  following  article
 copied from the Medico-Chirurgical Review, for January, 1837.

 On the Chemical Properties of the Secretions in Health and in Disease; and on the
  Existence of Electrical Currents in Organised Bodies, induced by the Acidity and
  JLlcalinity of their different Membranous Surfaces.
  M. Donne, whom we have had repeatedly occasion to  mention with praise, is the
 author of some curious—would that we could add, well  ascertained—statements on
 th> subject.
  All that we propose to do, is  merely to present to our readers the leading results of
 Ins enquiries.  They are contained in the following corrollaries. 
35
   1. The whole of the tegumentarv surface secretes an acid humour.  It is however
to be noticed that the sweat, instead of being, as it is generally stated, more acid in the
axilla, and around the organs of generation, than in other parts, is frequently of an al
caline character.
   2. The alimentary canal, from the mouth to the anus, except the  stomach, (the gas-
tric juice ot which is strongly acid, as has been proved by Prout, Tiedeman, and Geme-
lin,) secretes an alcaline mucus.   Thus the saliva, and also the mucus of  the pharynx
and oesophagus, as far as the cardia, and of the intestinal canal from the pylorus to the
anus, are alcaline in health ;  and becomes acid only in consequence of disease.
   3. The serous and synovial membranes secrete an alcaline fluid: in disease, it some-
times becomes acid.
   4. The external acid, and internal alcaline membranes of the body, represent the two
polos of a galvanic pile, whose effects  are appreciable by a galvanometer.  For, if one
of the conductors of this instrument be placed  in contact with the  mucous membrane
of the mouth, and the other conductor be applied to the skin, the magnetic needle will
be found to shew a deviation of 15 to 20, or even SO degrees ; and the direction ofthe
needle proves  that the mucous or alcaline membrane indicates a negative electricity,
and  the cutaneous or acid membrane a positive electricity.
   5. Independently of these two great surfaces, exhibiting  opposite electrical states,
there are other smaller cognate systems, which  are similarly opposed.  Between the
stomach, for example, and the liver, we may discover energetic electrical currents.
   G. The acid humours of the; system may become alcaline, and the  alcaline may be-
come acid, in a state of disease.
   7. An  abnormal acidity is usually the result of a phlegmasia ;  and this change maj
take place in an organ, at  a  distance from the inflamed part;—thus the saliva becomes
stronglyacid in gastritis.
   8. The acid, developed  during the  existence of  inflamatory disease appears to be
most frequently the hydro-chloric.  The presence of> this acid may very possibly de-
termine the coagulation of the albuminous part of the lymph, or serosity, which abounds
in all inflamed structures; and we know that this coagulation is the cause of the false
membranes, of specks and opacities of the cornea, and of the induration aud hyper-
trophy of many parenchymatous organs.
   Purulent matter is produced by the action of an acid upon albuminous lymph:—it  is
a  species of combination of acid and albumen.  Although we cannot always discover
traces of a free acid in inflamatory effusions, and aUhough pus does not always redden
the blue paper of turnsol, we are to remember that by far the greater number of  the hu-
mours of an animal  body in health are strongly alcaline, and that in this way the genera-
tion of acid in  disease may be masked or concealed for some time, in consequence of
the neutralising of the original or primary alcali.
   J). The alterations in the chemical nature of the secretions must necessarily react on
the different functions of the system.   They will  be found to constitute  an interesting
groupe of lesions, or symptoms hitherto but little regarded, and the  diligent investiga-
tion  of which may very possibly lead to some important therapeutic results.
   Tnese changes will probably be found to induce certain modifications in the electrical
currents, which exist between the different organs of the economy.

   The needle it will be seen, obeys the forces of these different surfaces
like those from the surfaces of the copper and  zinc in the battery.
   When the body is highly charged with these forces,    strong    poles
are  sometimes  formed  in the ends of  the fingers, which the needle  obeys 
36
 like the pole of the magnet, and they also sometimes give out sparks, like
 the battery, or the  electrical machine, as will be seen by the  following
 scrap:—

   An Electrified  Lady.—A correspondent of a late number of Silliman's Jour
 nal, states that on the evening of January 28th, 1839, during asomevvhat extraordinary
 display of the northern lights, a respectable lady became so highly charged with elec-
 tricity, as to give out vivid electrical sparks from the end of  each finger, to the face of
 each of the company present.  This did not cease with the heavenly phenomenon, but
 continued several months, during which time she was constantly charged and giving off
 electrical sparks to every conductor she approached.  This was extremely vexatious,
 as she could not touch the stove or any metallic utensil, without first giving off an
 electrical spark, with the consequent twinge.  The state most  favorable to this phe-
 nomenon was an atmosphere of ubout eighty degrees Fh., moderate exercise and social
 enjoyment.  It disappeared in an atmosphere approaching zero, and under the debilita-
 ting effects of fear.  When  seated by the stove, reading, with her feet upon the fender,
she gave  sparks at the rate  of three or four a minute ; and under the  most favorable
circumstances, a spark that could be seen, heard, or felt, passed every second !   She
could  charge others in the same way when insulated, who could then give sparks to oth-
ers.  To make it satisfactory  that her dress did not produce it, it was changed to cot-
ton, and woollen, without altering the phenomenon.  The lady is about thirty, of seden-
tary pursuits, and delicate  state of health, having for two years previously, suffered
from acute rheumatism and neuralgic affections, with peculiar symptoms.

   We know that the two magnetic forces pervade  every kind  of matter
from the fact that unmagnetized substances ofthe same kind repel, and that
opposite kinds attract each  other.  The  power  with  which they  repel
and attract is very weak however compared to that which is exerted by
magnetized, matter.
   If we divide the inside of an earthen cup securely by a piece of blad-
der and then fill one side of it with  water and pour a little of the same
fluid with  which a little  acid  has been mixed  into  the other side, the
water in the former will be slowly attracted through the bladder, into the
latter division, and is called capillary attraction ; but if  the wires from the
galvanic battery are immersed in the  different  fluids, the  fluid in the
former is quickly attracted into the latter division.   So the effect of un-
magnetized  iron and steel upon  the magnetic  needle  is very  little but
when they are magnetized or in other words organized with these forces
the effect upon it is  seen to be very great.
   When  these  forces  are  thus  organized, they impart in geometrical
figures according to  their laws, a knowledge that  is  mathematical  and
therefore perfect, and  like a thing of life  this  organized knowledge is
easily destroyed by a blow.
   Sound is produced by the action of  the magnetic forces on  organs con-
structed for this and other purposes, as the  lungs, larynx, &c    Musical
instruments are therefore necessarily formed to produce all the varieties 
37
of sound by the action of these forces; and we hear the thunder produ-
ced by them when they burst from their confinement in the cannon, and
from the clouds in the heavens.
   Sensation is also produced by the action of these forces on the organs
of sensation, such as the papillary glands of  the skin  and muco-serous
membranes ofthe tongue, nose, eyes, &c
   Different sensations are necessarily produced by the application of dif-
ferent  forms and states of different kinds of matter  to  the papillary
glands of one form, of one kind and of  one state, as in  the application of
a round or pointed body to the skin, either in a neutral or a very warm
or cold state.
   When this order is reversed, and the papillary glands are, from disease,
more or less enlarged and altered in form  and structure, sensation is in-
creased in  them by the accumulation of these forces.  In this case, the
natural round papillary  form of these forces is retained, while that of
the. gland is altered.   The sensibility of the gland is not therefore dimi-
nished, but is  increased in proportion to  the number of these forms  or
the quantity  of these forces accumulated in  it.   Sensation,  then,  is in
these forces, which are the foundations of the ultimate atoms of matter,
and not in  the matter or structure of the glands, and is as perfect in its
opposite emotions of pleasure and pain, as magnetism  is in  its opposite
characters  of repulsion and attraction.  Inclinations, agreeable or disa-
greeable, are concomitant of and belong to the opposite qualities  ofthe
sensations, like the expansions to the repulsions and the contractions to
the attractions, and they follow them in the same order.
   Sensation, inclination, motion, and form are then, in this order, the at-
tributes of these male and female forces, and are the agents by which all,
nature is formed and animated ; by which the stars, sun, earth, planets,
and their satellites were formed, animated,  and are moved in orbits with
unerring precision, and by which all the orders,  genera, species and va-
rieties  of the vegetable and animal  kingdoms  were formed with a preci-
sion, and adorned with a beauty that defies imitation.
   Nothing can therefore equal the  adaptation of these  forces to produce
such results ; for besides their unlimited power, which can make a world
tremble like a leaf, the great velocity of their motions and their great
and almost inconceivable tenuity, enable them to penetrate the most mi-
nute orifices, and  construct an infinite  variety of bodies  of  every form
and size, and produce motion in  the  smallest  with the  same geometrical
accuracy as in the largest structures.
   The subject of sensation, inclination, and motion in this  order, is so
interesting  as to induce me to dwell further upon it, and copy from  my
case-hook the follo'wing interesting case to illustrate these phenomena, 
38
  m which these forces  are  made  to pass from one gland to another in  a
  different part of the body, and produce sensation, inclination, and conse-
  quent motion
    The examination of this  case was commenced and continued as stated,
  without any previous knowledge of it or of the persons present.
    Mrs  J.  P.  of Fairfield,  Butler Co., Ohio, of  good  constitution,  light
  complexion, and naturally full habit, aged 22 years.
    Called to see her  January 11th,  IS35.   She had  a swelling on the
  right side of her neck  and face, which commenced  about the  10th of
  November last, and had been out of health about three years.
    Suspecting tubercula, and without making further enquiries, and in the
  presence of a  number of gentlemen and ladies, I commenced an examina-
  tion of the lymphatic glands along both sides of the spine, and first with
  those ofthe first cervical vertebrae (joint ofthe neck  next to the headj
  and pressed with the finger upon one lying close to the right  side of the
v  vertebrae, and of the size of a very small bean.   This pressure produced
  a scream from severe spasmodic pain, which on  every repetition darted
  violently, and with the rapidity of lightning, into the external  cervical
  and submaxillary tubercles, and into the upper jaw,  ear,  and right side
  of the head.   On her complaining of  its darting also  into her throat, I
  examined it, and found  two  tubercles rising conspicuously  in the right
  tonsil, and one in the gum  of the  upper jaw, all of v/hich were very sore,
  and also  painful under pressure.  I  now applied  pressure in the  same
  way to these cervical and submaxillary tubercles on the side  of the neck
  and the under jaw, which produced the same kind of pain in them, and
  which at every repetition  of the pressure,  darted violently along the
  neck and under the clavicle, (^collar bone,) into the upper portion of the
  right lung.  I now applied pressure to  the left side of  the first verte-
  brae, on a still smaller tubercle, and she screamed again, and  pointed her
  finger to the spot the pain  darted to, on the upper portion  of the  left side
  of the neck; and on examination I found there a large submaxillary tu-
  bercle, and on applying pressure to  this, the scream was again repeated,
  and she  at the same time applied her hand to the  left breast  or mamma,
  and then pointed out the course  of the pain from the tubercle (enlarged
  orland) along the neck  and under the clavicle into  the breast.   I now
  examined  the breast, and found it  every where literally  crammed with
  tubercles of the size of peas; it was one third larger than the  right;
  colour  of the skin natural.  The other breast  flaccid every  where, and
  neither gland or tubercle to be felt in it or in the axilla of the left side.
     The small tubercles along the right side of the other  cervical verte
  bree were sore or tender,  and  pressure on the  upper ones sent  dartin"
  pains into the right side of the neck,  and  on the left side of the lower one 
                                   39

into the region of the heart, and checked her breathing.   Pressure applied
now on the sides ofthe first, second, third, and  fourth dorsal (joints of
the back between the shoulders J produced pain  which darted into  the
stomach; and on the second, third, fourth, and  fifth lumbar, produced
the most severe spasmodic pain, which darted violently into the uterus.
Pressure on the  sides of the other vertebras produced  no pain  or effect
whatever.                                    '
   The same effect is frequently produced by pressure on these  enlarged
lymphatic glands in other cases,  and I have, in many instances, applied the
wire from the Galvanic battery to these tubercles in an active state of
disease, when these forces would dart  from one tubercle to an  organ in
the same manner as when pressed upon by the finger or thumb.
   In experiments made on living animals, it is ascertained that if a prin-
cipal  nerve leading to and belonging to the stomach be severed with  a
scalpel, digestion ceases, but when that portion of it next to the  stomach
is connected with the wire of a Galvanic  battery, digestion  commences
and progresses in the same manner as it did.before the nerve was separa-
ted.
   When the wire from the battery has been connected with the nerves of
criminals, soon after they  have been executed strong muscular action has
uniformly commenced, evinced by violent contortions  of the  limbs, of
the muscles of the face, and even breathing has sometimes commenced,
accompanied with its natural sound.
   These evidences are perfectly conclusive in regard to the identity ofthe
magnetic forces with those that produce sensation, inclination,  and  mo-
tion in man and other animals,  which with a  great variety of other evi-
dences afford  interesting  and beautiful  illustrations of the action of the
hitherto undefined and  apparently undefinable  nervous fluid,  spirit or
vital principle of physiologists.
  Note. If figures of men, and women are cut out of paper, and
placed between two suspended metalic plates, charged  with
electricity, or  electro-magnetism, they  will exhibit a rapid
dance, as seen in the figure
 
CHAPTER  IV
Application of the motive power of the human body to determine the character of a
  large class of chronic diseases of the organs and limbs—Symptoms produced by it in-
  variable—Cause of the symptoms—Tuberculations—Cause of the tuberculations.

  We have in the former chapters given a concise view of the construc-
tion and of the motive power of the human body, as well as of the laws
by which that power is governed.  It now becomes a matter of interes-
ting enquiry, to ascertain whether a knowledge of them can be applied
to useful purposes for the benefit of mankind ?  The answer  must he in
the affirmative 5 for  by adding  to our general stock of knowledge, we
elevate  the character of our  species, we add much  to and inciease our
ability to attain more perfect  information in its several departments.-
Among  these, the knowledge by which we are enabled to repair the dif-
ferent parts of the human structure, when  they are  out  of  order, and to
maintain them in a perfect or healthy state is of the very  first importance.
And as  the different structures are subject to different injuries, it becomes
a matter of great importance to ascertain their natures, because different
materials will be required to repair the  different injuries to the different
structures.
  These injuries may be very naturally divided into three'or  four clas-
ses, the nature of all which may be invariably known  by certain phe-
nomena produced by the action of these forces.
  The  nature or symptoms of the injury,  or of the  disease  in one  of
these classes called  hypertrophy or  chronic enlargement of the internal
structures or organs  may be known by the action of these forces under
pressure- 
41
                             SYMPTOMS-

  In order to determine whether a person is  affected with tubercular di-
sease of the  organs, we press with a finger or  thumb on the vertebral
spaces along the spine.   If the person  has the disease, there will be
a place or places along the  spine where pressure will produce  pain.
This pain, however, will be a mere tenderness of the part  where  pres-
sure is made, in the passive state of the disease;  but when the disease is
active, this pain, (produced by  pressure) will dart into the diseased or-
gan with a violence which increases with the intensity of the disease.
   We know, therefore, that if pressure on any of these spaces produces
pain, the person must have the disease, because the secreting glands in
the organs connected by their appropriate chain of nerves with these spa-
ces must be enlarged and irritable when pain is so produced.
   In order to determine whether the disease affects any part of the head,
we press on the back part  and sides of the first joint of the neck, and
under the jaws.  See Fig. 20.
   In determining whether one  or  both lungs are tuberculated, it is ne-
cessary to press on the spaces on  both sides of  the last cervical or large
and last joint of the  neck  and first dorsal, or first joint of the back; and
if pressure on the right side produces pain, the right lung is tuberculated;
but if pain is produced by pressure on the left side, the left lung may be
 tuberculated, or it may be the heart instead  of the lung which is  tuber-
 culated, and produces this symptom, or both may have the same disease
 at the same time.  In order  to determine which is diseased,  we may in-
 quire whether the patient  has a cough and expectorates, and  whether he
 be subject to a hard beating of the heart.  If he has cough and expecto-
 ration, the left  lung is tuberculated, but if he  has no cough, the  heart,
 on examination, will be found to beat much harder than natural, and the
 sound of its action will be loud, and precisely like that of the churn, in
 churning.
   In tubercula of the stomach,  and its immediate appendages, called dys-
 pepsia, pressure between the 2d, 3d, and 4th, and sometimes  5th and 6th
 dorsal spaces, (counting from the last or large joint of the  neck,) pro-
 duces pain.
   In tubercula of the liver, called chronic inflammation of the liver, or
 liver complaint, pain  is produced by pressing on the right side, between
 the 7th and  8th, and 8th and 9th  dorsal spaces, and directly opposite to
 the lower part  of the right shoulder blade.
    In tubercula  of the spleen, pain  is produced by pressure on the left side
 of the last named, or 7th and 8th, and 8th and 9th dorsal spaces, and op-
 posite to the lower part of the left shoulder blade. 
                                 42

  In tubercula of the right kidney, pain is produced  by pressure on the
right side of the space between the 12th or last dorsal, and first lumbar
vertebra, and in tubercula of the left kidney, pain is produced by pres-
sure on the left side of the 12th dorsal and 1st lumbar.
  In tubercula of the uterus, called leucorrhcea, chlorosis, amenorrhcea,
and menorrhagia, pain is produced by pressure, between the 2d and 3d,
and 3d and  4th, and sometimes 4th and 5th lumbar spaces, or between
all the joints of the small of the back, except the 1st and 2d.
  In tubercula of the genital organs, pain is produced  by pressure, be-
tween  the 5th or last lumbar space, and the os-coccyx.
  This pain, produced by pressure, is ahvays more or less  severe, in pro-
portion to the severity of the disease.   If there is but little disease, the
pressure will produce but  little pain; but if there  is much disease, the
pain will be severe.
  The disease, in whatever organ it  may be, is always either uctire, or
passive, and if it is active, when  such pressure is  made, this pain, on
every repetition of the pressure, will dart  into the diseased organ, with ci
corce or violence, proportioned to the intensity of the disease.
Press here, to find tubercula, or
 
43
Ganglions ofthe Spinal nerves in the    Acute and  chronic  tubercula, or
       intervertebral spaces.        inflammatory, and  chronic  diseases
                                   of the serous  membranes, or serous
                                   surfaces of  the body,  organs, or
                                   limbs ;  including the skin and facia
                                   of the muscles, is easily and invari-
                                   ably distinguished  by  pain  more or
                                   less severe  (in proportion to the in-
                                   tensity of the disease) produced by
                                   pressure on the ganglions of the spi-
                                   nal  nerves,  in  the  intervertebral
                                   spaces  along each  side of the spine,
                                   without any previous  knowledge of
                                   the case—no matter what name may
                                   have been  given to the disease by
                                   physicians, nosologists, or other me-
                                   dical writers.
                                       We  press  on the sides  of the 1,
                                   cervical vertebra;  to find symptoms
                                   of  tubercjila  of the head—cerebel-
                                   lum, of the brain, throat, nose, eyes,
                                   or  ears.
                                       Press on the sides  of the 2, 3, 4,
                                   5,  6, and 7 cervical,  to  find tuber-
                                    cula of the muscles,  (Rheumatism)
                                    or the vertebra;, or of the joints of
                                    the limbs—white swellings, &c.
                                       Press on the sides of the inter-
                                    vertebral space between the 7 cer-
                                    vical, and 1 dorsal, to find  tubercula
                                    of the lungs, and
    Press on the left side of the same space to find tubercula of the heart.
    Press on the space between the 1  and 2 dorsal vertebrae to find tuber-
 cula of the stomach.
    Press between the 2 and 3 dorsal, to find tubercula  of the duodenum.
    Press between the 3 and 4 dorsal, to find tubercula of the colon.
    Press between the 4 and 5 dorsal, to find tubercula ofthe pancreas.
    Press between  the  b" and 7 dorsal, to find tubercula of the omentum.
    Press on the right side  of space between the  7  and 8  dorsal, to find
 tubercula of the liver, and on the left side, to find  tubercula of the spleen.
    Press between the S and 9 dorsal, to find tubercula of the diaphragm.
    Press between the 9 and 10 dorsal, to find tubercula of the peritoneum.
    Press on the spaces  between  the  11 and 12 dorsal, to find  tubercula
 of the small  intestines.
    Press on the spaces between lie 12  dorsal and first lumbar, to find
 tubercula of the kidneys.
    Press on the spaces  between the 1 and 4 lumbar, to find tubercula of
 the uterus, ovarii, prostate gland, vesicuke seminales, and testes.
    Press on the  spaces between the 4  lumbar and  os-coeyx, to find tu-
 bercula of vagina,  &c.
 There are 7 cervical vertebrae, C; 12 dorsal.
0; and 5 lumbar, L; these vertebrae with the
os-cocyx, m, constitute the spinal column. The
spinal cord passes from the brain along the
round cavity through the middle of the  verte-
brae, and the above ganglions are connected with
it by the sympathetic nerves, which are also
connected with the organs and muscles. 
44
   These are the natural aud scientific symptoms of the disease in its
active and passive state in the organs—they are produced by  natural
causes, and are very plain, invariable, and easily understood.
   When the disease has commenced in one organ or limb, it is frequently
propagated from that to another organ or limb, as in the case of Mm. J. P.
—cases in which it is propagated from the tonsils and uvula to the lungs,
and from the stomach to the lungs, and from the liver  to the stomach,
and from the uterus to the ankles, legs, and stomach, are very common
   In  distinguishing the  disease, and in tracing it  in  the different organs
and limbs, I commenced and pursued the examinations as detailed in the
cases appended to this work  as  I commonly do,  without any previous
knowledge of them.  Any person of common education and capacity
may easily distinguish the disease  in the same way, in any of the organs
or limbs.
   In examining patients with chronic diseases, it should not be forgotten
that the disease is sometimes in an active,  but most commonly in a  passive
state.  If the disease were constantly in  an active state, patients would
die with it in a few weeks, like  those with acute  diseases, instead of
living as they do months, and sometimes years.   We can always tell, i:
an instant, whether it  is in an active or passive state, in the organs, by
pressure in the proper places on the spine.   If the disease is active, the
pain produced by the pressure will dart into  the  diseased organ with a
violence proportioned to the intensity of the disease,  but if it  is in a
passive state, pressure produces  pain in the spine only, which does not
dart  into the diseased organ as  in its  active state, but is more or less
severe in proportion to the progress of the disease.
   In many cases of the disease affecting  the different organs, pain more
or less severe is felt along the vertebrae, when none is felt in the diseased
organ.  We  frequently  find  the   same  phenomenon in disease  of the
hip-joint, where the pain is in the knee instead of  the hip.
   Patients consequently refer the disease  to the place where the pain  is
felt, and some physicians who have no more knowledge than they, agree
with them, and apply their remedies  to the same  place.  Large  blisters
have been applied to the knee, and cupping, blistering, setons, issues and
the moxa to the spine in such cases without mercy during many months,
and an enormous amount of suffering has been frequently endured in this
way with little or no benefit to the patient.
   Pain is also produced by pressure on the chronic enlargements or white
swellings of the joints and limbs.
   In these cases large tubercles, as well as smaller ones will be found on
one or both sides of the neck or groin, and always on the same side with
the disease. 
45
                       CAUSE OF THE SYMPTOMS.

   When, in the last stage of this disease, motion ceases in these organs,
or death ensues, we find,  on examination, that  they  are all enlarged,
thickened or swollen, and  their specific gravity much increased.   On a
further examination we find the primary lymphatic glands attached to
the organs with the subsidiary glands in their substance,  as  also, those
of the series along the side of the spine, with their satellites  (connected
with the organs through the spinal nerves) tuberculated.
   In tubercula of the lungs, or consumption, the  tubercles are generally
found  occupying the upper portion of the lungs, and the  left lung more
frequently than the right.  They are  frequently formed in clusters, like
clusters of grapes, as may  be  seen at F and G in Fig. 21, (representing
a back view of the organs, spinal cord, and its connection with the spinal
nerves, the great sympathetic  nerves, with the  ganglions or  consecutive
poles and series of lymphatic glands).   At other times, the tubercles are
seen either thinly scattered about in one, or in one and a part of another,
or in both lungs ; but at other times one or both lungs are nearly every
where filled with them, and are in  this  organ  generally of the size of
peas, when  they have arrived to their  mature state.   They  then begin
to soften in  the middle, when the whole mass is gradually changed into
a thin  fluid, mixed with cheesy matter, which soon makes its way into
the bronchial or air tubes, and excites cough and expectoration of tuber-
culous matter.   Sometimes, however, although  rarely, it  makes its way
into the cavity of the pleura, and produces pneumato-thorax.
   In the cases  where there are  only a few tubercles in the lungs, and at
a sufficient distance to prevent them from breaking into each other, and
one or two soften down, and produce a small excavation, they do not ne-
cessarily endanger life; for in such cases patients may, and do live many
years, although they may have two or three such excavations form every
year.
   In the cases where  they are in clusters, and after  one has  softened
down and produced a small excavation, others adjoining  it soften down
and break it to it, and in a few days or weeks, produce in this way exca-
vations prop ortioned to  the size of the  clusters;  and these may be from
half an inch to two  inches in  diameter; and when the whole of one or
both lungs are nearly every where crowded with tubercles in a mature
state, a large excavation is generally formed, which  might  contain an
orange.
  Haemoptysis  or hemorrhage from the lungs,  frequently accompanies
consumption; and when blood  is raised in small quantities, not much
exceeding a wine glass full, it is generally exuded from the mucous mem 
4-6
Spinal nerves con
■Dfjiuai uervus tern--------~p*
iiected with the left   E^^L_
Stoma
Bpl.
Portion of the snuill
intestines and im;.-en-
iwy.
Left kidnc
Spinal  nerve  con-
nected with  the sa
crum.

Spinal nerves distri-
buted  to the lower
limbs.
Spinal ccml.
   fepiiul  neirea  con-
E no, t- ,i  Willi the Aqta.
   arm.
Right lung.
Small  intestine  ali<1
ino solitary.
    1


       L.......Right kidney.



  - M...........'Uterus.



t«- ."._..'..._..........Spinal  nervo  con
            nectcd with the sacrum


             pnal nerves distri-
 O  ^C    .....Imiril  to  the  lower
            liinl:.-..
brane  of the bronchia, in  place of its ordinary excretions, and is com-
monly a slight affection requiring little or no attention ;  but when raised
in larger quantities, it is almost always the consequence of the effusion of
blood ipto the air cells; and is an affection which, from its exact  resem-
blance to the  effusion  of blood in the brain, in apoplexy, is now called
pulmonary apoplexy.
   These glands, around which  the blood  has been effused, are larger than
natural, and are in clusters, and occupy a circumscribed space, commonly
from one to  three inches  in diameter, in the centre  of which a clot of
blood  is sometimes found. 
47
  Young people vcno lead a sedentary life, and do not consequently give
to all their muscles, or the  connecting substance of the organs, that ex-
ercise which is necessary to health, are very subject to hemorrhage from
the lungs.   The muscles and connecting substance do not have their na-
tural exercise, and consequently do not get their natural portion of nou-
rishment from the secreting organs.  They become soft and weak, while
the secretione or nourishment which should have been absorbed by them
accumulate in the secreting organs, and distend them.   The blood accu-
mulates in the vessels around them, and bursts from  the feeble barriers
or connecting substance and muscles with which they are surrounded.
The blood consequently either gushes from the lungs, when the  patients
generally linger a few months, or the heart or some of its large vessels
give way,  and they instantly sink never to rise again.
  Hemorrhage from  the  lungs may also be  produced by an aneurism
breaking into the bronchia, or by the rupture of a blood vessel in an ex-
cavation ; but these  cases are very rare, and are quickly followed  by
death.
  Chronic Bronchitis should  not be confounded, as it frequently  is,
with tubercular consumption.   It can always be distinguished from the
latter disease by the  absence of the symptoms we have given to distin-
guish it.   Pressure on the space between the  7th and last cervical verte-
bra},  md first  dorsal, produces no  pain  or effect whatever in chronic
bronchitis,  or pulmonary catarrh, as it is sometimes called, and dissec-
tions show it to be a chronic disease of the mucous glands of the mem-
brane that  lines  the  inside of the bronchial  or  air  tubes of the lungs,
which have no connection with the nerves of  sensation.
   The mucous membranes, therefore, have really no sensibility; and  all
their apparent sensibility is the consequence of the presence of the papil-
lary lymphatic glands which rise from the serous membranes, conspicu-
ously through them in some places, for the purposes of sensation, as in
the tongue, nose, and genital organs.
   In tubercula of the heart, its power or force  is increased in the first
stage of the disease, in consequence of the thickening and hardening of
its walls, which either terminates in an effusion from its serous surface,
and consequent dropsy of  the chest, or in the last stage begins to soften
down, become weak,  till at length the blood bursts through its feeble bar-
riers  into  the  pericardium.  In  tubercula of the stomach H.H., called
dyspepsia, the tubercles are generally small, and are found thinly scattered
about in its membranes and in  clusters, as seen  in the figure, producing
a thickeninc- of the organ in patches of a size and number according with
the dimensions of the clusters.
   In tubercula of the liver 1.  the tubercles are sometimes in  clusters,
                                 4 
48
and at other times only a few are found in it, as is frequently seen in the
tuberculated livers of cattle and hogs.
  Adhesions  of the  tuberculated portions of this organ are sometimes
formed with  the  intestines, stomach, or peritoneum, through which tu-
berculous matter from  its abscesses is  discharged  into the intestines,
stomach, or on to the surface of the  body.
  In tubercula of the spleen J. and the kidnies L.L., the tuberculations
are similar to those observed in the liver, and need not be repeated.
  In tubercula of the intestines K.K., the disease is always found  most
intense in the small  intestines, in consequence of their intimate connec-
tion with the mesenteric  glands, involved in the same  disease with  their
satellites in the membranes of these intestines at the same time.  The
tubercles are  found more or less thinly scattered about in  them, and in
clusters, producing a thickening of these intestines in patches like those
of the stomach, and at last terminate in ulceration.
  In tubercula of the uterus M.M., called  in its different stages amen-
orrhcea,  leucorrhcea,  menorrhagia, and chlorosis, the  tubercles are in
different cases found  in  different parts of it, sometimes in its  body, at
other times in its neck, and frequently in both, producing a thickening of
its body, neck, and membranes, with an enlargement of a part or of the
whole organ.
  A suppression  of the  catamenia, more or less complete, or a mucous
discharge from its mucous membrane, a muco-serous discharge from both
the mucous and  serous membranes, with prolapsus uteri, ulceration or
hemorrhage  are  the uniform  consequences  of these tuberculations, in-
volving either the whole or different parts of the structure.
  In  tubercula of the muscles, called  in its first stage chronic rheumat-
ism, the tubercles are generally found near the extremities of the muscles,
or near the joints, and in its last stage in the fascia or membranes enclos-
ing the muscles.
  The swellings that arise over these tubercles, from the accumulation of
their secretions in the lymphatic vessels, are soft and puffy, without dis-
colouration of the skin, and are  hence called white swellings, when af-
fecting  the limbs or joints of the limbs.   They are, however, sometimes
called by other names, when the disease appears along the joints of the
spinal column, as King's evil in the  neck, curvature and distortion of the
spine, spinal disease, spinal irritation, nervous disease, and nervous irri-
tation of the spine, showing most conclusively an entire want of knowl
edge of the true character cf  the disease.
   These swellings terminate in  ulceration  or abscess, and generally dis-
charge  their  tuberculous matter upon the surfaces of the joints or limbs.
 The  bones, like every other part of  the body, are formed with the round 
49
elementary bodies, including the lymphatic and other glands, with their
vessels and nerves, but have a solid instead of the soft and elastic con-
necting substance of the organs, membranes, muscles, and skin, for the
purpose of covering and protecting some, and  of supporting, every part
of the whole system.   When the disease commences in them, it goes
through its natural  order as it does in  the organs, membranes,  muscles,
and  skin, of tuberculation, swelling, and  ulceration  or abscess.  In. its
active state, in bones of very hard texture, the pain is sometimes very
violent, and  of the kind called spasmodic, in consequence of their slow
and  difficult  expansion; but  there is generally but  little pain, with
long intervals  of ease; and when, in the course  of  the disease, the ele-
mentary organs of which the bones are formed, are destroyed by ulcera-
tion, the small excavations, once occupied by them, are very conspicuous,
and the channels of their vessels and nerves easily traced.

                   CAUSE  OF  THE TUBERCULATIONS.

   The frequent changes in the atmosphere, from the positive to the nega-
tive  state, and  its  modification at the same time by heat and  cold, is a
common cause of tubercula of  the  organs and limbs;  because  these
changes and modifications of the atmosphere produce  corresponding chan-
ges in the positive and negative states of our bodies, and modifications of
the secretions and excretions.
   When the organs  or  limbs are tuberculated  from  this or any other
cause, they are more or less  sensible to pressure, because it  contracts
them ; but when the  pressure  is removed they expand, and  the painv
ceases.   So when the atmosphere is  damp and cold, it is in a negative
state, and the attractions and  contractions are prevailing  over the repul-
sions and expansions, and contract the tuberculated organs or limbs, when,
such patients have more pain, and feel more dull and heavy than they do
when the atmosphere is clear and dry, and in a positive state.  For when
the atmosphere changes from the positive  to the negative state,  the body
changes at the same time from the positive to the negative state.  When
attractions  and contractions commence in the  tuberculated organs and
limbs, and produce dull or aching pains, which torture such patients morf
or less, until  the atmosphere changes from the  negative to the positive
etate, when the pains cease, and  they arise from their cots, throw open
the doors, and walk abroad with buoyant spirits.
   Tuberculated organs and  limbs are also not  only concomitant of, but
frequently the consequence  of intermittent, yellow, bilious, and typhuj
fevers, diarrhoeas and dysenteries, &c. 
CHAPTER  V.
Repulsive force expands, and tire attractive force contracts—An organ or limb expamla
  when its expansive force is prevailing over its attractive force—Nature reduces then*
  by reversing this order—Two ;;reat divisions of matter—One of which repels and ex-
  pands, and the other attracts and contracts—Alkalies and acids—Chlorine—Chlo-
  rides—Bitumen and iron—Absolute quantity of the magnetic forces in matter—Mr
  Faraday—Influence of magnetism on animals—Dr. Philip—Directions for using th
  magnetic remedies—Observations on them.

  Having learned the  symptoms by  which  we can with ease  and  cer
tainty  distinguish  tubercula of the  organs  or limbs, and  having  also
found the remote and proximate cause of these symptoms, we have  sur-
mounted the greatest difficulties we had to encounter, to effect the great
object  we  had in view—that  of  saving  from a premature grave a grea*
number, every year, of the fairest and most talented portion  of our race.
  The object is therefore worthy of our greatest ambition, and we should
pursue it with an ardor corresponding to its  great importance
  Before undertaking to remedy disease, &c, it will  be necessary for us
to find the proper materials  by which we  may repair injuries to the hu-
man system as a machinist does to repair the injuries to a machine; and
fcr this purpose, it will not only be necessary to refer to the laws of mo-
tion, but to the phenomena  attendant on tubercular swellings of the or-
gans and limbs.
   We have seen in  the illustrations bf the laws of  motion by wliich the
body "s governed, that  repulsions  expand and attractions  contract.  If
th(,nfti- orgai. or limb is increasing in size, it follows that the repulsive 
51
and expansive force within the organ is prevailing over its attractive and
contractive force.  It also necessarily follows, that to reduce these swell-
ings, it is important that the attractive and contractive force prevail over
the repulsive and expansive force.
  Nature frequently cures cases of this disease by a change in the action
of these  forces in this order.  Thousands of cases  of tubercular disease
of the stomach, intestines, and liver,  under the names of fevers, diar-
rhoeas, and dysenteries, produced in the hot months, when the repulsive
and expansive  force in the atmosphere is prevailing over its  attractive
and contractive force, are cured in the cool months, when the  attractive
and contractive force of the atmosphere is prevailing over the repulsive
and expansive  force.  When the hot  weather commences, then those
diseases  begin to  appear; and when the change of season gives to cool
weather  the ascendant, they begin to disappear, as  is well known  to the
most common observers.
  If we  can now find means to counteract  the force by which the organs
and limbs are thus expanded, we shall not only be able to assist nature
in repairing the injuries sustained during the progress of these expan-
sions in the hot months, but we shall be able to repair the injuries in the
cases in  which these natural influences have failed.   On an examination
of the natural  constitution  of matter,  we find there are two great divi-
sions in  the  earth, one of  which has a contractive, and the other an ex-
pansive force;  or the contractive force of one, and the expansive  forco
of the other, have a  great preponderance over their  opposite forces.   We
allude to the acids and the alkalies.  The  immense quantity of muriatic
acid, and of soda, required to form the muriate  of soda or common salt
;n the ocean and in the land,  shows that these  two kinds of matter are
very generally diffused, and were first condensed with the water from the
gases which probably constituted our  globe in its  primeval state    And
as the muriatic acid, or the chlorine gas concentrated  in the muriate of
soda, form-s the basis of the other acids, or a large proportion of the acids
of our earth, so it is probable soda or a  gas  concentrated in it, forms.
the base  of the greatest  number  of alkaline bodies.  However this ma1.
De,  we know that  chlorine combined with other negative matter,  has a
strong power of contraction ;  and soda united with other positive matter,
a strong  power of  expansion.   We have familiar examples of the first in
the case  of acids, and of the last in the case of soaps.   If, therefore, we
can convey to the tuberculated organs  and  limbs, constantly and steadily,
a harmless negative matter, in  quantities  sufficient to  make the attrac-
tions and contractions in the organs and limbs prevail  over the repulsions
and expansions, we ought to be able to cure these diseases in  their first
stages as uniformly as they are produced.
  Physicians have long been in the habit of prescribing chlorine for their 
52
 jatients, combined with negative matter—with mercury, under the namoa
 >f chloride of mercury, commonly called muriate or oxy-muriate of mer-
cury, and sub-chloride of mercury or calomel, and with iron, commonly
tailed muriate of iron.
   They have also been sometimes in the habit of prescribing it in  com-
bination with gold, under the names of chloride and per-chloride of gold,
and these combinations have been  taken  into the stomach, mixed with
the chyle, attracted to the heart, and  then repelled from it, through the
arteries, to every part of the body, or to every part of every organ, limb,
or other structure.
  These, with Iodine, to which I have already referred, are the reme-
dies  principally  relied on by physicians  to cure  or palliate this  class
of diseases.  They are, however, differently selected, and they are pre-
scribed  in doses differing according to the diversities of medical  opinion.
The difference in the intervals of time, also, in which these remedies are
directed to be taken, is very great; and  the result of such practice is
that which might very  naturally be  expected—an  almost  constant fail-
ure in curing the disease, and consequently an entire want of confidence
in their efficacy.
  We have, on the contrary, very successfully, during a period of more
than twenty-five  years, prescribed  chlorine, united with gold and other
negative matter, (by processes  which it would be both tedious and use-
less to describe here,) in the form of a pill, in the same quantity and  in
the same intervals of time, in all  conditions of  patients  affected  with
chronic diseases of this  class Note A.
  As  the series  of lymphatic glands or secreting organs along  the spi-
nal column, and  their satellites  around the  vertebrae, with  the spinal
nerves are involved more or less in  the disease of the organs with which
they are connected,—I use, also, a plaster composed of bitumen and
iron, placed on  the spine, for the purpose of making the skin  under it
excrete a mucous or positive  matter, instead of  its natural aeriform or
negative matter  during  the progress of the cure ; and for the same rea-
son, the plaster is also applied  over the white swellings of any part  of
the body, joints or limbs.  Large  quantities of the magnetic forces are
evolved in the process  of the  decomposition of these remedies in the
organs,  and on the surface of the skin, which increase the strength of the
primary and consecutive poles  situated within the organs—gradually re-
duce the tuberculated organs and limbs—remove the compression of the
nerves  and re-establish the natural action of the motive  power of the
system. Note B.
  As a per-chloride  of  gold and soda is one of the principal articles that
enter into the composition  of  the pills, we are pleased to be  able to in-
 roduce here  the following notice from a French periodical, of its effects 
53
in the class of diseases in which we have so long used it, and to which
our attention was directed by the kindness of a friend:
   " M. Legrand, to whom the profession is already indebted for a valua-
ble work on the employment of salts of gold in the treatment of syphilis,
has recently proposed in a memoir read before the Academy, apparently
with  much reason, the use of the same mineral  in the cure of scrofula,
when it affects the soft parts of the  human frame, as the skin, the adi-
pose  and cellular tissue, certain parts of the mucous membranes, and par-
ticularly the lymphatic glands, both  external and internal, and, in short,
any texture not osseous or immediately connected with the osseous tex
ture.
   " This agent, M. Legrand, exhibits, either externally by  means of au-
riferous frictions, or by dressing the sores with pure gold in the form of an
impalpable powder mixed with lard ; or, internally, in the form of pills or
pastilles, or rubbed on the mucous papillated surface of the tongue.   In
the first case, that of impalpable powder, one-sixtieth part, or about four
or five grains of gold powder, are made into an ointment with half an
ounce of lard.   M.  Legrand,  however, thinks he has ascertained that it
has not a medicinal action on the economy equal  to that of the oxides or
of the salts.
   " The forms of the mineral most strongly recommended are, the oxide of
gold by potass;  the oxide of gold by tin, occasionally called the stannate
of gold ; and, lastly, the  per-chloride of gold and soda, more generally
known under the name of  the muriate of gold and soda, in the order now
specified, the most energetic being placed last.   These last preparations
are indeed so  active, that they cannot be  administered in  doses  above
l-15th, l-12th, or l-10th of a grain ; and in large doses they would pro-
duce  most  serious disturbance in the economy.
   " These preparations, however, unlike antimony, arsenic, or mercury,
are void of corrosive  properties, and seem  chiefly to excite the animal
tissues to more salutary action;  and, according to M. Legrand, they are,
when not sanative, not injurious.  Hence their use may be much longer
continued than those of the preparations of  mercury or arsenic."
   M. Legrand is mistaken in supposing that the per-chloride of gold has
a curative effect in disease of "certain parts of the mucous membranes."
It has no effect whatever  on the mucous glands, and no apparent effect
upon  any part of these membranes, nor has my combination of it, except
in cases where the disease of the membrane is dependent on tubercular
disease of  the serous membrane to which it is united, and which disap-
pears  with  the disease of the latter.  He is also mistaken in supposing
it has no sanative effect in osseous textures.   It must be admitted,  how-
ever,  that it has very little, when  used  alone, compared to it<» action in
the combination in which  I use it. 
54
  The energy and  efficiency with which these  medicines  must act, on
the principles of magnetism, may be inferred from the following extract
from Farraday's Researches on the " Absolute quantity of magnetism in
matter."
  " If two wires, one of platina and one of zinc, each one-eighteenth of
an inch in diameter, placed five-sixteenths  of an inch apart, and immer-
sed to the depth of five-eights of an inch in'acid, consisting of one drop
of oil of  vitriol, and four ounces of distilled water, at a temperature of
about 60 degrees  Fahrenheit, and connected at the other extremities by
a copper  wire, eighteen feet long and one-eighteenth of an inch in thick-
ness, yielded as much electricity (magnetism) in little more than three
seconds of time, as a Leyden battery of fifteen equal jars of such  a size
that each contains  one  hundred and eighty-four  square  inches of glass,
coated on both sides, independent of the bottoms, and charged by thirty
turns of a very large and powerful plate electrical machine in full action.
This quantity, though sufficient if passed at once through the head of a
rat  or cat, to have killed it as by a flash of lightning, was evolved by the
mutual action of so small a portion  of the zinc wire and water in con-
tact with it, that the loss of  weight  sustained by either would be inap-
preciable by our most delicate instruments."
  Mr. Farraday deduces from his experiments that the quantity of elec-
tricity belonging to a compound matter is identical with  the quantity
necessary to effect a separation into its elements.   Hence maybe inferred
the enormous quantity of electricity contained in a single grain of water,
from the quantity required for its decomposition.  " It must be in  quan-
tity sufficient to sustain  a platinum wire of an inch in thickness, red hot,
in contact with the air, for three minutes and three-quarters."  " I have
endeavored," he says,  " to make a comparison by the loss  of weight of
such a wire, in a given time, in such an acid, but  the proportion is so high
that I am almost  afraid to  mention it.  It would appear  that  800,000
such charges of the Leyden battery, as  I _have referred to,  would be ne-
cessary to supply  electricity sufficient to  decompose a single grain of
water; or, if I am right, to equal  the quantity of  electricity, which is
naturally associated with the elements of that grain  of water, endowing
them with their natural chemical affinity."                            ,
  The influence of magnetism on animals in augmenting the force of the
contractions and expansions of the muscles, and in altering the morbid and
establishing the natural secretion, has been proved by a great number of
facts.  The experiments of Dr. Philip are so well known to the medical
and philosophical world, that it is almost an act of supererogation to repeat
them; but as this little work is intended for all classes of readers, we deem
it advisable to introduce an abstract of them  Dr. Philip " found that the
secretion of the gastric juice in the stomach, which  had been suspended 
by the division  of the  8th pair of nerves, was restored on establishing
the voltaic current of electricity through the divided portion of the nerves
next to the  stomach.  The accuracy of the experiment on which this
conclusion is founded, was for a long time disputed ; but it has been lately
satisfactorily established, by their careful repetition at the Royal Institu-
tion by Dr. Philip, in conjunction with  Mr. Brodie.   Dr. Philip appears
also to have succeeded  in showing, that when the lungs and muscles are
deprived of  their proportion of the  nervous  influence, so that their func-
tions are impeded, and  the breathing  has  become difficult and laborious,
increased facility  is obtained in  carrying  on these movements  by the
stimulus of the  galvanic power.
  " It appears, then, from these facts, that the galvanic energy is capable
of supplying the place of the nervous influence ;  so that, by means of its
assistance, the stomach, otherwise inactive, digests its food as usual, and
the muscular apparatus of the lungs are roused from a state of compara-
tive torpor to one of healthy action."  Br. Philip, indeed, contends "that
the inferences deducible from these experiments  establish the identity of
galvanism, electricity, and nervous influence."

                    Directions for using the remedies.

  One pill must be taken night and  morning, during three weeks, after
which one pill  every night; except in  cases of children under three
years and over  one year  and a  half, when half of a pill  only must be
given every night on going to bed, until the disease  is cured, no matter
what the state of the stomach or intestines.   In  cases of children under
a year and a half old and over three months, a quarter of a pill may be
taken at bedtime in any convenient medium.
  For children,  the pill may be dissolved in water at the rate of four tea
spoonsful of water to one pill, if care  is taken to  shake the solution well
before using it.
  Privation in dieting is neither necessary nor proper during the  use of
these pills ; but on the  contrary the most nourishing food must be taken
in all cases where the stomach will bear it, and  it will always be borne
after a few days use of  the pills.
  Patients must not only take the most nourishing food, but must take
any kind  the appetite craves; that is when they have eat all they can
of one kind of food, they may take  what they can of another, and then of
another,  &c.
  As soon as the swellings begin to lessen  in the organs or limbs, the
latter are flaccid  and weak, and want  support;  they must get it from
food.
See Note H., page 63. 
56
 Directions for using the Plaster in cases where  the disease is affecting me
                organs, as in consumption, dyspepsia, fyc
   In tubercula, or what is called scrofula or chronic disease, affecting
 the head or face, the plaster must be  applied  to  the middle and upper
 part of the  back of the neck or upper  cervical vertebrae—in  consump-
 tion, and also in chronic disease or hypertrophy of the heart, it must be
 applied over the lower half of the neck and extend down between the
 (moulders over the first, second, and third joints of the back, or dorsal
 vertebra?,—in dyspepsia it must be applied  over the first, second, third,
 fourth, fifth and sixth joints of the back between the  shoulders, or from
 the large and last joint of the neck to  the  seventh dorsal  vertebrae—in
 chronic disease of the liver it must be applied over the seventh, eighth
 md ninth dorsal vertebrae—in  chronic  disease  of the  spleen it  must be
applied over the same vertebrae—in chronic disease  of the intestines and
 mesentery or chronic diarrhoea, it must  be applied over the eleventh and
 twelfth dorsai, and first and second lumbar vertebrae—in the  uterus or
 chronic disease  of this organ or leucorrhcea, chlorosis or menorrhagia, it
must be applied over all the joints  of the  small of  the back or lumbar
vertebrae.   In such cases, the leather or cloth for the  plaster may be cut
five inches wide, and spread very thin three inches wide, leaving a mar-
 gin on the sides and ends  of about an inch,  and must be renewed by
adding a little more of the plaster, as often as the plaster becomes loose
and  does not  adhere.   If the plaster is renewed very often, or oftener
than once in two or  three days, and spread thick, it will in some cases
make the back very sore;  and in such cases, it may be discontinued two
 or three days, or until the pimples it produces  are healed,  and  then re-
applied as before, and its use continued  until the disease is cured.
   As  the disease  very frequently affects more than  one  organ at the
 same time, as the stomach and liver, or  the lungs, stomach and liver, the
 plaster should in such cases be placed over all  the joints  through which
 the spinal nerves are connected wkh the diseased organs.
   In the  cases in which the disease of the organs is not very severe,
 the pills alone wih be sufficient to cure  it without the aid of the plaster,
 and in the bad cases that  would require two or three  boxes of  the pills,
 the plaster  may generally  be  discontinued after the  use of one or  two
 boxes.

 Directions for using the Plaster in white swellings of  the  limbs, jaw and
                   neck,  and in ulcers and abscesses.
   The plaster  must be spread very thin (it is no matter how  thin) on
 India rubber cloth, which is much better than  any other, or thick oiled
 silk, or the  rough  side of a piece of oil  cloth, or on very thin and soft 
57
 leather, or on  glazed  cotton or  linen cloth, and of a size  sufficient to
 cover the tubercles, ulcers, abscesses, or white swellings, or painful part
 of the system, and applied to them and removed and renewed  once in
 every day, either  by adding a very little more of the plaster, and what
 will be barely sufficient to give it a new surface,  or by spreading a new
 plaster.
   If, on removing the plaster, much of it should adhere to the skin, it
 may be washed off with soap, and the plaster re-applied, and this course
 must be pursued until  the tubercles, ulcers, and abscesses or white swel-
 lings arc removed.   Small vesicles appear  under the plaster in a few
 days after it  is applied filled with lymph, but they soon disappear, and
 others  are formed and disappear, and require no attention whatever.

         Observations on the use of the remedies in different cases.
   When white swellings of the joints or limbs, over which these plasters
 are applied,  are cured, they are always smaller than the  corresponding
 well joints or limbs, unless from long continued disease the bones  of a
 joint or limb have, before  its application, become permanently enlarged.
   There  are    120  pills  in  a box, a  number sufficient, with a box of
 plaster, to last a patient 14tol7 weeks, and to cure any of the recent cases
 of the  disease  in any  of  its  forms.  In cases, however, of long con-
 tinuance, or  in the  last stage,  it will  sometimes, from obvious causes,
 which I have not room here to explain, require two  or three boxes of
 each.
   These  remedies, which  I have used  in my practice for more than
 twenty-five years, and during  the  time I have been investigating  the
 phenomena of tubercula, and  about which there is no mistake, are very
 active,  but never produce  any  injurious or disagreeable effect upon the
 stomach, or any other part of the system, or any other that is noticed by
 such patients, except a steady  improvement  in all  the symptoms  de-
 pendent on chronic tubercula.*
   Improvement in health  commences  immediately,  or very soon after
 the commencement of the use  of the  remedies,  and  their  action con-
 tinues steadily and forcibly, and  cannot be easily diverted  from their
 purpose, and  the  cure progresses steadily,  with a steady increase of
 strength and flesh, unless it be checked by colds which sometimes retard,
 but rarely, or never, prevent a cure.
   These remedies cure all  the different  forms  of tuberculse in their first
stages, and a  great  majority of those in the last stage of the disease,
 known by  the symptoms  we have described, but  called  by  different
names according to their situation or  other circumstances attending them,
viz.,  scrofulous sore eyes, and ulcers of the cornea—ulcers of the ears— 
58
disease of the antrum and nose—tinea capitis or scald head—king's evil
and goitre in the neck—mercurial disease or  chronic enlargement of the
tongue and tonsils—chronic  enlargement of the breast, or mammae, in-
cluding cancer in its first stage—phthisis or consumption—hypertrophy
of, or chronic enlargement of the heart—dyspepsia, or chronic disease
of the stomach—chronic disease  of the liver, or liver complaint—tabes
mesenterica, or chronic diarrhoea—chronic  disease of the uterus, or leu-
corrhoea, amenorrhcea, chlorosis, menorrhagia, and  incipient cancer  of
the uterus—ulcerated legs, fever sores—disease  of the  spine, disease of
the hip joint—white swellings of  the joints or limbs—morbid alterations
of structure in the synovial membranes—chronic rheumatism  (tuber-
culated muscles) or  cases where  one of these  forms of the  disease is
complicated with the same disease in another organ or limb.
  In typhus fevers the secreting organs or lymphatic  glands of the small
intestines with those of the  mesentary, as well as the series along the
spine, are always  tuberculated,  and  dissections  in  such cases always
show those of the  small  intestines and mesentary in a  state of ulcera-
tion.  Dissections  also show that other organs are  tuberculated at the
same  time, as the brain  and its  membranes, stomach,  liver, &c.; and
pressure along the  spinal colum shows that such patients have the symp-
toms of tuberculated organs.  And these symptoms  are, whenever they
are present, the  evident  indications that these remedies are  the  true
ones, no matter by what names systematic  nosologists or other medical
writers may have  chosen to  call the disease.  In diseases which have
been  confounded by nosologists  with tubercula,  but  which from the
absence of these symptoms, as well  as from the evidences of post mor-
tem  examinations, have   manifestly  no connexion  with  them,  as  in
chronic bronchitis and other affections of the bronchial tubes, &c, these
remedies are entirely useless.
  The liver and spleen are frequently found to be enlarged during and
after intermittent fevers; and we always find these  symptoms in these
fevers after  the  first or inflammatory stage  is past, and we frequently
find by these symptoms  that the stomach or some other organ  is tuber-
culated at the same time.   We also find these symptoms in remittent or
bilious fevers after  the  first or  inflammatory stage ;  and when  such
patients do not begin to gain health and strength after that  stage is past,
it is almost  always in consequence of the ulcerated state of the small in-
testines, fas is now well known to physicians) when these will be found
to be the appropriate remedies.   They have saved many such patients,
as well as those with typhus fever, when in the last  part  of the last
stage of the disease, after the common remedies had entirely failed.
   Scarlet fever is  acute tubercular disease of the serous surface of the
muco-serous membrane of the throat, which is extended to other serous 
59
surfaces, as those  of the stomach, lungs, skin and  other  organs.  It
goes through its acute or inflammatory stage  in  four or five  days, when
it becomes chronic, and demands the use of these remedies to reduce the
tuberculations,  remove  the  great  and extensive compressions of the
nerves, and  re-establish the  natural action of the forces which produce
motion in the system.  When, therefore, such patients do not begin to
recover soon after the acute stage is passed, no time should be lost in the
application of these remedies.
  The yearly number of cases in which we used these remedies was at
first very few, but  they gradually  increased  with the improvements in
the remedies suggested by long experience, when  in  1835, or from the
1st January, 1835, to December 31st of the same year,  they amounted to
163.  I  took notes  of  these cases in which the disease, affecting the
different organs and  limbs, was in the proportion seen in  the  following
schedule:—
     Neck..............................................18
     Neck and eyes......................................2
     Neck, nose, and spine................................  1
     Neck, tongue, tonsils, and right leg.....................  1
     Neck, jaw, tonsils, ear, cerebellum, breast, heart, stomach,
       uterus, one arm and both legs........................  1
     Neck and  lung......................................2
     Neck and stomach...................................  1
     Neck and mesentery.................................  3
     Tongue, tonsils, and uvula.............................  1
     Tongue, tonsils, and right leg..........................  1
     Nose and face.............................•.........2
     Lungs, (first stage)..................................21
     Lungs, last stage with tubercles in a mature state.........  1
     Lungs, with excavations..............................  5
     Lungs  and both legs, and one- ankle,  with excavation  of
       both  lungs.......................................  1
     Heart.............................................  3
     Heart and liver.....................................  4
     Stomach...........................................19
     Liver.............................................  5
     Stomach and lungs..................................18
     Kidney (left;....................................... 1
     Liver and kidney (right; ............................  1
   N  Liver and stomach...................................4
     Liver with abscess...................................3
119 
60
                                      Brought forward,     119
     Mesentery................«....................>...  1
     Uterus and legs.....................................3
     Uterus and lungs....................................2
     Uterus and stomach..................................  6
     Joints and limbs....................................31
     Unknown..........................................  1

                        Whole number of cases in 1835,     163
     Of these cases the number cured is....................154
     Cases not cured, in consequence of not using the remedies
       a sufficient length of time..........................  3
  Of the  cases which  have died, the  first was that of Master N., of
Columbus, aged 16 or 17 years, whom I never  saw, and of whose case
I know nothing, except that it was about ten years since it commenced.
  The second case was that of Mrs. B.,  of M., in  the  last part of the
last stage of tubercula of the mesentery,  with a frightful marasmus.
  The third case was that of Mrs.  K., of M., with a cancer of the uterus
in a  state  of ulceration, complicated with abscess  of the liver, which
was discharging matter through the right side in four places.
  The fourth case was that of Mr. W. W., of M. Michigan, with tuber-
culated right leg, left hand, heart,  and scalp over the right frontal, and
right parietal bones.  The leg and also the scalp ulcerated in two places.
He died of compression  of the brain, in  consequence of the injudicious
use of nitrate of silver, which had  been  frequently applied by the direc-
tion  of his physicians, to the upper part of the parietal bone, and  pene-
trated through it to the brain, as shown by dissection.
  The fifth case was that of Mrs. S., of Cincinnati, with tuberculated
left lung in a mature state ;  and sixth, the case of Mrs. C, of Cincinnati,
with hypertrophy of the heart, and excavation of both lungs.
  We have taken but a few notes of the numerous cases in which we
have used  these remedies since 1835 ;  but from all we  have learned of
the result of them, we are induced  to believe that the proportion between
those that have been cured by these remedies, and  those in which they
have failed, does not vary much from that shown in the above year, or
from those of  former years.
  We  are familiar with  the use of  the  stethescope, having used it in a
great number  of cases since 1824, and  cannot be mistaken in regard to
the excavations in the lungs mentioned  in the above cases, which show
results in  the use of these remedies as a cure for tubercular disease en
tirely unknown to any other course of treatment.   They also show the
importance of commencing the use of  these remedies in the early stage 
61
of the disease in this organ, and  the uncertainty of the results when in
the last stage.
   The cases of this disease affecting the neck, called king's evil, are all
cured with these remedies, excepting only those which have terminated
in cancer, and which are easily distinguished by physicians—first by the
solidity of the  tumor, with the close adherence  and dark color of the
skin, and lastly by its fungus ulcers with granulated surfaces and everted
edges of the skin.   The symptoms which I have so often mentioned, also
enable us to  distinguish tubercula from cancerof the mammae or breast, in
which these remedies, like every other, fail.   All the other cases of tu-
bercula, particularly white swellings of the body, joints, or limbs, yield
readily under the  use  of these remedies, including those in a state of ul-
ceration.
   The  cases of the disease in the stomach called dyspepsia, are generally
cured with  the greatest rapidity, probably  in  consequence of the great
quantity of  the magnetic forces evolved  in the decomposition ofthe pills
in that organ.
   When the small intestines are tuberculated, the habit is costive in the
first stage of the  disease; but when in  the last stage, the tubercles be-
come  ulcerated, the habit is changed, and  diarrhoea commences.  In
either case  these  remedies uniformly (with very few exceptions) re-es-
tablish the natural habit in from  three to fifteen days.  There are a few
cases of long standing that require a longer  time to effect the same ob-
ject, and there are cases  in the last stage of consumption uncontrolled by
these or any other remedies.
   In the cases of  costive habits,  medicine should be taken once a day on
commencing the  use  of these remedies, in quantities sufficient only to
move  the bowels every day, and  the dose gradually lessened until it is
no longer required.
   In amenorrhcea,ieucorrho;a,and  monorrhagia, the uterus is always tu-
berculated, or more or less enlarged, and these enlargements of this or-
gan are uniformly reduced by these remedies  in the first stage of the
disease, and a great proportion of those  in the last stage, and the natural
action of this organ is thereby re-established.  These effects «of the re-
medies  are so constant and uniform, in  such  cases, as to require no aid
from other remedies, excepting only such as  are  accompanied with dis-
placement of the uterus, and called prolapsus-uteri.
   When this organ is enlarged, its weight is increased, and the ligaments
by which it is suspended dilate, and it descends more or less from its nsv.
tural position, and in  many cases so far as to require mechanical support
during the progress of the cure.
   When, therefore, there is  so much displacement of this organ  as to
produce much inconvenience in walking, it should be supported in its 
62
natural situation by some of the numerous contrivances invented for that

purpose, until the tuberculations are reduced, and its ligaments contracted

to sustain it again in its proper position.

   The blood  is magnetised, and a florid color imparted to it, by the forces

evolved  in the decomposition of the air in the  lungs, and the same florid

color is imparted to dark blood drawn from the arm, by conducting into i'

a stream of these forces.

   In closing these observations it may, therefore, be useful to observe, that

when blood is drawn from the veins of patients affected with chronic dis-

eases, it is always of a  very dark color, which imparts  a  dark, sallow,

or unnatural color to the skin, both of which are uniformly  found to be

changed after one  or two weeks use of the magnetic  pills, to  the light,

florid, or natural color,  and is no doubt the consequence of a chemical and

healthy change in the  character of the fluid, produced by magnetising it

with the forces evolved  in the decomposition ofthe pills.

   The importance  of such a change in the color,  and healthy state ofthe

blood, is very great, and any physician may satisfy himself that it  is thus

changed, by drawing blood from the arm, as I  have  frequently done, im-

mediately  before, and a few weeks after the commencement of the use of

the remedies.
                                           New- York, March, 10th. 1843
  It has always been  a leading object with me to increase the power of these  reme
dies to the greatest degree  compatible with perfect safety, for obvious reasons, and I
have now to announce the fact that I have succeeded beyond my expectations,  in in-
creasing the power of the pills so much as to cure the disease in more than three-
fourths ofthe cases, without the use of the plaster, and  in less time than they formerly
did with it.
  I also introduced, about a year since, the use of a substitute for the  plaster,  in many
cases, (mostly, those of females) in the form of a wash, which fully answers  the pur-
pose.   This article is in the state of a salt, which is dissolved  in  spirits,   and the
skin,  for five or six inches in width, along the spine,  barely wetted with it,  once or
twice a day, (morning and evening) according to the greater or less tenderness of the
spine, in tubercular diseases ofthe organs, and this will be found to possess all the ad-
vantages without any  of the inconveniences of the  plaster, and the use of it in  this
manner, perfectly safe under any circumstances.
  This salt  is put up  in boxes and should  be  dissolved in a quart  of  spirits,  and
the solution kept corked in a bottle and in a dark place, and used with a small swab,
which may remain in the  solution, with the upper part of its handle  thrust into oi
through the cork.
  In the cases of white swellings and scrofulous ulcers, the skin over them should be
merely wetted with this solution, once or twice  a day,  (morning and  evening) in pro-
portion to the extent of the disease, and the violence of the symptoms.
  The frequent calls  for these pills to be forwarded  through the Post Office  to the
different States of the Union, has induced me to put  them up in neat  flat tin  boxes,
in which form they Will  hereafter be forwarded per order to any part of the United
States, as well as the composition for the wash, put up ifl the same manner;  and both
for the same price at which the pills and plaster have  always been sold. The postage
will, in every case, be paid here, so that the expense  ofthe remedies wilh this pam-
phlet to those who use them, will be the same  in every part cf the United States,  as
it is to those who purchase them in this city. 
CHAPTER VI
llibercula of the left lung, stomach, and liver—Of the right lung—Of right lung, heart,
  stomach, liver, spleen,  kidneys, spine, intestines, and uterus—Of lungs—Of lungs
  and uterus—Of the lungs with excavations—Of the lungs and neck—Of the right
  lung, with a large cluster of tubercles—Dr. Lawson's letter—Tubercula of stomach,
  heart, and eyes—Of the eyes—Of the antrum—Nose—Cerebrum and uterus—Sto-
  mach and uterus—Intestines and mesentery—Liver and stomach—Correspondence—
  Tubercula of the uterus, liver, stomach, and tonsils—Extract—Tubercula of the
  tongue, right tonsil, right leg, and right side of the neck—Lip—uterus.

                       TUBERCULA  OP THE LUNGS.

                              Consumption.

   Mb. G. W.  B.,  of the  city of New York, of light complexion  and
tliin habit, aged 29 years, commenced the use of these remedies for con-
sumption in  April, 1839, they being  prescribed  by another physician,
fi-om whom, as  well  as  from  Mr. G. W. B., I  obtained the following
concise history of the  case:
   The disease commenced  in August, 1833, with hemorrhage from the
lungs, which was succeeded by cough and moderate expectoration, which
continued to August,  1834, when the  hemorrhage from the lungs was
repeated.  The cough  and expectoration continued; and in August, 1835,
the hemorrhage was again repeated, and his strength much reduced.  Top
quantity of blood raised each time being from half a pint  to a pint.   The
cough  and  expectoration gradually increased  after this last attack of
  Note H.__A great change has recently been made all over Europe, in the practice
of physicians,  in regard to diet in chronic diseases.  Instead of confining such patienti
to a low vegetable diet as formerly, they now proscribe vegetables, and direct a full
meat diet; and this change of practice is represented every where  as having the moal
wdutarv effect ur on their  patients
                                 5 
6*
hemorrhage up to the time he commenced the use of the remedies, when
he was pale, feeble, and  much  emaciated.   His  cough and expectora-
tion then began to decrease; the color of his skin soon began to assume
a more florid hue ; his appetite increased, so that he soon gained strength
and flesh; and when he  had taken  three boxes  of the remedies, or in
about six months, his health was fully re-established, and it  continues
very good to this  time.

                  TUBERCULA  OF THE  LEFT LUNG.

  Mr. R. H.,  of the  city of New York, aged 30 years, had been out of
health five years when he called to see me in June, 1837.   On an ex-
amination of his case in the usual manner, I found him affected with tu-
bercular  disease of the lungs, stomach, and liver.   The disease com-
menced first in the liver, and in  about a year after was propagated to the
stomach, and from thence to the lungs.   This was about four months be-
fore he called  <jp  me, when cough  and expectoration had commenced.
which still continued.   He was  pale, feeble, and emaciated.  Prescribed
magnetic  remedies.  His health soon began to improve, but progressed
at first slowly; yet, when he had used four  boxes of these remedies, his
health was entirely restored.  He has since enjoyed  as  good  health as
any man.

                     TUBERCULA OF THE LUNGS.

                        Rapid Consumption

  Mrs. D. R., of the city of New York, of light complexion, aged 19
years, commenced coughing early in the fall of  1838, while in a state of
gestation.  This cough continued with little expectoration until after her
confinement on the 23d of February, 1839, when they both began to in-
crease, and in  a few weeks the expectoration amounted to about a pint  a
day.  Her feet and ankles began to swell, accompanied with other symp-^
Corns  of approaching dissolution, when she  commenced  the use  of the
magnetic remedies under the advice of  another physician, on  the 4th of
April following.
   These remedies checked the further progress of the disease, and in 48
hours after she commenced the use of them,  her symptoms  were evi-
dently better; her  cough and  expectoration gradually  decreased; the
swelling of her feet and ankles disappeared ; her appetite and strength in-
creased ; and in about two  months after she commenced the use of the
remedies, and after she had used one box  of them, she called with her
husband at  my office to  inquire whether it would be necessary to use 
65
 them any longer.   I advised her to use another box ; she did so, and has
 Bince enjoyed uninterrupted good health.

                                        New York, June 15, 1840
   I recognise, in the above description, fully the case of my wife.
                                                 Silas Reynolds.

 TUBERCULA  OF THE  RIGHT  LUNG,  HEART, STOMACH, LIVER, SPLEEN,
                KIDNEYS, SPINE, INTESTINES AND UTERUS.

   Mrs. P., of the City  of  New York, of light complexion,  and  small
 and slender frame.   I was called to see her on the 20th May, 1837, and on
 examining her spine, found she had tubercula of the  right lung, heart,
 stomach, liver, spleen,  kidneys, intestines and uterus.   On  inquiry  I
 found that she was married at the age of 15 years, and had suffered two
 abortions.    The  disease commenced about  two years  before in  the
 uterus, with leucorrhcea, and was thence first propagated  to the stomach,
 and thence to the liver, spleen, heart, kidnies, and at last to the right
 lung.   In  January of the above year, cough and expectoration  com-
 menced, and had continued to that  time.  The whole length of the spine
 was very sensitive to the touch,  and she  could  consequently bear  but
 very little  pressure  upon it.  On her  observing  that there  was  some
 swelling along her back, I examined it, and found a white swelling along
 each side of the spine, extending from the sixth dorsal to the third lumbar
 vertebrae.   As this was an  extraordinary case of tubercular disease, in-
 volving so  many organs, as well  as the vertebrae at  the same time,  I
 requested the liberty  of inviting several distinguished physicians to see
 it before I commenced the use of the remedies.   This  request being
 granted, I  invited four of them to  see it; all of whom agreed, after an
 examination of the case, that  it was hopeless of  cure under  the use of
 the  common remedies.   I  then commenced the use of the magnetic
 remedies—the plaster to extend  the whole length of the spine.  Her
 health began to improve soon after.  About the first of July, her cough
 and expectoration had increased during a few days, and on an examina-
 tion of the  chest with the srethescope, I  found  an  excavation in the
 upper  part  of the right lung, showing  that a cluster of tubercles had
 softened down and made their way  into the  air tubes, and left an exca-
 vation since I first examined her lungs.
  Her health soon after began to improve again—the white swellings of
 the vertebrae disappeared; and in about seven weeks the excavation was
healed and entirely closed, and  her  cough  and expectoration also disap-
peared in a few months after.   The other tuberculated organs were
gradually reduced to the  natural state; and soon after the state of gesta-
tion was renewed, and continued through the natural period. 
66
                     TUBERCULA OF THE LUNGS.

                        Rapid Consumption.

   Mrs. P. S.,  of S., Hamilton county, Ohio, aged twenty-eight years.
I was called to see  her,  September 16th, 1833.   She had hectic fever,
with cough,  expectoration,  night  sweats, and  diarrhoea.  On applying
the stethescope to the chest,  it gave the symptoms of tubercular engorge-
ment of the left lung.  These  symptoms came on about three weeks
before, and two weeks after  her confinement with her last child.  She
had irregular pains in the left side of the chest for three months previous
to her  confinement, and  was unable  to sleep  on her right side, as an
attempt to do so increased the painful sensations in her  left  side.  On
examination, I found a number of tubercles on the left side of her neck,
from the size of a pea to  that of a large, bean, and one  on  the side of the
lower jaw of the same side,  of the size of a small walnut.  Two physi-
cians had prescribed  for her, but she continued to get worse, and her
flesh and strength  were  wasting rapidly.   Prescribed—magnetic pills
and  plaster.   These alarming symptoms were checked in a few hours,
her health  soon began to improve,  and in three weeks her cough, fever,
night sweats, and  diarrhoea  had  disappeared, and in another week her
health was re-established.  This was a case of rapid consumption, and
she would not have  survived under the common treatment more than
one or  two weeks longer.

                      TUBERCULA OF THE LUNGS.

                            Consumption.

   Mrs. M. W----, of Union, Butler county,  Ohio, aged 34 years.   I
was called to see her, August 22, 1834. She is above the middle stature,
of dark  complexion and slender form.   Has enjoyed almost  uninter
rupted good health until  about the first of June last, when she began to
 be feeble, and  this feebleness continued, and  in  the last week in July
 began to cough, and in a few days  after began to expectorate a  thin and
 semi-transparent glutinous matter,  and  it was not until yesterday morn-
 ing that the appearance of this matter changed to a yellow-white colour,
 and raised in a much larger  quantity than usual, which now gave alarm
 for her safety and induced her to seek  assistance.   Her  cough too had
 been attended with some degree  of hoarseness after a  few of the first
 days, and had increased  so  much  that it was now with great difficulty
 that she could raise her voice  above a whisper.   Her flesh is wasting
 rapidly, and in the last few days has had a little fever, in the afternoon
 and evening, with a flush on her cheeks, and has  begun to sweat in the
 after part of the night. 
67
   The catamenia has disappeared, and her eye has the clear  and glassy
appearance and expression which gives to her countenance that peculiai
vivacity so characteristic of consumption.   She has a tubercle of the
size of  a pea on  the upper and outer side  of the left lower jaw, and
another of twice the size on the lower part of the neck, and near the
clavicle of the right side, and both are very sore or tender.  Pressure on
the  lower cervical vertebrae produces pain, which darts thence into the
chest, and pressure on the tubercle near the clavicle produces pain which
darts under the clavicle.       ,
   Prescribed, pills and plaster.   The plaster 12 inches  long  and five
broad, to be applied over the last  cervical and upper dorsal vetebrae.
One pill to be taken night and morning for  three weeks, and then one
every night, with  the constant use of flannel chemise  and drawers, and
to continue her usual exercise and exposure to the atmosphere.
   Her cough  and  hoarseness soon began  to  subside, and  in  about four
weeks they had  very nearly ceased, and she had  gained considerable
strength, when she took a severe cold, which increased her cough and
hoarseness, and  lessened her  strength, but they began to subside again
in a few days and soon disappeared.
   October 28th.   Examined her chest again with the stethescope and
found that the respiratory murmur, which at first was only  heard very
slightly in the lower part, and only in a few places in the upper part  of
the lungs, was now clear and distinct over their whole extent, but yet
not so loud  as in health.
   November 14th.   The tubercles which  were  at  first  nearly round
and  hard, have flattened down and nearly  disappeared.   The  respiration
is now loud and natural over the whole extent of both lungs.  She has
no cough, unless she  gets a  little cold, and then it is very slight, and no
more than common, when enjoying good health,, and has entirely lost the
consumptive aspect of her countenance, and has  nearly  regained her
usual flesh and strength.
   December 15th.   The catamenia  has re-appeared after an absence of
four months, and her health  in all respects perfectly restored.
   Her mother and two sisters have died with consumption.
   Oct. 22, 1836.   Her health continues good.

             TUBERCULA AND EXCAVATION OF BOTH  LUNGS.

                            Consumption.

   Mrs.  J. C,  of Union, Butler county, Ohio, aged 36 years.   Called  to
see her, May 28th, 1835.
   She has been very subject  to cough ten or eleven years, and has had
five or six slight attacks of hemoptysis during the last two years, and in 
68
 the last part of March last, her cough and expectoration, after two or
 three successive colds, was  much  increased,  and has continued to in-
 crease to  this time.   She has irregular fever and night sweats, and  has
 had diarrhoea, which gradually disappeared after her feet and legs began
 to swell.  They are now swelled nearly to the knee, and are cedematous,
 and she is much emaciated.
   Pressure on the right side of the  last cervical vertebrae produces pain,
 which, on every repetition of the pressure, darts into the right lung, and
 pressure on the left side of the same vertebrae produces pain, which darts
 into the left lung.
   On applying the stethescope to the chest, I found an excavation in  the
 upper and front part  of the left lung,  and another near the middle of it,
 and a third in the front and upper part of the  right lung.   These exca-
 vations are not very  large,  and there are no  tubercles in clusters  in a
 mature state near them, or in any other part of the lungs.
   Diagnosis.   Tubercula and excavation of  both lungs.   Prescribed,
 magnetic  pills and plaster.  The action of these remedies commenced
 immediately,  and in about four weeks her cough, fever, and expectora-
 tion had entirely disappeared, and the excavations were healed, and she
 had gained much  flesh and  strength.  She has  now,  (July 4th,)  no
 appearance of disease,  excepting the swelling  of her feet and legs, and
 this has  almost all  disappeared.   November  4th, 1836.  Her health
 continues  good.
                TUBERCULA OF THE NECK AND LUNGS.
               King's  Evil terminating in  Consumption.

   Mrs. L. B----, of Franklin, Warren county, Ohio, aged  35 years,
came to me, August 16th 1832, with the form of scrofula called king's
evil, which had been propagated to the lungs,  and  terminated in tuber-
cular consumption.
   The whole of  the right side of  her neck was  covered with scars and
ulcers, and they  extended  from thence down half the length of  the
shoulder  blade,  and  half the length of the arm.   There were sixteen
ulcers discharging scrofulous  matter,  and a  number of  tubercles  of
different sizes, on  her  neck,  arm and shoulder.  She had hectic fever
everv day, with night sweats, and was coughing and  raising large quan-
tities of matter every day,  and such as is raised in tubercular consump-
 tion.  She was feeble and much emaciated.  It "was  now more than  six
 years  since the disease commenced, and the tubercles began to suppurate;
and more  than five months since she began to cough and  expectorate.
 On examining her chest with the stethescope,  it gave the symptoms ot
 tubercular engorgement  of the right lung.    Prescribed the  magnetic
 pills and plaster.  In seven weeks from this time, she came to me  again 
69
apparently cured.  The ulcers were  all healed—only one small tubercle
remained, and that much lessened in size.   Her fever and night sweats
had disappeared, and  her  cough  and expectoration  had almost entirely
ceased, and  she had gained so much flesh and strength as to  make  her
appear as well as any other  person.   Her health has continued  good
Previous to her applying  the  magnetic remedies, physicians and doctors
of all sorts had visited her ;  and her  friends did not expect her  to survive
more than a few months.

                   TUBERCULA OF THE RIGHT LUNG.

                             Consumption.

   Doctor B. S. Lawson, of Cincinnati, rather light complexion, tall and
slender frame,  aged  32  years.   Called  to  see him  about the  last of
October,  1836.   His  health,  he informed  me, had  been gradually de-
clining about eight years, and about  the middle of August last, he began
to cough  and  expectorate very freely.  On  examining his neck, found
the submaxillary, and some of the cervical glands tuberculated;  and on
applying pressure on  the  last cervical vertebrae, it produced pain, but it
was  more severe when applied on the right side, between this vertebrae
and the first dorsal, while pressure  on the other  vertebrae of the spine
produced no pain or effect whatever.
   I now applied the stethescope to  the right side of  the chest, and soon
found in  the middle  portion of it, a space  of about  three inches in
diameter, where the  respiration was entirely inaudible, indicating from
the absence of the crepitous and mucous rattle, a large and solid cluster
of tubercles, rendering this part of  the lung impermeable and immove-
able.  The respiration was natural all round this  portion of the lung,
and in every other part of the chest.
   Diagnosis.   Tubercula of  the middle portion of the right  lung.   He
now  told me that a celebrated physician, who was attending him, had also
examined him with the stethescope, and with the same result.  He  also
told me that percussion had beenfrequently applied, which uniformly gave
a dull sound over that part of the lung.- He has the  usual pale, lean, and
hao-o-ard look, or consumptive aspect of the  countenance ; and the emacia-
tion has made considerable progress ; and he is gradually sinking.   He has
had prescribed for him, and has pursued the usual antiphlogistic treatment,
inchidino- a large emetic tartar plaster over the front  portion of his right
luno-, (from which he suffered severely,) with low vegetable and milk diet.
   Prescribed, magnetic pills and plaster, with no restriction in diet.   He
commenced gaining  strength in a  few days after,  and in about seven
weeks, or  at the  time he had  finished  taking one box of the pills, I
examined him  again with the stethescope, when  the respiration was as 
70
audible,  in  the before-mentioned middle portion of the right  lung, as in
every  other part of the chest, but  presented now very clearly in this
place, the sounds of bronchophony.  His cough had now nearly abated,
and  he had gained in this time so  much flesh, as to make him appear
better than  he does in his usual health; and  has lost entirely the pale,
haggard, and consumptive aspect of his countenance.
  January 18, 1837.   Examined his  chest again.   The sound of bron-
chophony in the circumscribed space  in the middle portion of the right
lung, and his cough and expectoration have ceased, and percussion gives
now a full,  clear sound.
  He continues to gain flesh and strength, and his face, body, and limbsi
have now the full and rounded form  of a person in full flesh, and the
most perfect health.
  It will be seen, that after distinguishing consumption by the new symp-
toms, the chest is, in most cases,  explored with the stethescope.   This
is done to ascertain the order and state of the tuberculations ; for, although
they are detected in the first dawning of the disease—even in many cases
before the cough commences—yet we cannot tell, without the aid of aus-
culation, whether  these tubercles are scattered  about at a distance from
each other, or  are adjoining each  other in small or  large clusters, like
clusters of grapes, or  have softened down and produced a small reparable
or a large  irreparable excavation.   Hence the  doubt that must exist in
regard to the curability of the disease  in its last stages in this organ, by
the natural remedies, without the aid  of  ausculation, and hence its im-
portance in this, as well as in many other diseases of the chest; yet very
few know any thing of its advantages, in consequence of a deplorable de-
fect in the  education  of physicians.

  " It may be useful for me to add to the above history of my case, that besides the most
perfect restoration of my health, (for such I believe ta be my happy fortune, as far as I
can judge,) that the above remedies have been a gre^t benefit to me in another point ol
view.  My physician, and other gentlemen of the profession, aware of the great dan-
 ger hanging  over  me, advised me to change my location for a  more southerly one, as
affording the only hope, not of a restoration of my health, but of prolonging my feeble
existence ; and beyond all doubt it was the best  prescription in their power to make.
 Now, I do candidly believe, that my case was incurable under the common mode of
 practice, and that the most judicious practice known  to  the profession wa3 pursued by
 him to whom I submitted my case.  According to the  above advice, I determined to
 remove to the south, and had commenced preparation by selling off a part of my pro-
 perty, when  I was, by the kindness of a friend, (a physician, too,) directed to Dr. Sher-
 wood and his remedies—for which  I consider myself  under eternal obligation to the
 Merciful Disposer of all good.
   " I do believe that every case of incipient tubercular consumption may be radically
 cured by a use of the above remedies ; and I feel it  my duty to submit my case, with
 these few remarks, to the public, from the fact thu thousands are carried to an untimely 
71
grave, in spite of the most scientific practice of the schools—that would, in my opm.
ion, have been, with all certainty, saved by a use of the electro magnetic remedies.
                                                     B. S. LAWSON, M. D

                             From the Cincinnati Whig.
                     Doctor Sherwood's Magnetic Remedies.
  The following correspondence  has been  handed  to us for publication, in the beliel
that it will interest as well as benefit the community.  Doctor Lawson, who testifies to
the value  and efficacy of Dr. Sherwood's remedies, is  a regular graduate of the Ohio
Medical College, and a  physician of good standing.   We  have, ourself, made trial ol
the remedies, and think  we derived essential benefit from them.

                                For the Daily Whig.
                                              Cincinnati, January 23, 1839.
   Dr. La wson.—Sin : Having been informed that you have, during the last year past,
prescribed in your practice Dr. Sherwood's Electro Magnetic Remedies in upwards of
fifty cases, all of which  were chronic diseases, including scrofula, with great suc-
cess, I take the liberty of making the inquiry of you, whether my informant was justi-
fied  in making such a report from your own admission of the facts.
   If you confirm this report, I should consider it a duty we owe to the cause of hu-
manity to give it publicity as much as possible, and if false, we should disabuse the pub-
lic mind of the imposition.
   Dr. S. also challenges investigation as to the electro galvanic symptoms.  Pleise in
form me if you, in your practice, detect diseases by his method of examination
                                           Respectfully,
                                                                       B. W.
  Dear Sir : Your communication of the 23d instant was duly received, and an an-
swer should more promptly have been given but for the want of a leisure hour, and a
doubt resting on my mind in regard to the propriety of noticing anonymous letters.
  Nothing, now, so much influences me to accede to your wish as a conviction of the
importance of the facts which you wish to elicit from me, and thereby to diffuse them
more generally through society.
  I have a perfect detestation of every thing that has been presented to the world in
the form of what has been generally denominated " quack medicines," and on this ac-
count I have always felt a delicacy in appending my name, or giving my influence to
any thing which may justly be " dubbed" with such an appellation.
  In the case of Sherwood's  remedies, I am somewhat relieved from  this  difficulty,
from two considerations: first, from the stubborn fact that, in my own person, I derived
the most decided beneficial effect* from  their use, and at a time when all other means
were pronounced as incompetent to a cure ; and, in the second place, from being my
self pretty well acquainted with the composition of the " remedies."
  These two facts will serve  as an  apology for me, in candidly expressing my opinion
with regard to the medicine.  If I did not believe that thousands were  suffering from
diseases, incurable under any other  system of practice, and certainly curable under this,
I would not dare to offer one word in favor of Sherwood's remedies. From a conviction
of this kind, I hesitate not, for one moment, to recommend them as infinitely superior,
in chronic diseases,  to any other course at present known to the medical profession.
   I did use upwards of fifty boxes  during the last year, and generally with success.  1
am, however, of the opinion, that in advanced stages of  pulmonary consumption., they 
72
are not so effectual as one would be led to suppose from reading Dr. Sherwood's pam-
phlet.
  In almost every other form of scrofula, they have surpassed my mqst sanguine expec-
tations.  There are  many citizens of Cincinnati who will certify to cures,  in  certain
cases of long standing, which were not benefitted from any course which had been pur-
sued, (and in these cases you know every thing is tried that is heard of,) and their cer-
tificates will be of sufficient variety, too, to prove all that is claimed for them, even by
Dr. S. himself, with the single exception which I have made above.
  I do not wish to be understood to convey the idea that they are infallible ;  that is not
ray meaning, nor impression, concerning any thing on this earth ; but I do believe them
to be as effectual in curingchronic diseases as ordinary remedies are in curing the ordi-
nary diseases of our climate.   I must be understood to have in view, in such a declara-
tion as this, the exception which was made, and again referred to.
  With regard to the symptoms, I believe that they cannot be gainsayed.  I can detect,
with the greatest certainty, the diseases  called by Dr. Sherwood scrofula, without any
previous knowledge of the patient, or of the history of his disease ; and this  I do mere
ly by an examination of the cervical glands and spinal column.
  The ordinary course of feeling the pulse,  looking at the tongue, and asking a hundred
questions, more or less, is both useless, and a waste of time.  I do not think that one
skilled in this mode of examination can be  deceived once in a hundred cases.  In my
practice, I pursue this mode of examination exclusively, with a great saving  of time,
and a much more satisfactory result.  This is  as much  as I deem  it now necessary to
communicate.
                                     Yours, &c.
  To B. W                                              B. S. LAWSON

   I had no knowledge of the  above communication of Dr. Lawson, until
two or three months after its publication ; and as  there are now many
physicians, both in this city and in the  different States of the Union, who
are practising the  new symptoms and prescribing the magnetic remedies,
I have introduced it here to  show  the opinion entertained of them by
other physicians, who have tested the  certainty of  the one, and the  effi-
cacy of the other.
   In the advanced stages of  consumption mentioned, we have constantly
stated the uncertainty of the results,  and urged the  necessity of com-
mencing their use in the  first stage of the  disease, when cases like  that
of Dr. Lawson are uniformly cured by them; and as  the disease can
now be easily distinguished, in the first stage as well as the last, there is
now no longer  any excuse for delaying  their use until the patient is in
the last stage, when the result must  necessarily be uncertain.
   In regard to the Doctor's allusion to secresy I would  remark, that in
the course I have pursued to defray the expense of the investigation and
cure of this class of diseases, through a long  series of years, physicians
have no just cause of complaint: for I tell them what the remedies  are ;
explain the principles of their action, and give them the evidence  of their
fcfficacy.
   There is, however,  a cause constantly operating to prevent many phy- 
73
siciaus from prescribing them in their practice, and that is a self-interest,
which, with them, is paramount to every other; for they constantly pre-
fer making up a bill against a patient  of from fifty to  five hundred dol-
lars, with the old  empirical and  useless remedies, to a fee of as many
cents for a bare prescription;  and the tenacity with which  they hang on
to the  valuable cases is truly astonishing to the uninitiated, as they uni-
formly prefer  to see them sink into their graves, than saved from it by
another physician.

               TUBERCULA OF THE STOMACH AND  LIVER-

              Dyspepsia  and chronic  disease of the liver.

  Mr. J. B., of the city  of New York, aged 28 years, called to consult
me in August, 1837.  He had dyspepsia and chronic disease, of the liver,
with which he had been  affected about two years and a half.   He had a
sallow countenance, and was much emaciated.
  Prescribed magnetic remedies.   His health speedily began to improve,
the sallowness of his countenance disappeared; and in about four months
his  health was fully restored, aud has  continued good to this time

            TUBERCULA OF THE STOMACH, HEART, AND EYES.

     Dyspepsia, enlargement  of  the heart, and scrofulous  sore eyes.

  Mr. H. B. C, of the city of New York, aged 25 years, called to con-
sult me in  May,  1837.   He had been out of health about  ten years,
was much emaciated, and was suffering severely  with dyspepsia, hyper-
trophy of the heart, and  scrofulous sore eyes.
  The disease of the stomach commenced, in 1828, with the usual symp-
toms of dyspepsia, which had continued with varying severity. In 1831,
he began to feel a hard beating of the heart, and, in 1834, the disease com-
menced in both eyes.  He had  consulted and been under the care of a
number of distinguished physicians, without having received any material
benefit.  Prescribed magnetic remedies.   His health commenced improv-
ing immediately, and in about six months was  entirely restored, and con-
tinues good to this time.
                                       New York, June 12, 1840.
  I have read the  above concise history of my case,  and  am pleased to
have an opportunity to add my testimony to the value of the above-men-
tioned  remedies,  for I had given up all hopes of being cured long before
I was induced to try them.
                                    H.  B.  Cowles, 198 Broadway. 
74
                     TUBERCULA OF TIIE EYES.

                         Scrofulous sore eyes.

   Miss M. Wilkinson, of Syracuse, N. Y., aged 3 years.  She had scro-
fulous sore eyes, with ulcers  of the cornea.   The disease commenced in
1836, when she was about a year and a half old.  It gradually grew worse,
and she became blind in about eight months from the time it commenced,
and continued so until the spring of 1838, when she commenced the use
of the magnetic remedies.  In two weeks after she began to see,  and in
three weeks could see very well, when  the shade she had worn  a year
and a half was removed  from  her eyes.   I saw her in July of the same
year, when her eyes were entirely well,  and she enjoying fine health.
   Her father is wealthy, well educated,  and intelligent, and obtained the
attendance and advice of the best  physicians in the case ;  but the disease
continued to make progress until it was arrested by these remedies.

  TUBERCULA OF THE ANTRUM, NOSE, STOMACH, UTERUS,  AND CEREBRUM

         Disease of the  antrum, nose, dyspepsia, and leucorhoza.

   Mrs. J. C----,  of S----,  Hamilton county, Ohio, light complexion,
(middling stature and habit, aged 34 years.   Called to see her, March 6th,
1833.  She has severe pain in  the  cavity under the cheek bone, from
which tuberculous matter issues into the left nostril, and the septum (di-
vision) of the nose is perforated  at a point opposite to the place where
the matter issues,  and is also with the nose painful, and a little tumefied.
The disease commenced with pain  in the antrum, more than two years
since, and after it had continued  a few weeks, began to discharge a thin
and sometimes bloody matter, which gave her much relief for a few  weeks,
when the discharge  ceased, and the pain returned with its accustomed
violence, and has pursued the same course to this time.
   The pain, after  the discharge ceases,  is spasmodic, and a few months
since extended to  the left and  front portion of the brain, and about  two
weeks  since commenced in the scalp.
   Having no time to spare for further inquiry, I commenced the  exami-
 nation  of the spine; and first, with the first cervical vertebrae, and pres-
 sed  hard with the fingers on  a number of small tubercles on the left side,
 which produced severe pain, and which  darted with such violence into
 the  head, scalp, and antrum, as to  prevent her from allowing me on any
 account to repeat the  pressure ; and  I passed to the dorsal vertebras,
 pressure on the third and fourth produced pain, which darted into the 
75
stomach;  and pressure on the second, third, and fourth lumbar vertebrae,
produced pain, which darted into the uterus.
  I now described to her symptoms of dyspepsia and leucorrhoea, which
had been affecting her more than a year. Note D.
  The pain in her head is  confined entirely to the front and left portion,
and never passes the longitudinal  sinus.   A  number  of physicians and
steam doctors have attended and prescribed for her, during a period of
more than two years, but the disease continued to get worse.
   Diagnosis.   Tubercula of the left antrum, nose, left and front portion
of cerebrum, left side of the scalp, and of the stomach and uterus.
   Prescribed magnetic  pills and plaster.   Her health soon began to im-
prove ; and in seven weeks the antrum  and nose were healed, and her
health in  all respects restored, and  she had gained nearly her usual flesh
and strength.

                 TUBERCULA OF STOMACH  AND UTERUS.

                      Dyspepsia and Leucorrhoea-

   Miss M. D----, of dark complexion, and naturally full habit, called
on me May 28, 1833, with the usual symptoms  of dyspepsia and leu-
corrhoea.   The disease  commenced about a year  ago with  leucorrhoea,
and it soon extended to the stomach ;  she has no vomitings, but distress,
and sometimes pain in the stomach, and at others in the right or left side
of the lower part of the chest, or between  the shoulders, with palpita-
 tions, and accompanied more or less with pain or weakness in the small
 of the back.   She says she has lost considerable flesh, and is feeble and
 unable to labor, as an attempt to do so, or to walk up a hill, or up stairs,
 produces or increases the palpitations, when she  feels faint, and is soon
 out of breath.
    Pressure on the 2d, 3d, and 4th  dorsal vertebrae, produces pain, which
 darts into the stomach; and pressure on the 3d, 4th, and 5th lumbar ver-
 tebrae, produces pain, which darts violently into the region of the uterus.
    Diagnosis.  Tubercula  of the stomach and uterus.  Prescribed mag-
 netic pills and plaster.  Her health soon began  to improve, and  in six
 weeks was fully restored.

             TUBERCULA OF THE INTESTINES AND MESENTERY.

                     Tabes  Mesenterica and Diarrhcsa

    Master M. G.  M-, of Cincinnati, aged three years.  I called to see
 him, August 25th,  1834.   He  has an enlargement of the abdomen and
 diarrhoea. 
                                 76

   The disease commenced when he was three or four Weeks old, and has
 continued to this time.   His limbs are very slender, and his muscles soft
 and flaccid, and  his joints appear very large  proportioned to the size of
 his limbs.   He has five or six tubercles on each side of his neck, some
 of them very large.   Two or three physicians  have attended  and pre-
 scribed for him at different times without any apparent benefit.
   Diagnosis.  Chronic tubercula of the intestines and mesentery.   Pre-
 scribed magnetic pills and plaster.
   The diarrhoae disappeared in  a few days, and the enlargement of the
 abdomen, with the tubercles, began gradually to subside, and in seven  or
 eight weeks they disappeared,  and  he  had  gained considerable flesh and
strength, and had no appearance of disease, and his health continues good


               TUBERCULA OF  THE LIVER AND STOMACH.

  Mr. W. H., merchant, of Louisville, Ky., aged 29 years, came up  to
 me, April—, 1836,  and informed me that  he had been out of health a
 number of years; when I told him,  as  I generally do patients with
 chronic diseases, that  it was all I  wanted to hear about his case, as I
 would try to ascertain  myself what his disease was, and where it was
 affecting  him.  He was pale,  and  on his  removing his coat and vest,
 saw he was much emaciated.  Pressure along the cervical vertebrae did
 not hurt him, but moderate  pressure on the  2d  dorsal produced severe
pain, which darted into  the  stomach with  such violence, as to produce
 excessive faintness  for  nearly half  an  hour.  Pressure on the right  side
 of the 7th and 8th, and  8th and 9th dorsal,  produced severe pain, which
 darted into the liver.  Pressure on  the  other vertebrae, below these, pro-
 duced no pain or effect whatever.
  Diagnosis.   Tubercula of the liver and stomach.   The  disease,  Mr.
 H. now informed me,  commenced in the liver about five years ago, and
 about three years since extended to the stomach.  He has consulted a
 number of physicians, east  and west of the mountains, and  has taken a
 great variety of remedies recommended by them, besides a great variety
 of nostrums, including Swaim's Panacea, but has been gradually growing
 worse, and so much so,  that during the last year, he has not been able  to
 take any food upon his stomach, excepting dry toast, without butter, and
 cocoa.
  Prescribed, magnetic  pills and plaster, and told him, as  I commonly
 do, that he must commence  getting well immediately, and that in about
 three days his stomach would  bear, and that  he must commence eating
 any kind of food that his appetite craved, and that in one week he might
 eat as much as it craved ; and that in ten or twelve weeks, his health, 
                                 77

flesh, and strength would be re-established.  I did not see Mr. H. again
until November 6th, when I found him enjoying fine health.

                 TCBERCULA OF THE LIVER AND EYES.

  Mr. J. H. Esq., of L., Ohio, aged 34 years, called for advice, May 12,
1635.   On  examining the spine, I commenced  between the first joint of
the neck and scull, and pressed in the  spaces oetween the joints below,
one after  another, and  it produced no pain until I had descended to the
space on the right side, between the 7th and 8th dorsal, when pressure
between these, and between the 8th and 9th produced pain, which on every
repetition of the pressure, darted into the liver.   Pressure along the joints
below these,  produced  no  pain or  effect whatever.  On inquiring into
the history of this  case, I  found the  disease commenced in the liver,
about  six years ago, and has terminated  in abscess, and broke and dis-
charged through the  intestines, four different times during this period.
He is now feeble, and just recovering  from the formation and discharge
of the last one, which had reduced him nearly to death,  and from which
he and his physicians had but little hope of his recovery.
  Mr. H. brought with him his son, aged  three years,  with  hereditary
scrofulous sore eyes.   The  eye-lids  of both eyes are very much swollen
and inflamed, and the inflammation  extended over both eye-balls which
had two ulcers of the cornea.  The light was  so painful to the eyes, as
to render it necessary  for him to hold a handkerchief almost constantly
over them.   The ganglia, or line  of glands on both sides of his neck,
with  the submaxillary under the jaws,  were  very much enlarged and
painful under pressure.   The disease  commenced more  than two years
since, and he has, since that time, been subjected to thorough courses of
treatment, with the most popular remedies, without any apparent benefit
   The magnetic remedies were  prescribed, and were  effectual remedies
in both of these cases.
   The  following correspondence on the  subject of the efficacy of my
remedies in chronic diseases, (of which I had no knowledge at the time
it took place) has been handed to me for publication.

                                         Louisville, July 12, 1838.
Mr. W. Foulke,
  Sir: Your favor of the 25th ult. was received and handed to Mr. Wm. Hanna, of
this city, who said he would most cheerfully make a statement of the effect of Dr.
Sherwood's medicine in his case, if by doing so he could relieve one person from a
disease under which he had suffered so much.  His statement is on the preceding page,
and is but one out of many cases that have come under my (.nervation, with a similar
result                                    Very respectfully,
                                                      DAVID HOBB& 
78
                                                    Louisville, July, 1888
 Mr. W. Foulke,
   Dear Sir : Mr. Hobbs having placed in my hand a letter from you, asking the
 opinion of persons in this city who have used Dr. Sherwood's pills and plaster, as also
 a statement of their  individual case,  I, as one of them, beg leave to state that  about
 seven years since  I was afflicted with what was  called dyspepsia—my affliction con-
 sisted in almost constant pain in the bowels, stomach, side, back and head, the former
 so much so, that after eating, it was excruciating.  For the first three years, I was under
 the  treatment of  the most eminent physicians  in  Baltimore, Philadelphia, and this
 city, without the least relief, and by all of them pronounced incurable.  1 then resorted
 to all the nostrums to be had, but with similar result.
   On my return from the east, in  the Spring of 1836,1  was induced by my friend Mr.
 Hobbs, (who offered  to accompany me) to visit Dr. Sherwood, at Hamilton, Ohio, who,
 on our arrival, proceeded to examine me, (according to  the manner directed in several
 pamphlets since published) but my case was so bad, that he  considered  the operation
 might prove fatal if he continued ; and consequently he felt doubtful of effecting the
 cure of so bad a subject.   I, however, determined whilst there was a hope, to continue
 every medicine that offered, and at once commenced with the pills and plaster, which,
 after the third day, gave  me great relief;  and before I had  finished two boxes became
 as well, and have continued so as I ever was during my life.  I had lived for two years
 entirely on bread and tea.  I was the first in this city that ever took the pills ; but from
 the knowledge of my situation and cure, hundreds of others have  since been relieved.
 For a more  particular statement of my case I refer you to Dr. Sherwood's pamphlet,
 page—.
                          Respectfully,  dear sir, your obedient servant,
                                                          WILLIAM HANNA

                                               Cincinnati, July 9th, 1838.
 Mr.  W. Foulke,
  Dear Sir : Your letter of the 25th June reached me  in due course of mail, and
 in answer I can only say in regard to Sherwood's electro-magnetic remedies, or pills
 and plaster, that  my  youngest daughter was severely afflicted with scrofula, and for
several months I availed myself of the best medical skill our city afforded, and all
without success.   Indeed, the disease continued to increase, and the eruption extended
from her body into her face, nose, ears, and eyes, until we were obliged to keep her con-
fined to a dark room, and almost despaired  of her restoration.   In this situation I was
induced to make the experiment, and  try the pills and plaster, the result of which was,
in a few weeks, my child began to improve, and continued to improve until she was
entirely restored, leaving nothing but some of the scars caused by the disease.  She ie
now in fine health, and no indication of scrofula, and I have no doubt it is an effectual
remedy for that distressing disease.
  In regard to the application of it  to myself I cannot speak in so strong terms.   Foi
several months I have had a severe cough, and my lungs considerably affected.  I tried
 this medicine only so far as to take one box of the pills.  I also travelled into the coun-
 try, and my health is  much improved, but the travel,  exercise, and change of  air was,
doubtless, of great service to me ; and in my own case, I know  not how far I ought to
attribute efficacy to the medicine.   I shall be in your city some weeks—expect to reach
there about 25th inst.—and if you should  wish to see  me, by calling on Mr. G. W
 Richards,  merchant, on Front street, he can inform you where I will be found.
                                                Respectfully, yours,
                                                          WILLIAM McLEAN 
79
                                                 Cincinnati, July 2,183&
Mi. W. Foulke,
  Dear Sir :  Your favor of the 25th is at hand.  Agreeable to your request, I give a
nhort history of my wife's case, and the result.
  She had been afflicted for 8 years, and had become a confirmed dyspeptic—so much
so, that she had not eaten a meal of victuals for 2 years, of any kind, without distressing
her,  and  was seldom able to go out  much.  At this stage of the disease, and after
exhausting all resources of medical skill, (I had concluded that travelling for her health
was  the  only chance for her recovery).   She earnestly solicited me to procure her a
box  of Sherwood's pills and plaster.   I endeavored  to  persuade her, that they were
like  all other similar medicines, having no faith in them myself.  But still she could not
be persuaded to  abandon the idea of  trying them, as she had heard of several of her
friends who had  received benefit from them.  After some month's delay,  1 purchased
a box of them merely to gratify her.   But, contrary to my expectations, she soon began
 to improve, and in  6 or 8 weeks could parUke of any kind of food with the rest of the
 family, and from  that time to this (18 months) has  been free from any appearance of a
 return of the disease.   She has used about two boxes.
                                                      Yours, Respectfully,
                                                                 E. WHIPPLE

                                                  Cincinnati, July 3, 1838.
 Mr. W.  Foulke,
   Dear Sir : Tin a line received  this day, you request me to give you the history oi
 my  wife's case, in  connexion with the application  and effect of Sherwood's electro-
 magnetic remedies.  I  take pleasure  in answering yoiir inquiries, so far as my limited
 knowledge of the progress of disease and the effect of medicine will permit.
   My wife is  19 years  of age,  of a  very frail  and delicate constitution.   Prior to, or
 about the first of January last, she had enjoyed good health.  About that time (perhaps
 a little before) she commenced declining, indigestion,  and want of appetite, together
 with extreme  weakness, indicated the approach of more serious disease.  A few weeks
 passed,  and she  commenced coughing-her  cough was of  a  dry,  husky  character, at
 first unaccompanied with expectoration.  I was under serious apprehension that  the
 consumption which had cut down, prematurely, her father and mother, and many other
 members of  the family, had marked her for  its victim,  and commenced its work.   At
 first I resorted  to some of the celebrated remedies for diseases  of this kind (among
 which were the » Watasia," and the « Vegetable Pulmonary Balsam)," but all to no
 purpose.                                                 .
   Her cough increased daily, attended with profuse expectoration, and she was rapidly
 wasting away.
   About six weeks after her cough commenced, I was induced to try Sherwood s reme-
 dies, confident that the ordinary practice  of the  physicians  would only  facilitate her
 departure, at the same time, doubting the eificacy of these remedies.
   The day after she had taken the first pill, she had an  unusual appet.te for food, and 1
 thought her cough during  the  night had not been so constant or severe.  In three or
 four days, her  cough and expectoration ceased, (the blue pill  was abandoned) the tone
 of her stomach  was restored,  her strength  increased,  and she  could partake of the
 strongest diet, without injury or inconvenience.  From that time to the present, her
 health (with the exception of occasional eclds)  has been good.
   She has taken a  part of two boxes.   Whether the relief which they have afforded n
  temporary or  not,  time only can determine.  I feel thankful  to the (Jiver of all good,
  that i wo* "..reeled to the use of these remedies
                                   6 
80
  From this, and some other cases which have come within my own observation, I have
no hesitation in recommending them to all who may be afflicted with scrofulous diseases,
by whatever name they may be called.
  I would, at least, say, try them.
                               ,           Your's,&c,
                                              SAMUEL F. CARY.

  Mr. Foulke, to whom  the above letters were  addressed, resides  in
Philadelphia—had  been out  of health  many years, and a long time un-
der the treatment of the elite of our art in that city, when he commenced
the above correspondence  (as I am informed) to  ascertain what would
probably be the effect of the  remedies  in his  case.  I am also informed
that Mr. Foulke used the remedies, and that their effect in his case, fully
justified the character given them by his correspondents.
tubercula  of the  uterus, liver, stomach,  tonsils,  palate,  and
                           cerebellum.

  Mrs. T. S----, of F., Butler Co., Ohio,  aged 31 years.   She  came
to see me, August 14, 1836, and said she  had been out of health about
5 years.  The examination in  her case was commenced as usual, by an
examination of the spine, and first, of the first cervical vertebrae.
  Pressure on a small tubercle of the right  side of it  produced severe
pain, which darted into the right side of the throat, and  right side of the
head.  Pressure on the left  side of it produced  pain which darted into
the left side of her throat.   Pressure on  the sides  of the second  joint
also produced pain, which  darted  into the upper and front part of the
neck.  Pressure  on the second, third, fourth and fifth  dorsal, produced
severe pain, which darted into  the stomach.  Pressure on the right side
of the seventh, eighth and ninth, produced severe pain also, which darted
into the region of  the liver.   Pressure on the third and  fourth lumbar
was painful.  Pressure on the other cervical, dorsal and lumber vertebrae,
produced no pain or  effect whatever.
  I now examined the line of glands along the neck, and under the jaws,
and found them very much enlarged, and  told  her that her tonsils and
palate were enlarged, and that she had dyspepsia, chronic inflammation
of  the liver, and leucorrhoea, besides swellings of some of her limbs.
   She said that  was right, and that the disease originated in the  uterus
five years before, and about a year after, it commenced in her liver, and
in a few months after that, in  her stomach; and that  it was now nearly
 three months since her ankles and legs began to swell.  It is now  a year
 since her catamenia disappeared, and they have not since returned.  On 
81
examining her throat, I found  the tonsils and palate very much enlarged,
and the tongue  one-third larger than natural.  The tonsils  were very
sensible to pressure,  and had, with the palate and rest of the throat, a
dark red colour, and during the last few weeks the act of deglutition, or
of swallowing solid food, had been difficult and  painful.   She had had
more or less  pain  in the right side of  her head  with dizziness, during
the last few months.   She was also very pale, feeble and emaciated.   A
number of physicians have attended her one after another, for a long
time, but the disease continued to make progress,  and'after years of
suffering, which can only be appreciated by  persons of her sex, she was
in the last part of the  last stage of disease, and death, under the common
treatment, would soon  have  closed  the  scene.   Prescribed, pills and
plaster.  One plaster to be applied over the first, second, and third joints of
the neck and of a length sufficient to extend from ear to ear.  One 5 inches
wide and 16 inches long, to extend from the 6th joint ofthe neck,  to the
10th dorsal;  and another over all the lumbar vertebrae, and also to use the
pills according to the directions in the pamphlet.
   I told her, as I commonly do,  that  she  must commence getting well
immediately, and that in from three days  to a week, she would notice it
distinctly, and would in that time be able to eat any kind of food, with a
good appetite, and  without any disturbance  of the stomach ; and that in
from eight to ten weeks she would be entirely well.
   I never saw or heard of this patient, or her husband, before she  called
on me at  the above  date,  and never  saw or heard of her again until
October 24, when in passing near  her  residence,  I called to see her.
 Her husband, on my  inquiring after her  health, before I went  into the
 house, told  me, he  "believed she  was about well."   On making the*
 same inquiry of her, she told me she "believed she was entirely well ;"-
and on my  asking her if there was  no mistake  about  it, she told me:
 " no, she thought there could be none," and asked  me to " observe the
 difference in the colour of her skin, and  the flesh she had gained ;" and
 then presented to me one arm, to  see  how hard or solid the flesh was.
 She also observed, " that her catamenia had  returned, and that she had
 been twice, since she saw me, as  regular in that way, as she ever was ;"
 and besides, " that she commenced work  as usual when she was well,
  bout two weeks since, and had in that time done a  great deal of  work.
 which did not appear to injure her."
    I told her that it all looked very fair, but that the change appeared so
 very great  in  so short a time, that I would like to examine her back,
 and see if there was no mistake about it.   She told me I might  as much
 as I had a mind to, for she " thought it was perfectly sound."   I accord-
 ingly examined it in the usual way, and found she was right.
    It will be observed  that in describing the  cases, and the effects of these 
82
remedies, I have  generally been very brief, but have  said more of this
case in consequence of its great importance to females ; for the disease
generally commences in them  at an adult age, in  the uterus, as it did in
this case, and  then, after a few  months or years, is extended to other
organs and limbs.
   The above case is not an uncommon one, for the day previous to tho
one on  which  I  prescribed for this case, I was  called to prescribe for
another.

   Mrs.  W. F., of the town of R., aged 21 years, affected in all respects
as  in the above  case,  except  that  the tonsils and tubercles in the up-
per part  of the neck were much larger.  After, however, the common
remedies had  entirely  failed  in  her case,  she  was induced to try  the
effects of travelling, and visited some of the principal eastern cities—got
the advice of some  of  the physicians of those cities, and on her return,
her husband came to  me, and told me that " he wanted me to call and
see her, as he had become satisfied that she must die, unless I could save
her."  I accordingly -visited  her, and  commenced and  went through
with the examination  of the spine in the same way, as in the case of
Mrs S., and then described to her the disease in the different organs and
limbs,  and prescribed  the  same  remedies.   I  then„  as  in  the case of
Mrs. S., told her  she must commence getting well immediately, and the
cure would  continue steadily, unless  it was retarded by colds, and  that
she must be well  in ten or twelve weeks.
   She did accordingly begin to get well as I had told her.  I called once
in two  or three weeks to see her progress, and the last time, the day
nfter I called on  Mrs. S., and found  her  situation, in all respects like
Mrs. S—'s,  except that her tonsils and the  tubercles under the jaws,
although greatly  reduced,  had not entirely disappeared—and she was
directed  to continue the use of the remedies.   Dec. 4.   The  tubercles,
I  have  learnt  from her mother, have  disappeared,  and  her  health is
entirely restored.

   Mrs.  A. H., of Louisville, Ky., aged 21 years.   She, like  the above
cases, had the disease affecting the liver, stomach, and uterus, and a few
months since, her throat.  She, like Mrs. W. F., after the use of a great
variety of remedies, recommended by her physicians, went to one of the
eastern cities.  She, however, returned a few months after, and gradually
growing worse, was in a few weeks confined to her bed.   The disease
continued to make progress, and in a few  weeks more a number of phy-
sicians were called in consultation, but her symptoms  continued to grow
worse. 
83
   Magnetic pills and  plaster were now  prescribed.   She began to get
well immediately after, and  in  a few days was  able  to sit up and walk
her  room,  and  in  two  weeks was promenading the  streets.   It is now
^Nov. 8th, 1836J  only  five weeks since she commenced the use of these
remedies, and although the usual  time has not elapsed to perfect a  cure,
she has gained so much  flesh and strength, as to make her  appear to a
stranger, as well, and  in as  good  spirits,  as any other person.   Yet she
is rather  thin or slender, and has not  regained her natural  fleshiness, and
pressure  on the  1st and  2d cervical,  2d, 3d, 4th, and 5th, and 7th, 8th,
and 9th dorsal,  and 3d  and 4th lumbar vertebrae, produced pain.   Con-
tinued the  remedies.
   December 16th.    Her face has now the  full and rounded form, and she
has fully regained her natural flesh.   On applying pressure now, on eash
of the vertebrae, along the whole line of the  spinal  column,  it produced
no pain  or effect whatever.  Her health  is now in all respects fully re
established, and I directed the remedies to be discontinued.
                     TUBERCULA OF THE STOMACH.

                               Dyspepsia.

  The following scrap was cut from the Cincinnati Whig :—

  Gentlemen : I noticed  some time since,  a communication, published in the
Cincinnati Whig, signed by Dr. Lawson,  in which he speaks with great confidence
and certainty, of the good  effects of "  Sherwood's Remedies," as prescribed by him
in his practice, in the cure of various forms of scrofula.
  It gives me pleasure  to add my own conviction of their efficacy in the cure of dys-
pepsia.   For many years, this disease had preyed upon my constitution, and in the
summer of 1836, and  winter  of 1837, my digestive organs had become so much im-
paired, that almost every kind of food, taken as nourishment, created the most intense
suffering.  My flesh had wasted away,  and my whole system had become so mucl
debilitated, as scarcely to give me strength sufficient to leave my room.  I had become
discouraged, and despaired of ever again regaining my health, and looked upon death
as the only sure relief of my sufferings,  Many of my friends and acquaintances, with
the  knowledge that my disease seemed to baffle the skill of several eminent physicians,
had despaired of my recovery, and had made up their minds that I must soon be num-
bered among the dead.
  At this stage of the disease, I was advised  by some one to make  trial of " Sher-
wood's electro-magnetic remedies."  As  a last resort, I was willing  to lay hold of any
thing that would relieve me, and  lost  no time in procuring a box, and commenced
their use.  In  the course of a few weeks, I found my strength gradually to increase,
»ud my food (such as  my appetite craved) no longer  gave me distress. My former 
84
 law of spirits again returned, my slumbers became sound, and undisturbed Dy horri*
 ireams, and my constitution, in a short time, became restored to its lonner tlesh,
 tealth, and vigor.  It is now more than two years (1839) since I recovered my health,
 md have withheld giving publicity tomy case, until I could, without the fear of conlra-
 liction, speak of the permanency of the cure.  I would advise, especially, all dys-
 peptics to lose no time in procuring these remedies, and to give them a fair trial.  I
 »m very confident they will not have cause to regret having  done so   If any person,
 ifflicted with this disease, should wish  for further information than  herein given, if
 hey will call on me, or address me by letter, post paid, if in my power, I will cheLr-
 'ully give it.  I have no interest, directly or indirectly, in the sale of the medicine.
                                            Your's, respectfully,
Cincinnati, June 5,1839.                                    C. TOBEY.
            TUBERCULA OF THE TONSILS, PALATE AND TONGUE.

   Master W. W., of Union, Butler Co., Ohio,  light complexion, aged
 17 years, called for advice, Nov. 25,  1835,  and said he had  been out of
 health some time.   I now, without any enquiries, commenced an exami-
 nation of the spine, between the first cervical vertebrae and skull, when
 he observed  that it hurt him,  and the pain darted into his tongue.   1
 then pressed on the left side, in  the space between the first  and second
 vertebrae;  when he observed again that  it hurt him, and the pain darted
 into his  throat.   Pressure along the other joints of the neck  and back,
 produced no pain or effect whatever.
   I now told him that his tongue and tonsils were swelled, and that he
 had  a cough  and expectoration ; and in looking into his  mouth, found
 both  tonsils (almonds  of the ear) much enlarged, and in  a  state  of
 ulceration,—the  uvula  [palate]  much enlarged and elongated, and the
■tongue twice its  natural thickness.  On examining the submaxillary and
 cervical  ganglia  of glands under the jaws, and in the sides of the neck,
 they  were  found much enlarged.  He  is pale, and  the emaciation  is
 making progress.  The  disease commenced more than a year since, and
 he has been coughing and expectorating matter, more or less, during the
 last eight or nine months.
   Prescribed, the magnetic remedies.   The swelling of the throat and
 tongue soon began to subside, and  in about six  weeks  the ulcers were
 healed, and his  health was entirely restored in about five months from
 the time he commenced the use  of  the remedies.
   The above was a very bad case of a disease to which clergymen are
 very subject, and which would  have terminated fatally without the use
 of these remedies.  I have prescribed them in many esses of this affec-
 tion during the  last three years, nine of which were those of clergymen 
85
Five of taA'e are cured.   Two were  induced to stop the use of these
remedies  after two or three weeks, and  substitute others, one of whom
is dead   The other is, or was, travelling for  his health, the last I heard
of him.   Two very bad cases are now under treatment, and are both
very neaiiy well.*

                                              \
TUttERCULA  OF  THE TONGUE, RIGHT  TONSIL, RIGHT LEG,  AND  RIGH7
                          SIDE OF THE NECK.

   Mr. G. A. F----, merchant, of  Cleveland, Ohio, light  complexion
and slender frame, aged 34.  His tongue began to swell, and to be sore
and stilf or clumsy, in February, 1S33 ; and in April following, his right
leg  began to swell.   The swelling and soreness of the tongue continued
to increase until the middle of May,  when the leg had become very pain-
ful, and began to discharge tuberculous matter.
   The swelling and soreness of the  tongue began now to subside, and in
a few days disappeared.   The leg continued to grow  worse, and confined
him to the house much of the time for nearly four months; but after the
use  of a variety of applications, it healed about the first of December, of
the same  year, when he discovered a tubercle of the  size of  a chesnut in
the  centre and near  the roots of the tongue, which about the last part of
the  month began to  ulcerate, when he  discovered another tubercle about
three fourths of an inch from it, and this soon ulcerated, and others con-
tinued to appear and ulcerate, until the first of May, 1834.   They theti
healed, and the swelling of the tongue  became a little reduced, when the
disease re-appeared  in the leg, but in the back part  of it, and with its
accustomed  violence, and began to  ulcerate about the  1st of July.  In
August, the  leg began to get better, when the disease increased again in
the tongue, and soon began again to ulcerate ;  and a tubercle on the right
side of the  neck now suppurated, and began to  discharge  tuberculous
matter.
  He now went to the city of New-York  for advice, where electricity
was prescribed, and applied in different ways  for about  or nearly  three
months, during which time the ulcers of  the  tongue  healed, and the tu-
bercles on the side of the neck nearly disappeared ; but on the left side
of the tongue remained uninfluenced  by the frequent and  continued ap-

  • In the cases wt re the uvula has been a long time very much enlarged and elongated^
it should be cut off.  I generally cut off about one half of it in  such cases, to remove
a constant  source of irritation, which would otherwise greatly retard the cure  Tha
operation is a very "hiiple one, and is never attended with any danger
                               I 
86
plication of the electric shocks.  The leg also during the use of this and
other remedies continued to get better, and  nearly healed.   In two or
three days after he had left the city of New-York, and discontinued the
use of electricity, the tubercles on the side of the neck, and the one on
the side of the tongue began to enlarge again, and in two or three weeks,
two more appeared in the tongue  and his  throat began now to be sore
and painful, and these symptoms continued to increase in violence.
   On the 10th of January, 1835, he called  upon me for  advice.  The
right side  of his neck was now swollen, tuberculated, and painful, and
this pain frequently darted into the  side of his face and  head,  and there
were now two large tubercles on  the left side of the tongue, and one
about the centre of it, and one an inch from its apex, and three rising con-
spicuously from the right  tonsil, which were very sensible to pressure,
and with the swollen, tongue produced painful and difficult deglutition.
   Near  the time the ulcerations commenced  in  the tongue, he began to
feel lancinating pains in and  through it, and they have continued with
varying severity to this time; and all the tubercles  that have appeared
in it from time to time have invariably ulcerated, except the last three
mentioned, and have left in it corrugated excavations.
   There is now little or  no swelling of the leg, and the tuberculous
abscesses are all  healed except one; but small tubercles of the size of
small peas are felt under the skin in the back and front part of it.
   He has suffered severely from this disease, and in one or two instances
was reduced nearly to death, aud has  consulted and employed many
celebrated physicians, all of whom called  it mercurial disease, and pre-
scribed, among other things, the compound sarsaparilla syrup, and cicuta,
at a time when the disease was supposed to be terminating in cancer.
   Diagnosis.  Tubercula of the tongue,  right  tonsil, right side of the
neck  and  right leg.  Prescribed, magnetic  pills and plaster.   In  less
than one week, the tubercles in his tongue, tonsil, and  neck, with the
swelling of his neck, were very much reduced; and he now swallowed
his food with much less difficulty, and the reduction continued ; and at
the end of two weeks the soreness of the throat had subsided, and he
swallowed without difficulty ;  and at the  end of four weeks, the tuber-
cles and swellings of the tongue, tonsil, and neck disappeared, as well as
the tubercles in the leg; and his health and flesh had increased so much,
as to make him appear in perfect health.
   Death from cancer of the tongue and throat,  is, of all others, the most
painful and most  horrible, of which Mr. F.  was advised, and for which
he had been admonished to prepare.
   The lapse  of four years has shown the cure a permanent one. 
87
                         CANCER OF THE TIP

   Miss M.H----, of----, aged 17 years.   Called early in the morning
to see her, in April, 1817 ; and was requested to examine her under lip,
which was swollen and ulcerated, and  to give my  opinion of its charac-
ter, and after examining it and  the lymphatic glands of the neck, which
were tuberculated  on  both sides, I pronounced it a case of scrofulous
cancer.  I was then requested  to say whether I "  could  cure it without
cutting it out," and readily answered in the affirmative, and was then
told by the female  attendant, that, that was all they wanted of me, and
that I was at liberty to return home as soon as I pleased, and accordingly
bade her good morning, and  returned home, perfectly in the dark, how-
ever, as regarded  what was meant by this quixotic adventure.  The
next day, I was called  again, and informed in explanation, that a cele-
brated  surgeon had been attending the patient about two months,  and as
the  lip continued  to get worse, and had become very  painful, he had
advised them, a few days before, of the futility of all remedies, but the
knife, and had set  the  time of ten  o'clock of the  day before to perform
the operation ; but  they had dismissed him, and sent  for me to perform
the cure without it.
   She was of the middling size, light and ruddy complexion, eyes rather
large and prominent, and form of face approaching that of the Roman,
and with perfect symmetry of body and limbs, was what may be  called
a scrofulous beauty, bating only this horrible lip.
   Prescribed, magnetic pills and plaster.
   In five weeks from this time the cure was  perfect, and ,the  tubercu-
lated glands  in the neck had  gradually become smaller, and soon after
disappeared.
   This case, and the following one of the uterus,  were apparently cases
of scrofulous cancer.   I have had a  few other cases of the lip of the
same character, and many of a similar nature, affecting the uterus, which
were cured with these remedies, but which have  apparently little or no
effect on the disease in this  form, when affecting  any other part of the
body.   I have  imputed  their effects, in the cases  of the lip and uterus,     I
to the strong power of contraction which they possess, from the fact that
the same  results  are obtained in cases where strong compression can be
applied at the same time  as in the case given of Mrs. H., of Union,
Butler Co., Ohio. 
88
          TUBERCULA OF THK UTERUS, TERMINATING IN CANCER.

                   Menorrhagia terminating in Cancer.

    Miss P. F----, of----, of full habit and light complexion, aged 22
  years; called  to see her,  May 16, 1812.   She  has  menorrhagia, which
  commenced four months ago.   I prescribed the usual remedies for many
  nonths,  during which time, as before, she had been constantly confined
  .o her bed : but all to no purpose, and it now became necessary to abandon
  [he patient or commence a new treatment.
'    She had from the  first complained much  of pain  and weakness in the
  small of her back; which was attended with  leucorrhoea.   I  proposed
  iow to examine her back, and applied  pressure on and around  the lum-
  bar vertebrae,  and this produced violent pain, which, on every repetition
  of the pressure, darted into the uterus, and they appeared to be the same
  dartino- pains we find in cancer of the breast.
    I  now  prescribed the magnetic  pills and plaster.  The plaster over
  the  small  of  the back, or lumbar  vertebrae,  with injections  into the
  uterus of a strong solution  of acetate of iron, by means of a catheter and
  small pointed  syringe.
    Her symptoms began to improve slowly  from this time, and in about
  three months, a very thick  membrane separated from the inside of the
  uterus, and was  discharged from it, rolled up—round—half an inch in
  diameter, and  two  inches in length, which was presented to me in a
  paper, and on unrolling and spreading it out on  a stand, it presented two
  tumors or bunches, of dark colored  fungi near the middle or centre of it,
  —one of which was near  the size and shape of  a chesnut, and the othei
  of the size of a pea, and flattened on the sides that adhered to the mem
  brane, and at a distance from each other of half an inch.
    These fungi were on the outside of the  membrane, or that next the
  uterus, and adhered to and sunk deeply into it; and  there arose out of
  their tops and sides small white or light colored substances  of the size
  and appearance of small threads, and from a line to a fourth of an inch
  in length.
    On examining the other side of this  membrane, small holes or chinks
  were found opposite to these fungi.
    In a few weeks  after  this, her health  was restored.  She married
  about a year* after, but has had no children.

   Note.—It is now (1842) 30 years since I treated the above case, and  the remedies
  by which this lady was cured, have fully maintained  their  reputation  to this time;
  not only in tubercular disease of the uterus but in cases of the same disease affecting
  other organs. 
CHAPTER  VII.
            TUBERCULA  OF THE  SPINE.

 lateral curvature of the spine—Caries of the vertebrae and distortion of the spine—
  Spine and neck—Distortion of the spine and lumbar abscess—Caries of the vertebra
   —Lecture of M. Sanson on caries of the  lumbar vertebrae, with observations on
  it—Tubercula of the neck.

     TUBERCULA OF THE SPINE--LATERAL  CURVATURE OF THE  SPINJf

Miss E. B., of Stratford, Conn.,  aged twelve years.   I called to  see
her in Dec. 1839, and on  an examination  found a lateral curvature of
the dorsal  vertebrae, a portion  of which extended under, and raised  the
right shoulder  blade.  The right  hip was also raised above the left,  and
her health and strength much reduced.
  Prescribed, the magnetic remedies.   The plaster to extend the whole
length of the spine.   The weight  of her  body was also directed  to  be
suspended  by her arms, with any simple  contrivance, as by taking hold
of a stick  suspended  from a ceiling, a few minutes,  five or six  times
a day.          -                                      /
  I called to see her again the last part of April,  1840, when, on exami-
nation  of the spine, it was found  to have resumed its natural  position,
and her health and  strength perfectly restored.
  The curvature commenced in this case  about a year and a half before
I first saw her  in December, and gradually increased to the extent above
mentioned.  The  result of this practice  in such cases, is constant and
uniform.  In other cases, of many years continuance,  little or no change
is produced in the curvature, for obvious reasons, by this practice or any
other,  and the  only  benefit resulting from the use of  these remedies in 
90
these cases is the reduction of the disease in the spine, and also of the
stomach, liver, or lungs, almost constantly accompanying;  curvature of
the spine.
   I  frequently find such patients harnessed with cushions and splints,
but reo-ardino- them as worse than useless, I always remove them.
      *    °                                               Note E.

                      TUBERCULA OF THE SPINE.

          Caries of the Vertebra and Distortion of the Spine.

   Master W. H. F.,  of the  City of New  York, of light complexion,
aged 6 years.  His parents brought him to me in Sept.  1837, with white
swelling and  distortion of the   spine from  tubercular disease of the
eleventh and  twelfth dorsal,  and first lumbar vertebrae—the  last dorsal
projecting backwards, and it was with  great difficulty he could maintain
himself in an erect position.  The disease (in which the common reme-
dies had been  used without benefit) commenced about  two years before
that time with pain in these vertebrae,  which still continued with inter-
vals of abatement, during a few weeks, when it would sometimes return
with such violence as to produce spasmodic symptoms.
   Prescribed, magnetic remedies.
   His health  soon began to  improve,  and in about six months it  was
• entirely recovered.   I examined his back a  number  of times  during the
summer arid fall of 1838, and also on the 15th of June, 1839, and found
it perfectly sound and strong, and  he walked as erect, and appeared as
well, as any boy of his age.

                  TUBERCULA OF THE SPINE AND NECK.

     King's Evil, and White Swelling of the right side of the Spine.

   Master J. M. S----,  of  Union, Butler county, Ohio, aged  seven
 years.   I was called  to see  him, August  3d,  1833.  He had a white
 swelling on the  under jaw of the right  side, and a number  of large tuber-
 cles on the same side of his neck, and a white swelling on the right side
 of the lower dorsal vertebrae, (l^ack bone,) and  it was  now about three
 weeks since the disease commenced. Prescribed, magnetic pills and plas-
 ter   In six weeks the white swellings disappeared, and  his usual good
 health was re-established.
    September 23d, 1833.  Prescribed for Master W. C,  the  brother of
 Master J.  M. S----, aged 4 years.   He had a white swelling  of the
 neck, and lower jaw  of the right side, over tubercles on the same side of 
91
the neck.   Prescribed,  magnetic pills and plaster.  In five  weeks the
BWellings and tubercles had disappeared.   His health continues good.
  The case of J. M. S----, under the common treatment, like  the fol-
lowing case of Master J. S----, would have terminated in distortion ol
the spine  and lumbar abscess.  This disease always  commences with
white swelling on the front or back side of the spine.
                       TUBERCULA OF THE SPINE.

      Distortion of the Spine, Lumbar Abscess, White Swelling, fyc

   Master J. S----, of Sycamore, Hamilton county, Ohio, aged twelva
 years.   I was called to see him October 24th, 1832.  He has tubercles
 of different sizes, on both sides of his neck, and it is now six years since
 they first  appeared, and  his health began  to decline ;  and he had now a
 distortion  of the spine (back bonej ninth dorsal vertebra;, which formed
 an obtuse  angle backward ;  and the lumbar vertebrae, (joints of the back
 bone belonging to the small of the back,) from this point to the os-coccyx,
 inclined to the  right side, so far as to form nearly a half circle ; which
 with the whole left side of the back, was  occupied with a large lumbar
 abscess.   The distortion of the spine  commenced three years  before,
 with white swelling on  the right side of the spine.   He had  also a
 white swelling on  the left thigh, and a very  great enlargement of the
 abdomen,  produced by an enlargement of the mesenteric glands.  The
 lumbar abscess had been  discharging scrofulous matter about two years,
 which  now amounted to more  than half a pint  in every twenty-four
 hours ; and he was so much emaciated as to make his face, chest and
 limbs, except the left thigh, appear  precisely like  a  skeleton covered
 with a thin skin.   He had a severe cough, and was  expectorating freely,
 and  had hectic fever, night sweats, and diarrhoea, with  irregular vacil-
 lating pain in the chest and stomach, which was much increased by the
 little food  he was  able to swallow ; and he was now,  and had been for
 the  last two months, so feeble as to be unable to  move his head, body,
or limbs,  excepting only feeble motions of  his arms.   Three physicians
had  prescribed for him,  at  different times, without apparent  benefit.
Prescribed, magnetic pills and plaster.  His health, in a few days, began
slowly to improve, and the quantity of  matter discharged  from the ab-
scess gradually became less, and  his cough, expectoration, fever, night
sweats, and diarrhoea gradually disappeared, and his  strength improved.
 In May following, the discharge from the abscess was  reduced  to a tea-
 spoon full  in twenty-four hours, and  the lumbar vertebrae had  resumed
 their natural situation, in a line with the dorsal; and the enlargement of 
92
the abdomen had  disappeared; and on the first of August he was able
to walk.
   There was in this  case a loss  of bony substance  in the dorsal verte-
brae, by the ulceration, and the  matter formed by it passed down along
the facia of the psoas muscle, and through the groin into the upper part
of the thigh and  produced the swelling or abscess there.   There was
also a loss of bony substance  by ulceration on the  left side of all  the
lumbar  vertebrae,  and the  matter discharged  from these produced  the
lumbar abscess, and these losses of  bony substance was the cause of the
distortion of the dorsal, and of the obliquity of all the lumbar vertebrae
                EXPLANATION OF THE SUBJOINED CUTS.

  Fig. 1 represents the case of  Master J. S., as  it was when I first saw
it  in  October,  1832.  A,  lumbar  abscess,  with  four  openings,  from
which matter issued.  B, psoas  abscess, situated in the upper and  inner
part of the left  thigh.  CC, abdomen distended by tuberculated intes-
tines and mesentery.  DD, line of cervical glands, tuberculated on both
sides of the neck.   See the description of it, page 91.
  Fig. 2 represents  the same case as  it was when published in June,
1834, and as it now is.   The  distortion  of the ninth  dorsal vertebra?
backward, will  be  seen as in Fig. 1, and the tenth dorsal fallen down on
its side, or nearly so; and it would be difficult to tell, according to Mr
Sanson's views  of such accidents, where that portion of the spinal mar-
row is, that once passed through its centre.
  Caries of the  vertebrae is the consequence of tubercula, or white swel
ling of the vertebrae.
  The disease it will  be seen by an examination of the preceding cases,
is  easily distinguished by  the new and natural  symptoms in any of its
stages, and easily cured by the natural remedies, and as  a knowledge of
these  facts is of great importance to  the community, I shall give copious
extracts from a lecture on caries of the vertebrae, by M. Sanson, of the
Hotel Dieu, who is  one of the most distinguished  surgeons  in Europe,
and was  delivered before one of the most learned, and most numerous
forums in the world, for the purpose of showing the great difficulty in
distinguishing tubercula or scrofula, in  this, as well as other parts of the
body, by the common symptoms, and  the  common erroneous views of
the disease, with  the absolute uselessness  of  the common treatment
for it.
   M. Sanson was a candidate for the vacant medical cha r in the univer-
sity of Paris, occasioned  by the death of Baron Boyer,  and this lecture
was a trial of his learning and skill, in  an  immense amphitheatre, before 
 
94
the faculty of  medicine, who were his judges, and more than  2500 stu-
dents,  and  has  been published  and  lauded in the medical journals of
Europe ahd  this country, and is  consequently generally esteemed the
very best authority on  the subjects of which it treats
 1. Lecture v>f M.  Sanson at the Concours  of Paris, in June, 1834.—
   The two patients who fell  to the lot of M. Sanson, were  placed at No. 19, Salle St.
   Martha, and No. 12, Salle St. Jeane, Hotel Dieu, and afforded subjects for the follow
   ing lecture:—

               First Patient.—Caries of Lumber Vertebra.

   Gentlemen : The first is a child eight years of age, of a lymphatic temperament;
 his skin is fine and white, the abdomen much developed ; the hair light coloured ;  in a
 word, he presents the characteristics of what may be called a scrofulous  beauty.  The
 family of this child is, according to all accounts, healthy, and he himself has enjoyed a
 good state of health until within eight months of the present time.   At that period the
 patient first experienced some pain in the region'of the loins, which remained for some
 time, I cannot tell exactly how long, as the  answers of the child were  not very precise
 on this point; the pains were not accompanied by any feebleness ofthe lower extremities,
 or symptoms of any organic affection.  After a few months a tumor made its appearance
 at the upper part of the thigh, and was at first accompanied by pulsations, which have
 since disappeared.  The swelling gradually increased in size, and is now as large as two
 fists.  When examined  by the hand, there is an evident feeling of fluctuation, and it«
 volume is influenced by the position in which the patient may be placed.  Thus, when
 the child lies down on his hack, the .tumor becomes less tense than in  the upright pos-
 ture, and if  we press the hand flat on the thigh, the contents are displaced, and ascend
 luto the illiac fossa ; hence we may conclude the existence of a large cavity, filled with
 a  liquid matter.   I should remark that the  skin is not adherent to the surface of  the
 tumor, but is moveable on all points of it.  The child, as was before remarked, seems to
 enjoy still a good state of health ; he is not affected with diarrhosa or sweating ; his appe-
 tite  is good ; sleeps  sound ;  he walks without experiencing inconvenience, and  the
 affection is as yet completely local.  The sister of the ward says he has coughed for the
 last  three months ; this led me to examine carefully the state of the chest, on ausculta-
vtion we could not discover any symptoms of the presence of any tubercles in the lungs;
 the respiration, on the contrary, was healthy ; there was no matity  upon percussion at
 any point of the thorax ; the only abnormal sound was some  mucous rale, indicating a
 chronic catarrh, but this was  slight, and the expectoration was by no means abundant.
   What, we ask, is the nature of the disease under which our patient labours ?  It may
 be laid down, as a general rule,  that when  you have  a tumor presenting itself at  the
 upper part of the thigh, after a continuance  of lumber or dorsal pains, the existence ot
 caries of the vertebral column is very probable.  The diagnosis is sometimes, however
 accompanied with difficulties ; in the present case, indeed, we are assisted by a leading
 symptom, for we have  a slight gibbosity of the lumber vertebra;, and hence we are jus-
 tified in concluding that the vertebral column is affected ; we should, however, in all
 ewes, wait for the formation of an abscess, before we give a decided cpmion, because in 
95
many circumstances, as in the case of a fall on the loins, accidental injury, &.C., we have
 ften the symptoms of vertebral disease, although no caries exist.  But our patient was
not affected by any accident of this kind, and the pains commenced without any appre-
ciable cause.
  Let us begin by endeavouring to determine the origin of the disease in the present
instance.   Rachitis is a very frequent cause of softening of the vertebral  column, and
this often produces the angular curvature ;  so much so,  that many practitioners regard
the angular curvature as a characteristic of  rachitis, hence much doubt on the origin of
the affection must exist, until caries has actually set in.  But we have to remember that
rachitis has a set of symptoms by which it is distinguished ;  it is a general constitutional
disease, not a local one ;  rachitic children are  feeble, and mostly sunk  in  a state of
abatement and depression of spirits ; they exhibit an indifference to what passes about
them, while, at  the same time, there is  a  precocity of  mental powers, which is very
remarkable ;  the  gastric organs  are  usually affected  in this disease; the mesenteric
glands are engorged ; the child has often diarrhoea, with a slow fever, or an acceleration
of the pulse towaras evening, he is pale,  the lower jaw projects, and he gradually gets
thin and pines away.   Now we  remark none of these symptoms  in  our patient; his
health has been gooJ, and we  have, besides, another proof that his affection does not
derive its origin from rachitis, besides we find the characteristic signs of an abscess by
congestion.   We have, therefore, in the present case, a formation of pus in the cellular
sheath surrounding the lumbar nerves, or psoas muscles, and passing, down as far as the
thigh, where  it  presents itself; this matter  is of an inflammatory origin.  He first had
pain in the part  for a considerable period, and then the formation of pus  which is now
making its way  to the exterior along the  sheath of the muscles ; the disease, in a word,
is caries ofthe vertebral column, withabscessby congestion.
   But we  do  not find here the symptoms which most commonly accompany caries of the
spine.  In most cases  the disease commences by vague  pains in some one point of the
 vertebral column ; these become worse, and the patient soon experiences some difficulty
or loss in the power of the locomotive system.   Thus, if the disease  commence in the
lumbar region, the curve of the spinal column begins there, and  the patient's movements
 are embarrassed in consequence ofthe influence which the change of form exercises on
 the action ofthe nerves ; the general  position ofthe patient is very characteristic ofthe
 affection under  which  he suffers ; the head and neck are thrown back, and the legs are
 bent in such a way as to produce a most uneasy position.  If you remark the child when
 he walks there  is no action of the thighs, he seems to walk merely with the lower leg
 When the bodies of several vertebras are  engaged in the disease, the spinal marrow may
 be pressed on in a moderate manner, and certain symptoms, as subsultus tendinumor con-
 vulsive movements of the muscles indicate this complication ; the patient  feels a weak-
 ness of the lower extremities : if he  sit down  or attempt Jo lift  any thing from the
 ground, he is compelled to bend the limbs gradually, and dip down with a  slow motion.
 The child whom we had Co examine, did not present any of these accidents ; he walked
 well, as has been remarked, and did not show any impediment of motion.
   Whence arises this exception from  the accidents usually accompanying caries of the
 spine ?  The reason is' that he has several of the bodies of the vertebra affected at
 the same time ;  when only one is diseased, the curvature which results is  angular, and
 the procure  exercised  on the spinal marrow is consequently more sudden and violent,
 •rivino- rise to  convulsions, paralysis, or retraction ofthe limbs.  The compression of the
 spinal'marrow is not the only cause of the disorder? which we sometimes witness in tho
 organs of locomotion ;  inflammation may come in as an accessary cause, extending from
 tho bodies of  the affected vertebra;  to the membranes, and from the latter to the spinal
 mavrow itself.  We have, therefore, in  the present ewe, caries of the vprtebre, anil
                                    7 
96
  abscess by congestion.  The caries occupy many vertebra together ; for if we examine
  the state of the spinal column we find a gradual bend, quite different from the sudden
  angular curvature when one vertebra only is diseased ; and this circumstance fully
  explains the little or no difficulty of motion which our patient experiences, his upright
  posture in walking and the freedom from all unpleasant or dangerous accidents.
    The question now arises, what is the cause of the disease in the present case ?  The
  exciting causes of caries of the vertebral column are in general difficult to discover. Out-
  patient's father is a tailor, and his children have been accustomed to spend their time in
  a low, ill-ventilated  shop.  This may be the origin of the  scrofulous affection  under
  which he now suffers, and although the cause is not very well marked, yet the bad
  habit of body, contracted by living in an unwholesome place, is sufficient to excite the
  disease.
    In what state is the vertebral column ?
    The affection sometimes commences in the bodies ofthe vertebras, and then we have
  them only inflamed.   If it persist for  some time, the weight of the body begins to act
  on  the altered and softened bone, breaks it down, and a curvature, more or less promi-
  nent, is the consequence.  But in our patient we have not only inflammation of the bone
  but suppuration also.  The disease is not confined to a simple ramollissement; the spongy
  tissue of the bones has become fungous, purulent matter is secreted by them, and a large
' cavity exists, filled with that fluid.  If we had an opportunity of examining the state of
  the parts which transmit the pus from  the seat of the disease to the exterior, we should
  find a long channel, hallowed out through the cellular sheath surrounding the muscles ;
   the channel is lined throughout by a membrane which constantly secretes pus, and is
   called by surgeons puro-generative (puro-genie.)  In its structure it resembles some-
   what that of the mucous membranes.
     How does the disease terminate ? (Here M. Sanson entered into an extensive exami-
   nation of the different ways in which caries of the spine may end, and of which we need
   give but a very faint outline.)  The affection in the first place may go on and become
   daily worse ; the inflammation extends to the membranes of the spinal marrow, and to the
   medullary substance itself; we have then the dev elopement of a new set of symptoms ;
   motion  becomes irregular and  interrupted, and  paralysis is finally established.  The
   patient is now confined altogether to  bed, his health is completely destroyed, the long-
   continued pressure brings on gangrene of the buttocks, &c, and death ensues.  In many
   cases, however, the purulent  collection opens  by  a small abscess  in the thigh; the
   opening is often very minute, but this does not prevent the entrance of atmospheric air
   into the cavity.  The patient soon presents severe typhoid symptoms, from the dege-
   nerescence of the purulent  contents of the abscess; his lungs are attacked, and on
   examination, we find tubercles, which, perhaps, we did not before suspect or discover ;
   diarrhoea now sets in, and he soon sinks in a  state of exhaustion.In other more favorable
   cases tlie termination is of a different character.   The tissues surrounding the diseased
   and carious vertebra furnish a bony matter, and the destruction of the hard parts is in
   some degree  repaired ; the pus becomes concentrated and dries, the  abscess contracts,
   and its sheath is gradually changed into a kind of canal, which no longer secretes puri-
   form matter, and is at length  totally healed, or  the abscess may open externally, and
   terminate like any other abscess in a different part of the body ; however, in most cases,
   where the abscess thus opens spontaneously, it becomes fistulous, or the patient dies.
      Let us now consider the treatment which should be adopted in the present case.  If
   we look to the general health of our patient, we find it very favorable ; his constitution
   is good, there is little or no pain, and we may say that he is in a promising state, and that
    the affection under which he labours is as simple as it is capable of being.   He has, in
    fact, no fever of any kind, he does not suffer from diarrhoea or hectic perspirations, and 
97
there are no symptoms of constitutional derangement.   The pain in the lumbar region
has considerably diminished, and the abscess has not yet opened externally.  There are,
however, on the other hand, some unfavourable conditions in the present case;  thus,
for example, if the extent of the caries, by destroying several of the bodies of the ver-
tebra, has the effect of preventing any injurious pressure on the spinal marrow, yet a
greater quantity of osseous tissue is necessarily affected, and the labour of regeneration
will be more difficult or uncertain ;  and again, although, on examination of the chest, we
found no signs of the existence of tubercles, yet, from the child's general  appearance
and temperament, we may fear their formation at a subsequent period.  Hence the
prognosis in the present case must  be guarded, and the  chances of a cure are perhaps,
less numerous than those of a fatal termination.
   Sometimes the caries of the vertebral column is superficial, and: we may attack it with
a reasonable hope of attaining a successful result;  but not so in the case of our patient
The disease has already existed for too long a time, and the lesion is too profound.  What
then are we to do ?  It may be  remarked, in the first place, and as a principle of treat-
ment, that the affection is originally an inflammatory one, and hence the antiphlogistic
treatment should form the principle we ought to have in view.  When I mention
antiphlogistic treatment, I do not refer exclusively to bloodletting and: debilitating mea-
sures ; these only form a pr.rt of it, regarded as  a whole.  I allude-to another and an
important branch, viz., the revulsive  part, which is included in the term antiphlogistic
treatment, and not to the sanguineous,, which, in most cases, is not to be thought of.
   The first means I would employ is the moxa ; this is a most powerful and efficacious
external irritant, and! we may apply it over various points of the spine, so as to multiply
the foci of irritation, according to the method recommended by Baron Larrey ; he has
often placed thirty or forty moxa along the spine, and this application ht^been attended
with very remarkable success.
   At the same time that we attack  the disease by local measures, we should not neglect
general constitutional treatment.   Our first and principal object should be to correct the
scrofulous temperament, which is  strongly marked in the patient; this is to be done by
the treatment with which every one is familiar ; the child should have good, nourishing,
easily digested food ; he should live in a wholesome  atmosphere, exposed to a fresh
healthy air ; he should take  gentle and constant exercise, &c, and we may aid thesp
means by the administration of bitters, if indicated.
 t


   Here  M. Sanson entered  into  the different' modes  of treating the ab-
scess, which is unimportant, and  unnecessary to notice, and then passed
to the consideration  of his second patient, with lymphatic engorgement
of the breast, which I propose to notice at a future period.
   It  will h* observed, that  after describing  the common symptoms in
this case, M. Sanson asks, "  what is  the nature of the disease ? and after
observing that " the diagnosis is sometimes accompanied with difficulties,"
acknowledges  that " in the  present  case" he  is  " assisted by a leading
symptom, a slight gibbosity of  the lumbar vertebrae."  It excited, how-
ever, so  little attention* in his  examination  ofthe  case, that  he forgot
to mention it in his description of  the symptoms.
   The nature of  this gibbosity, or swelling, and  the sympathies excited
by it, could not, therefore, have been known to the  learned author of this
lecture,  for in such case, the  natural associations of his mind would  have 
98
led him  to  a critical  examination of it, and  of the cervical  and sub
maxillary glands, which he would have found tuberculated.
   These swellings of the vertebrae and tuberculated glands, may always
be found in  the first stage of the disease, as Avell as the last, and should
always be decisive of its nature, and  consequently we never should do
as he says, " wait for the formation of an  abscess, before we give a de-
cided opinion," but on the contrary, we should commence our treatment
immediately, to remove the disease in the first stage, and prevent the
formation of caries and abscess, and their deplorable consequences.
   He labours to show that caries of the spine has an inflammatory origin
—tells us that it is different  from rachitis, (rickets) because, in  this case,
"we find the characteristic  signs of an abscess by congestion,"—tells us,
also, of " the bodies  of the vertebrae" being " inflamed"—that " in this
case, we have not only inflammation of the bone, but suppuration also"
—that " this matter has an inflammatory origin," and repeats  again and
again, that the abscess, " is  an abscess  by congestion."
   In  replying to these vagaries,  (for such they really are,) it  may be
useful to observe, that in this disease, we  rarely see two  cases precisely
alike, and that the common symptoms, are always varied  according to
the different parts, situation,  and  number  of the vertebra  affected, and
by its almost constant complication in some of its stages, with tubercula
of other parts of  the system, and that the  idea of the abscess being "an
abscess by  congestion," or  inflammation, and  the vertebrae, or "bones,"
being: " inflamed,"-or in a state of inflammation, and that "the affection
is originally an inflammatory one," is all  visionary theory, and the old
visionary theory too,  of the schools which was never favoured with the
evidence of its real existence in chronic diseases.
   The abortive attempt of M. Sanson to show a distinction between the
disease in this case  and  rickets, will be seen  on comparing it with the
case of Master J. S., who, besides an abscess in the upper part of the
thigh from  caries of  the  vertebrae, as in this case, had-alsO the common
symptoms of rickets, or  those given  as such by M. Sanson, at the same
time, which demonstrates their unity ; and yet Mr. Sanson  describes the
same symptoms, to  show  they are different  diseases.   His description
of the common symptoms of both, is consequently lame, confused, irre-
gular and unnatural.   There are really,  therefore, no  such diseases as
are here  described by M. Sanson, as nature is necessarily uniform in all
her works.
   His treatment, it will be seen, corresponds with his theory.   It is " the
antiphlogistic," or debilitating  treatment, " in which bleeding  forms  a
 part," and the same that is  pursued in chronic  diseases of the organs and
 limbs.   It  is founded  on a theory that was  formed, like  many others,
 with a very superficial knowledge of the construction of  the elementary 
99
organs, and of the motions of the elementary and compound organs, and
without  the  least knowledge of the causes of these  motions, or of the
^reat sympathetic motions by which these are regulated  and  sustained,
or of the natural remedies founded on a knowledge of these causes and
motions—a theory which has consigned its millions  to a premature grave.
And the few that nature has been able to sustain against the combined
influence of  the disease, and this treatment, may be  seen  in our towns
and  cities,—some pale,  sallow, feeble,  and emaciated, and others  with
distortions of the spine,  and tuberculated and amputated limbs, and who
have long  been perpetual monuments  of its folly.   Hence the cause of
the grave scepticisms of some, and the ridicule of others, in regard to the
real usefulness,  or  great importance  of the medical art,—of the  great
number of nostrums for these diseases,—of the mazes of Doct.  Philip,*—
the visions of Prince Hoenlohe, and  of  the very learned theory,  and very
scientific atomic, or seventy-thousandth-part-of-a-grain-practice, of the
great German professor.
   The  cases before noticed of  Master J.  M.  S. and Mr. W., like that of
M. Sanson's, commenced  with a small gibbosity  of the vertebrae, and
both would  have terminated,  like his, in caries and abscess, under the
common treatment, or that recommended by M.  Sanson.   The case also
before noticed, of Master J.  S., was  so much worse than that of M.
Sanson's, as  hardly to admit of a comparison, and yet he is preparing him-
self for a public teacher, while M. Sanson acknowledges, that the " lesion,"
in the case of  his patient, although so comparatively  trifling, is  from his
knowledge of the dependence that can  placed on the common treatment,
" too profound" to give " a  reasonable  hope of attaining a successful
result."
   The disease,  in  the  case  of Master J. S., after  it  commenced in the
dorsal, was gradually extended to  the lumbar vertebrae.  An abscess was
formed  in  the  upper  part of the thigh, and on the back, by  the matter
discharged from the carious bones ;  and the  disease propagated to  other
organs.  And with caries  and  distortion of  the ninth dorsal ; and  caries
and obliquity of the last dorsals, and all  the lumbar vertebrae—with tu-
berculated stomach, intestines and  mesentery ;  and  tuberculated and
ulcerated lungs—with the motions of his body and limbs paralized, and
his legs  flexed,  in right and obtuse angles, from compression  of the spi-
nal  marrow; combined with  great precocity of intellect,  hectic fever,
night sweats,  diarrhoea, and  a frightful  marasmus;  presented  the most
appalling effects of this  disease, and of the common remedies.
   Under the use of the natural  remedies,  the  further  progress of the

   • Dr. Philip imagined, he could distinguish chronic diseases of the  different  orgwi
by the pulse 
100
disease was stayed—the tuberculations reduced, and  the work of re-for-
mation commenced, to replace the great loss of substance ;  and he slowly,
but gradually  arose from his most deplorable position, and stood erect,
and remains  like many  similar cases, a monument  of the value of the
simple and natural remedies, indicated by the really simple nature of the
disease  and of the futile nature and folly of the common treatment.
   Acute or inflammatory diseases, requiring the antiphlogistic treatment,
run through  their  course, and  terminate in a few days  or weeks ; but
contra, or chronic diseases, are slow in their progress, and  continue many
weeks or months, and sometimes years, before their termination, and re-
quire a treatment  entirely different, as every body knows, except physi-
cians, who, in spite of the every day evidences  of their own senses, still
adhere  scientifically,  to  the  old unscientific  theory and practice of the
schools.
   This case, and lecture, are   full of instruction, and it should never be
forgotten, that the reason which induced M. Sanson to advise" to wait for
the formation of an abscess,  before we give a decided opinion in such
cases, is the consequence of the great difficulty in distinguishing chronic
diseases in their early stages by the common symptoms.   The deplorable
consequences, resulting from this  necessity, must be apparent to all, for
instead of attacking and reducing the disease  m th'i first stage, when
affecting  the  spine,  organs,  or limbs, we must wait many weeks or
months, and sometimes years, for  the formation of an abscess, before we
can, by the common symptoms, " give a decided opinion," or  commence
 the proper treatment; or until  the disease is so far advanced, as to pre
elude,  in  a  great  majority of  cases,  " a reasonable hope of attaining a
successful result "

                        TUBERCULA OF THE NECK.

                            King's  Evil.

   Master John Watson, of the City of New York, aged  eighteen years.
 He had large tubercles on both sides of his neck, and in  the last part of
 November, 1838, a general swelling commenced over them, and gradually
 increased to December  19th of the  same year,  when they had become
 very large.   He  then  commenced  the use of  the magnetic remedies.
 Matter was formed in the swelling on the left side, which broke and dis-
 charged  scrofulous master six or se"ven weeks.   The  abscesses then
 healed, and the swelling with  that on the right side of the neck, entirely
 disappeared in about six months from the time he commenced the use of
 the remedies.   His  health was then re-established, and  has continued
 good to this time.   Sept.  1,  1840. 
                       CHAPTER VIII

Tubercula of the knee, terminating in consumption—Of the ankle joint—Of the joints
  ar»d limbs, with ulcers, white swellings, abscesses, and caries of the bones—Of the
  knee and mesentery—Of the neck and mesentery—Of the left foot and hip—Of the
  left leg—Of the hip joint—Of  the heel and ankle joint, with abscesses and caries of
  the bones—Of the uterus and right leg—Colour of the skin in  chronic tubercula—
  tubercula connected with syphilis—Index—Glossary.

                 TV>?E.^CULA OF THE JOINTS AND LIM3S.

   In consequence of there being no generally known remedy for tubercula,
it is the practice in this country, and  in Europe, and  in the  hospital and
country practice, to amputate  or cut  off the limbs in cases of tubercula,
or  white swellings of the joints or  limbs, whenever the  disease is sup-
posed  to have advanced  so far as to endanger^ life.   The relief in such
case is, however, generally very temporary, as the disease is commonly
soon  developed in  another joint,  limb, or organ, and such patients con-
sequently receive,  from such severe operations, but  a brief immunity
from pain and death.   In the case given of Mr. J. S.,  of Preble county,
the thigh was amputated for a white swelling of the right knee; but the
disease soon after attacked  him in the left  hip, and then in the left foot,
when that of the  hip  became  passive.  If, in this case, the left leg, like
the thigh of the right side, had been amputated on account ofthe disease
in the  foot, according to  the  common practice, the disease in the hip
would  have quickly become active,  and  Mr. J. S. soon numbered with
the dead.
   This case, with that of Miss M. G., of Springfield, with acute white
swelling of  the heel ; and  Master W. L., of Madison, with the disease
m all  the limbs  and  many of the joints, with a great variety of similar
cases, show what is effected  by the natural  remedies, without amputa-
tion. '  And  I mav here remark, that on  examining the cases of amputa 
                                   102

   tion for tubercula of the joints and limbs, reported in the London Mcdico-
   Chirurgical Review, during the last ten years, and including those that
   are called by different names, but really the same  disease, there can be
   little or no doubt,  but at least  three-fOurths of the  number would have
   been rendered unnecessary, if the use of these remedies had been com-
   menced, even at as late a period as that in which  the operations were
   performed.   And this opinion  is hazarded with  the full  knowledge of
'   the  fact, that these reports were principally from the  Hospitals of London
   and  Paris, and that these operations were performed by, or with the ad-
   vice of physicians and surgeons, who rank among the first members of
   our  profession.  The  tuberculous or scrofulous   diathesis  or taint,  is
   destroyed by the natural remedies, but remains in the system after these
   operations, and the disease is propagated to other  organs and limbs

         TUBERCULA  OF THE LEFT KNEE, STOMACH, AND LEFT LUNG

                White Swelling, Dyspepsia and Consumption.

     Master Alexander Benedict, of light complexion, aged 15 years, came
   into my office on crutches, in June,  1837, accompanied  by his father.
   On examining the son, I found he had a white swelling of the left knee,
   and  tuberculated stomach and left lung.   The disease commenced  in the
   knee about five  years  before, and progressed gradually under the treat-
   ment of the  best physicians  and surgeons  Of this  city, until February,
   1837, when the disease commenced in the lungs,  with cough and expec-
   toration, which  still continued, and  he  was then pale, feeble  and ema-
   ciated   Prescribed the  magnetic remedies.  I heard no  more from the
   case until October of the same year, when he called at my office with his
   father  in  perfect health.  The white swelling  of the knee,  with the
   cough and expectoration, had entirely disappeared, and he had gained so
   much flesh and strength as to make him appear in as good health as that
   of any other person, and his health has continued  good to this time.

                                                New York, June 8, 1340.
    I have read the above description of the case of my son,  and will  add to it the fact
   of my having paid to the best physicians and surgeons of  this city, about a thousand
   dollars for their attendance on him, and that they had given up the  case, and  told me
   that  he could not be cured, but must die ; when a  gentleman, (Mr. Baker) advised me
   to take him to Dr. Sherwood ; I did so, and got him cured at last, as stated above, lor
   ten dollars.*
                                     SAMUEL W. BENEDICT,
                                               No. 2 Merchants Exchange.
    • I have had a great number of similar cases which have  terminated in the same
   manner, and in which  from fifty to five hundred dollars has been  first paid to other
   physicians and surgeons for their attendance upon them. 
103
ACUTE  T BERCULA OF THE ANKLE JOINT--ACUTE WHITE SWELLING  OF
                           THE ANKLE JOINT.

   Master John Lepine, of the City of New  York, aged  12 years.  He
began to have severe pain in the right ankle joint, about the first of Jan-
uary, 1840,"which was soon followed  by swelling, and, in a few weeks,
matter was formed and discharged from the left side  of the  joint,  which
matter  was a  thin  sanies mixed with cheesy concretions.   He was
treated  by a physician of this city in the usual manner, until the 18th  of
March, without any other effect than a palliation of the symptoms.   At
this period  he commenced the use of the magnetic remedies.
   Under their use the  character of the discharge from the ankle joint
was changed,  in a few days, from a thin sanies to a thick yellow matter,
which soon began to decrease in quantity, as  also the swelling,  and  in
the course of six weeks he was able to draw on his boots and walk  about,
and has continued  to do so every day since that time.   I saw him and
"xamined the ankle to-day (June 8th)—the swelling and pain have sub-
sided, and there only remains a very slight discharge from a small  orifice
in the skin, which will be closed in a few days.
   July 27lh.   A small piece  of bone was discharged from the orifice a
few  days after the above date, when it  closed, and the ankle is now per-
fectly well.
   I have received many  letters  of commendation for the success  of my
practice  in chronic diseases, and  cannot well resist the temptation to pub-
lish the  following from a lady of this  city, who  is anxious to add her
testimony to the benefits resulting from the use of my remedies.


                                           New York, Sept. 7, 1840.
Dr. Sherwood,
  Sir: Having been informed of your intention to publish a pamphlet, containing  an
account of cures performed  by your  magnetic remedies, I deem  it important to lay
Defore the public a statement of your success in the case of my son.  He had  injured
his spine by a fall from his chair about two years previous to your undertaking the cure
of him, and had suffered much from the disease which ensued, as well  as from the
remedies of various physicians, with no material benefit, until the application  of your
remedies,  when his recovery was rapid, and he is now  in the enjoyment of  perfect
health.
  The handsome manner in which you  so disinterestedly came forward to the assistance
of several  poor people in our neighbourhood, particularly in your successful treatment
of an aggravated case of white swelling of long standing, will be long remembered with
grantude,  and must establish the superiority of your  remedies in cases of the above
character.   Certain that to your exertion I am indebted  for the life of my child, I wish
vou all possible success in the heavenly art of healing the sick.
                                       Respectfully yours,
                                          ♦_____•»______________• 
104
  The first case referred  to  by this lady, was that of a white swelling
 nd distortion of the spine ; and the last, a very bad case of white swel-
 ing of the knee of a  young lady  of six years standing, which had re-
sisted  both the hospital and private  practice.
                TUBERCULA OF THE JOINTS AND LIMBS.

      Ulcers, White Swellings, Abscesses, and Caries of the Bones.

  Master W. L., of Madison, Butler county, Ohio, aged eleven years.  I
 vas called to see him, May 29th, 1833.   He  had scrofulous  tubercles,
 md a scrofulous ulcer on both sides of his neck, a white swelling of the
left arm, between the shoulder and elbow, and another of the left ankle
He had also a white  swelling of the  right knee, and  also of the right
ankle, and another ofthe third joint of the fore-finger of the right hand.
The white swelling of the left  arm  was discharging  scrofulous matter
from abscesses in four places, and that of the left ankle in two places, and
that of the right ankle, and that of the hand, in one place each.
  The disease commenced about a year and a half before, first with white
swelling of the right knee, and the other swellings, ulcers and abscesses
gradually appeared as  the disease advanced.  He was now confined to his
bed and unable  to walk, was feeble and emaciated, entirely deaf,  and suf-
fered  much from pain, mostly at this time in both ankles and the left leg.
Prescribed the  magnetic pills and plaster.  The pain in his limbs began
to subside in a few days, and his health to improve;  a piece of bone two
inches long, half an inch wide, and three-eighths of an inch thick, sepa-
rated  from  the  bone,  and was removed  from the left  arm.   The white
swellings gradually became less, and  in  six weeks he was able to walk
about in the fields.  The swelling of  the thigh terminated in  abscess ;  I
opened it, and it discharged about'three gills of  matter, and then healed
rapidly.  November 1st, 1833.  The white swellings have all disappeared,
and the abscess and ulcers healed, and his general health is good.
  His jaws were so nearly closed as to only admit a finger between them.
All the  teeth on the under jaw of the left side came  out, and also a part
the jaw bone, the whole length of the jaw in which the  teeth were set,
and there has come out of the same place an entire new set of teeth, and
he can now open his mouth as wide as he ever could, and, besides, there
has come out of the roof of his mouth a number of small pieces of bone
  Pieces of bone also  came out of the upper end of the tibia (shin bone)
ofthe right side, from the left ankle joint, the left clavicle, (collar bone,)
the mantnid process of the right side,  (bone that projects  under the ear x 
105
and from the under jaw bone  of the right  side; and the right leg was
drawn back so as to form nearly a right angle with the thigh, and the left
so as to form an obtuse angle.


              TUBERCULA OF THE  KNEE AND MESENTERY.

  Mr. D. C, of Springfield, Hamilton county, Ohio, farmer, aged thirty-
nine years, came  to me October 15th, 1832, with white swelling of the
left knee, and enlargement  of  the abdomen, which we supposed  to be
dropsy,  but it was evidently caused by  enlargement of the mesenteric
glands.   His health has been declining more than a year, and the enlarge-
ment of the abdomen commenced about a year, and the swelling and pain
in the knee, which now rendered him a cripple, about four months before.
Prescribed  the magnetic pills and plaster.  In five weeks from this time
the swelling of the knee and enlargement of  the abdomen had disappeared,
and his usual good health was restored.
               TUBERCULA OF THE NECK AND MESENTERY.

   Master T. I., ofthe city of Cincinnati, aged 18 months.  I was called
to see him about September  1st, 1830.   He had scrofulous ulcers under
each  ear, which were discharging  scrofulous  matter  very freely, and a
number of tubercles of different sizes, on  both sides of the neck, and an
enlargement of the abdomen, with diarrhoea.  It was now more than a
year  since the  disease commenced, and he had  irregular  fever and was
feeble and emaciated.  Five or six physicians had attended and prescribed
for him, but the disease grew worse.  Prescribed the  magnetic pills and
plaster   His health  began to  improve in a few days, and in about six
weeks the ulcers were healed and the tubercles had disappeared, and his
health was in all respects restored.


                TUBERCULA OF  THE LEFT HIP AND FOOT.

             After amputation foi tuburcula of right knee.

  Mr. J. S-, of Preble county, Ohio, of light complexion, aged 19 years,
called on  me,  September 19th, 1S36.  His right thigh was amputated
about live years ago, on account of white swelling ofthe right knee, soon
after which he began to feel pain, sometimes in the left hip, and at others
in the knee, and these pains continued, with varying severity, until about 
106
ten months  ago, when his foot began  to swell and to be painful.   The
pain in the hip and  knee then subsided.   The white swelling is now
large, and extends over the foot, and sides of the foot, and he has tuber-
cles on both sides of his neck, and his health has continued feeble since
the amputation.   Diagnosis. Chronic tubercula of the hip joint and foot.
   Prescribed, magnetic pills and plaster.   October 7th, the whole  swel-
ling is gone, excepting only a small abscess, which, on being opened,
discharged two teaspoons  full of tuberculous  matter.  The  plaster was
cow re-applied, and the pills continued, and in three weeks the abscess
was healed and his health restored.
                 ACUTE TUBERCULA OF THE LEFT LEG.

  Master W. L., of Somers, Preble county, Ohio, aged five years ;  called
to see him October 11th, 1834.  He had a violent and spasmodic pain in
the lower and forepart of the left leg'J with intervals of ease.  The disease
commenced  five or six days before, and, on examining his neck, I found
five or six large tubercles  on the left side.  A physician  had been every
day in attendance, and had prescribed  the usual antiphlogistic remedies,
including a blister over the swelling;  but the pain  continued with una-
bated violence, and the patient, in  his agony, continued to make the wel-
kin wring with screams.
  Diagnosis.  Acute tubercula.   I  now took  a scalpel, and laid the
swelling open along the  course of the .tibia,  about  an inch and  a half
through the  blister, integuments and periosteum to the bone.
  This operation, though a severe  one, was less painful than one of those
turns of  severe pain.  I now placed a linen cloth over it, and directed it
to be wetted in a triple solution of sulphate of copper, iron, and alumine,
in the following proportions, viz., blue vitriol  one-fourth of an ounce,
copperas and alum, each half an ounce,  water one pint, and also to wet a
roller bandage in this solution, and commence at the toes, and roll it mode-
rately  tight  over the foot, ankle,  and  leg to  the knee, and  at night to
remove it and apply a fermenting poultice over the limb ; and  in the
morning to  apply again the cloth, wash, and bandage, and to continue
this course until the pain ceased, and then tp discontinue the wash and
poultice, and apply magnetic scrofulous plaster, with the roller bandage.
I also prescribed magnetic pills ; one to be taken night and morning for
one week, and afterwards one every night.
   The turns of spasmodic pain now gradually decreased in frequency and
violence, and in nine days he was able to walk about the house,  and in
Less  than two weeks after this his leg was healed, and his health re-
stored. 
107
                    TUBERCULA OF THE HIP JOINT

                       Disease of the Hip Joint.

  Master J. C, aged 14 years, called to see him November 20th, 1828.
He had been complaining of pain in his  right knee, with a little lameness
every two or three days, during the last two weeks, but is now confined
to his bed, with pain in his right hip    He lays on his left side, with his
thighs drawn up, and every attempt to  move  the limb produces pain in
the hip, and  he cannot  bear pressure on the joint or  in the groin.  On
comparing this joint with the left, there was no swelling or enlargement,
but, on the contrary, it  appears rather less or flattened on the out side oi
the joint, and the limb appears shorter than  the other.  He has some
fever; is very irritable, and has tubercles  on  the right side of the neck
and in the  groin.
   Prescribed, magnetic  pills, and a large poultice to the hip and groin, to
be  renewed  once in four hours.    Noremb'sr 21.   Pain abated, discon-
tinued the  poultice,  and applied magnetic plaster over the hip and groin.
   November 23.   Pain in the  joint much lc>s, and he rests better during
the night.   On removing the plaster, the hip and groin were covered
with small vesicles and ulcerations.  The same plaster was spread again,
by adding a little more  to it, and re-applied.
   November 26.   He continues better,  but the joint  is in every attempt
to move it still very painful.   The same  course was continued,  and in
four weeks he was  able to sit up, and  in two weeks  more, was able to
walk with a  little lameness, from which he entirely  recovered in a few
days, and without any shortening ofthe limb.

   There are a few cases  in which I use other  external applications
instead of  the plaster, as will  be seen by the two following examples.

                       TUBERCULA OF THE HEEL. "

Acute White Swelling of the  Heel and Ankle Joint,  with Abcesses  and
                         Caries of the  Bones.

   Miss M. G----■,  of Springfield, Hamilton county,  Ohio, agad  twelve
years.  1 was called to see her, February 5th, 1833.  She had been
attacked with acute white swelling of the left heel, three  months pre-
vious to this time.   The whole foot and ankle was now swollen as large
as the skin would admit, and was cedematous,  and extended half way to
the knee.  There were  three abscesses on  the right side of the heel, five
on the left, and two on  each side of the ankle joint, all discharging scro- 
108
 fulous  matter, of a greenish-yellow color, and the whole foot and ankle
 had a  dusky yellow  appearance.   There  was little or no sensibility
 in  the  skin, but a great  discharge  of  matter, with acute  pain  on
 pressure.   On introducing  the  probe  into the  abscesses, the  bone was
 found bare in three of  them on the left side of the heel and foot, and had
 a rough feel.   She had a number of tubercles of different sizes, from that
 of a pea to  a walnut, on both sides of  her neck, and was now, and had
 been from the first, confined to her bed, and is now very feeble and ema-
 ciated, has hectic fever, and has  suffered much from pain in the heel and
 ankle.  About three weeks previous to this time, the attending physician
 proposed  to amputate  the limb, fas is customary in such cases^)  as  it
 offered, in  his opinion, the  only chance to save her life.   Her parents,
 opposed to this last resort, sent  for a celebrated  physician of a neighbor-
 ing  town in consultation, who  was of the  opinion  that she would not
 recover, whether the limb was amputated  or not.
  Prescribed,  magnetic pills and a wash for the limb, composed of sul-
 phate of copper (blue vitriol) a quarter of an ounce, sulphate ferri (cop-
 peras) one ounce, sulphate of alumine (alum)  one ounce, dissolved in  a
 pint of  warm water.   A roller bandage to be wet in this solution  and
 applied  to the foot, ankle and leg, and  to be kept wet with  the wash
 through the day,  and at night to  remove the roller and apply the common
 fermenting poultice through  the night alternately.  February 15th.   The
 swelling of  the  limb  has lessened  more  than one-half.   The cuticle
 (scarf skin)  very  much thickened, has peeled off of the entire  foot, and
 it has a much more healthy and natural appearance.   Her  fever has
 nearly disappeared, and her health much improved, and she is able to sit
 up.   Her health  continued  to improve without any interruption, with
 the  same treatment, and in two weeks more the swelling had disappeared
from the foot and  leg, except at the heel, and in  another week the ab-
scesses on both sides of the ankle joint, and on the right side of the heel,
 were healed.  The magnetic plaster was now applied to the left side of
 the  heel.  She was able to walk soon  after  this, first on crutches, and
 then without them.  More than  a dozen pieces of bone came out of the
 left side of the heel and foot, two of them large and of the circumference
 of a quarter  of a dollar.  Her father and mother  are both scrofulous.


             TUBERCULA OF THE UTERUS AND RIGHT LEG.

  Mrs. H., of Union, Butlercounty, Ohio, of the middling size, and good
 constitution, aged  46 years.
  Called to  see her August  17th, 1833.   She  has a large fungus ulcer
 on the right  side of her right ankle.  The foot and leg swelled as large 
109
 as the skin will admit, which has a shining appearance,  and the ulcer
 black and depressed from the surrounding everted edges of the skin.   It
 is in form perfectly round, and as large as the circumference of the  top
 of a large tea cup, and is to the depth of half an inch, a gangrenous mass
 of fungi, which emits a horrible smell.   The swelling commenced about
 three months since.
   Her  countenance is pale and  sallow, and she has  leucorrhoea, with
 which she has been affected more than two years, and she is now feeble
 and emaciated,—is suffering severely with dull and  lancinating  pains in
 the ankle and leg, and is confined to her bed.
   She has a number of tubercles on the right side of her neck, and pres-
 sure on two  of the lumbar vertebrae produces pain, which  darts into the
 uterus.  Prescribed the magnetic pills and a grain of quinine, three times
 a day, with a large fermenting poultice to the foot, ankle and leg, to be
 renewed morning  and evening, and the magnetic plaster  over the lum-
 bar  vertebra.  August 22nd.   The  swelling of the  limb  is very much
 reduced, and the gangrenous fungi have sloughed out and left a large  and
 round chasm half  an  inch deep, the bottom of which is covered with
 fungus  or  round elevations, of a red colour,  surrounded with  a white
 colored matter, and the edges of  the  skin every where everted, and  be-
 sides this  formidable  ulcer, the  whole of the back part  of the ankle,
 from an inch above the bottom of the heel to four inches  above the  an-
 kle, is now one mass of fungus or loose and spungy ulcers, the skin having
 entirely disappeared.
   The limb was now washed  with a solution of chloride of mercury,  and
 adhesive plaster, spread very  thin on  strips of cotton cloth,  two and a
 half inches wide, and  long enough  to reach round the limb and lap over
 two inches, and a  sufficient number of them so  spread to cover the limb
 from the  lower part of the ankle  to a point seven inches above it.  I
 commenced applying these strips by making one end stick fast to the side
 of the heel, and then  drew it round  below the ankle moderately tight,
 and  then took up  another and fastened  it as before,  and lapped it on  the
 first about  an inch, and drew it  on, and let it lap  over the end of  the
strip as before, and so  with the remainder of the strips, until they were
all on.
  I then took a roller bandage, wet in the above solution, and commen
cing at the toes, rolled  it over the foot, ankle and leg, to the knee.   Di-
rections were now given to keep the roller wet with the  solution, and
remove it and the  strips  of plaster, and wash the leg and ulcers, and
re-apply new strips of  plaster, and the roller, in the same way night and
morning, and  in case  the  limb should  become  more painful, to  remove
them, and apply the fermenting poultice for twelve hours, and then again
apply the wash, strips of plaster, and roller. 
110
   September 8th.   The swelling of the limb has subsided, except a little
about the ulcers, and they have commenced  healing from their extreme
points  towards the centre   Her health has improved  so  much as to be
able to sit up the most  of the day, and the quinine discontinued.
   October 3d.   Her leucorrhoea  has disappeared,  and the ulcerations'
reduced to about one-third their original dimensions.  The same course^
of treatment was continued with little variation, and in about two months'
they healed entirely, when her health was fully re-established.
   The manner of applying adhesive strips of plaster pursued in this case
was first recommended by Cooper,  in cases of the common ulcerated lc^s,
and it cured some cases, but the disease generally returned again .after a
few weeks or months.  When,  however,  the disease is treated like this
case, with the magnetic  pills and  the adhesive strips of plaster, the dia-
thesis or taint in  the system from absorption  from these ulcers  is des-
troyed, and the disease does not return.   The adhesive plaster I  use in
these cases is much better and cheaper than that obtained from the  shops,
and is made by boiling rosin and lard in  water an hour, in the proportion
of one  ounce of lard to every pound of rosin, and when nearly cold may
be made into  rolls of any convenient size.  The rosin must always be
good and free from impurities.   The plaster must  also be spread very
thin and very even, and always applied  precisely in the same way as in
this case, when it  cures  the disease, if it  is  not  of more  than seven or
eight years' continuance, in from five to seven weeks.

             COLOUR OF  THE SKIN  IN CIICONIC TUBERCULA.

   In the foregoing cases  of chronic tubercula of the limbs,  neck, head,
and face there was little or no discolouration of the skin, and there is little
or none of the membranes which cover the tuberculated organs.   There
are however rare cases of this disease in which a red colour of the skin
is sometimes  produced  by accidental causes,  and in order to prevent
these cases which are incurable  by other remedies,  from being mistaken
for another disease, the following case is presented.
   Miss M. G., aged ten years, was brought  to me January 26th, 1S36.
The lower half of her nose is swelled and of a scarlet red colour.   The
lower half of both cheeks, upper and under lip, and chin, are also swelled,
and of the same scarlet colour,  and they all  have  a smooth and shining
appearance, except in some  places along the cheeks where  they  are tu-
berculated, and along the upper lip where tubercles have ulcerated  and
are discharging matter.
   The disease commenced about  five years since with pain, and  then a
thin or sanious discharge from  the nose, which from its frequent appli-
cation to the skin produced  the swelling, ulceration, and  scarlet  colour
ot this part of the nose anil fat e 
Ill
  She has a black  and very  intelligent eye, and  is apparently a perfect
beauty,  saving the frightful  deformity produced by  this  disease, from
which she has suffered long, and sometimes severely.
  The line or ganglia of glands on both sides of her neck, with  the sub-
maxillaries  under  the jaws  and  the parotids are tuberculated.   The
tubercles very large, and painful under pressure.
  Pressure on a small tubercle of the right side of the first cervical ver-
tebra produces pain, which darts into those under the jaw, and into  the
throat of the right  side and into the  nose.  Pressure on one of the  left
side of the same vertebrae produces pain which darts into those under the
jaw and into the throat and face of  the left side.   I now examined  the
mouth and found  both  tonsils tuberculated, and the  tongue one-third
larger than natural.  A number of physicians have as usual attended  and
prescribed  for this  patient.    Diagnosis.    Tubercula of the  nose, face,
tonsils and  tongue.  Prescribed magnetic pills and plaster.
   The disease began  to subside in a few days,  and at the  end of ten
weeks it had entirely disappeared, and the colour of the  skin  natural.
One plaster was  applied in  this case over the  first cervical vertebrae.
One over the lower part of the lower jaw and upper part of  the neck of
both sides, and one over the swelled and scarlet portions of the face.
She wore  the plaster  on the face four or five weeks only, and  on  the
neck seven or eight.

                  TUBERCULA  CONNECTED WITH SYPHILIS.

   Tubercula, or what is called scrofula, sometimes assumes the most
 malignant  form, after  the long continued use  of mercury  in  chronic
 diseases, including syphilis,  hence   the   name  Mercurial Disease.   It
 frequently assumes the  same  malignant  form,  after the  absorption  of
 the syphilitic virus.   The following notice of it under this form, and of
 jhe common  remedies for  it, is extracted from a lecture delivered by a
 distinguished professor in one of our  medical colleges.

'  « The next point connected with scrofula  that  I shall mention, is its catenation with
 syphilis  It is my firm impression, and one too, that I have not failed to impress on the
 minds of my students  ever since I have been a teacher-one that I have not hesitated
 to promulgate  in writing and in debate-that most of the constitutional symptoms of
 syphilis depend on  the inoculation of this  disease in  a  scrofulous constitution.  For
 many years I have had this subject impressed  on my mind.  I  have examined  with
 care every case of this disease that has occurred in a laborious practice.  I have en-
 quired into the previous history and circumstances of the unfortunate beings who  have
 fallen victims to the fell destroyer.  I have looked at every case of this disease trans-
 planted into a strumous diathesis, with peculiar attention, and I do not hesitate to asser*.
 th-t whei > scrofulous patient presents Himself  before  me. with even a common chan-
 ce  i coi»id«r hi,  death w-arrmt  siyued and sealed  He may. it is true,  buyer, pi*
                                 8 
                                   112

miserable life, disgusting to himself, and loathed by his friends ; but even if his life be
spared, what is he  but a miserable, emaciated, deformed, wretched being,  beyond
the power of medicine, capable of indulging in no hope,  but that of a speedy
death, and the early death of such an unfortunate, is a relief from m sery and despair.
And who are the victims to  this  unenviable  conjunction .'   Who are the young men
that fall victims to the union of this disease with scrofula :  Alas, it is among the young,
the talented, the manly.
  " Too often have I seen young gentlemen, whose early mental developements, whose
just and fair proportions, whose general character for scholarship and accomplishments,
have rendered them the delight of their friends, the hope of their parents and their
country, cut off by their own imprudence.  And those too, are the  very men, that  are
most easily led away, young, ardent, and enthusiastic.
  " It is for the scrofulous, for the young, for the talented, for the beautiful, that the snare
is laid, and many  a physician  can testify how often they have followed to the grave
the blighted hopes of parents, in the persons of those,  who have  by imprudence and
dissipation, wrought out their own destruction."

   The importance of this subject to  those who are interested  in it, has
mduced me to make the above  extracts, and to observe here, that  the
natural remedies, or  those called  the  magnetic pills and plaster, cure the
disease most thoroughly and permanently in all  the forms above noticed ;
and that in many cases, in the higher circles of society, where the disease
in these forms has descended from parents to their children, they have
saved their  lives, and  the reputations of whole families from one com-
mon ruin.
   The symptoms of the disease, when  connected  or  complicated with
syphilis,  by  the absorption of the syphilitic virus, and also when it is
produced by  the absorption of mercury, and called  mercurial disease,  are
the same as other forms of tubercula, and consequently require  the same/
remedies ; and the same rules should  be observed, both in distinguishing
these forms, and in using the natural remedies, as in the  common form ot
the disease.
   It is only  necessary  to  add,  that  when  from  the  absorption  of  the
syphilitic  virus  an ulcer is formed, called a chancre,  and when the in-
guinal  glands become  tuberculated—no matter by what name they  are
called, or one of these are  softened down, and produced one or more  ab-
scesses there, or when any other part of the system becomes tuberculated,
or abscesses, ulcers, or caries of the bones  form from this cause, the same
symptoms will  be presented on an  examination  as in  tubercula of  the
organs and limbs, and  the above remedies should be used in  the same
manner, and  the same rules should also be  observed, as in other forms
of tubercula.*

   • Twenty-eight  very bad cases of this form of the  disease have been  cured with
 these remedies, during the last three years,  and I have  now five under treatment, and
 not a solitary case  of their  failure in this forn.  cf the disease, in any of its singes, dm
 come to my knowledge 
113
                             Prom the Christian Secretary.
                                                  Hartford, Oct. 30, 184ft
  Mr. Editor,—I send you a brief statement of facts relating to my recovery.   Thii
B done the more cheerfully, as I feel prompted by gratitude and by a desire that others
■imilarly afflicted, may be as happily relieved.
  I had been dyspeptic for many years, was afflicted with tubercula of the palate,  neck
and stomach ; with chronic diarrhoea and piles ; with general debility, and with chronic
bronchitis, which extended from the  glottis to both  lobes of my lungs.  During the
last two years I have suffered  so much from bronchitis that much of the time, speaking
even in a whisper, has been so distressing as to oblige me to converse  by writing.  Birt
now I am comfortably well, through the Divine blessing, on the use of Dr. Sherwood's
Electro Magnetic Remedies    Some of the delightful changes experienced by me are
the following:
  From such a state of my throat and  lung3 that the utterance of a sentence distressed
me, I have been enabled to preach eleven times during the present month, and conduct
five other  religious services.  My strength  and  comfort have been,  in the meantime,
gradually increasing.  The deep depression of spirits which, at  times,  seemed death-
like, has given  place to  the  animation  and cheerfulness of youth.   My blood,  from
having been almost literally black and thick,  has become perfect in color and consist-
ence.   My palate, through the aid of a slight surgical operation,  is reduced to its usua
 •g-e.  The glands of my neck, which were enlarged and  painful, are now entirely re-
duced.   The pain from my neck has passed off sensibly.  The mucous membrane of the
bronchia has  been aided  in its secretions.   Dr. Sherwood's remedies  have excelled
every thing I have used as an  expectorant.  The  inflammation of my throat, and the
pain cohsequent upon it, have been allayed,  and at times  entirely gone.   The same is
true of the inflammation and pain in my bowels.  Relief from hunger, by eating, though
more immediate, is  not more a matter of consciousness, than was my  relief from pain,
by the application of these remedies.  From  apprehending languor,  consumption,  a
suffering life,  and an early death, I have now the prospect of an active, and I hope, use-
ful life.
  To all  affile ted with bronchitis, or tubercular consumption, or what is called scrofula,
or dyspepsia, let me say that I do not believe  that these dise.ises can  long exist under
the action of these remedies.   They are not,  in my estimation, to be classed with quack
medicines, because, 1st,  I believe  them  to  have  science for their basis.  2d. Their
adaptation to individual sufferers is pointed out by symptoms which none need mistake ;
and 3d,  Dr. S. is a regularly educated physician, who, having suffered from his child-
hood, was led gradually to the discovery of them  for his own relief.   Some  think it  a
mark of wisdom to ridicule every thing new  in medicine; as if the science and practice
of it were stereotyped, however the Baconian philosophy repudiates  the theories of
every age s»nd school which come  in conflict with fact.  I have stated simple verities
In addition to my own case,  I refer to B. S.  Lawson, M. D., of  Cincinnati, who was 
114
restored from confirmed consumption, after all the common remedies had entirely failed
  With gratitude to God for my recovery, I subscribe myself
                                      Yours,               J. B. Cook.
  P. S.—I should add that Professor Bronson gave me essential aid in recovering th*
use of my voice.

   The Bronchitis  mentioned in this case was the consequence of tubercu-
lar disease ofthe  throat and lungs; the reduction of which dissipated the
disease ofthe mucous membrane ofthe throat and bronchial  tubes.
   I did not see Mr. Cook until he had taken one box of my remedies, when
I suggested the necessity of his consulting  Professor Bronson on the sub-
ject of the improvement of his  voice, which I am pleased to  learn  has
added another case to the Professors long list of triumphs in his art.
   This disease is very common among Clergymen, and is the consequence
of taking cold after over exertion of the organs of the voice.  The throat
becomes  tuberculated,  the uvula enlarged and elongated, and the mucous
■membrane which  lines the inside ofthe throat, and covers the tubercles,
becomes  diseased, thickened and  florid, in consequence of the tubercula-
tions; and this affection, the novices of our  profession call Bronchitis,  and
treat it as such.   The disease is subsequently propagated to the lungs, and
these Clergymen  descend to their graves,  the victims of the abominable
quackery which has so long disgraced our profession.
   This disease  in  the throat is distinguished in an instant, as it is in every
other organ, by the magnetic symptoms^ and yet the professors in our  me-
dical colleges continue to teach and  practice the old astrological symp-
 toms.*  It is now many years since I first attempted to direct  the atten-
tion of some of these gentlemen to the  frequent cases of tuberculated brain
disclosed  by these new symptoms.   They were all,  however,  perfectly
incredulous, in regard to their  existence in the brain, in consequence of
 never having discovered them  in that organ by those ancient  symptoms
to which they were accustomed, and which they had been taught to believe
were infallible, and I was consequently compelled  to continue to labor
alone in the dissemination of a knowledge of these new and unerring symp-
toms ; but " truth  although crushed to the earth will rise again," and I now
have the pleasure of introducing to the notice of the gentlemen referred to,
and all others whom it  may concern, the following article from the London
 Medical  Gazette, for February, 1842, on the existence of tubercles in the
 brain.

   * These professors, like the ancient astrologers, who were physicians, priests, and
 astronomers, pretend to distinguish chronic diseases by feeling the pulse, the aspect ol
 the urine, and the odour ofthe stools, &c. &c, and they will continue to teach such
 nonsense as long as it is of any value in their market 
115
      i
               TUBERCULA OF THE ORGANS AND MUSCLES

  Mrs. C.  A. W.  No.— Street, New-York; .light complexion, and aged 20 years.  I
called to see her, at the request ofthe Rev. Mr.------July 5th, 1842; and, on exam-
ination, found her affected with tubercular disease of all the  organs, including the
brain.  It had  also extended to  the muscles, rendering it altogether one of the  most
deplorable cases I  had ever seen.  The disease commenced in  the uterus, about  four
years before; and,  under the common treatment, was gradually propagated to the other
organs in succession, and, at length, to the  muscles, when her strength  succumbed,
and  she was confined to her  bed.  Her physician, an eminent man, alter having ex-
hausted the vast resourcesof the Materia Medica, aided by bleeding, cupping, leech-
ing,  blistering, and issues, along the  spinal column,  now apprised her  mother and
family of the futility of all " earthly" remedies  in the case, and of the  propriety of
her preparation for another world;  stating that, in the meantime, all that could be done
for her was to keep her as comfortable as possible, until the closing scene.
   The flexor  muscles of her legs, soon began to contract; and, in a few  weeks, she
was  unable to stand  on her  feet.  Her command over the muscles of her face, also
gave way;  so that the least cause of excitement, such as  that  of a stranger entering
the room, would produce violent spasms, and horrible contortions of the countenance,
and  it was in this deplorable state Mr.------found her, when, as a last resort, he
was  called to administer to her the " spiritual," potent, and all pervading influence of
magnetism! He commenced, by making passes from her head to her feet, and contin-
ued  them about half an hour; repeating fhem  daily during one week, with manifestly
great effect upon the muscles, though  without producing sleep.  Her own statement
is that, " When Mr.-----— began magnetising  me, only one week  since, I  did not an-
ticipate much, if any, relief; but am now, with my friends, perfectly astonished at its
beneficial effect upon my system.  Besides curing me of the spasms, my limbs  have
become straight; and I am so far recovered that I can now walk across the room."
   On examining her spine, I found it  everywhere excessively tender, and prescribed
the magnetic remedies.  Having removed the  beans from the Doctor's issues, and ap-
plied adhesive plaster to heal the wounds, the magnetic plaster was placed over all,
the whole  length of the spine, and a pill ordered to be taken regularly, morning and
evening.   The disease rapidly yielded under the use of these remedies; in three weeks,
the patient was able to ride out  in a carriage, and in five weeks hr.d gained in weight
nine pounds.   By the time she had used two  boxes of the pills and plaster, she  had,
apparently, entirely recovered her health; and her physician, on  an incidental visit,
after a long interval  of absence, uninformed of  the change of treatment  she had re-
ceived, was warm  in his expressions of astonishment and delight at the restoration he
beheld, and of encomium upon  the efficacy of the issues which had long  been aban-
doned, and existed only in imagination and memory.*
   I have been thus particular in describing this case, for two reasons: first, because I
wish to suggest to those who use these remedies, the propriety of aiding  their action,
in cases like this, by manipulations, as practiced in this instance; for I have no doubt,
from what  I have seen of its effects, in this and similar cases, both  before  and after the
commencement of the use of these remedies, that the lady of Portland Me. mentioned
in page 89, would have recovered  her  health,  in less than half  the time  there stated,
if she had  been magnetised, a few times, either before or after she began using them.
The magnetic organization of the different parts of the system, is necessarily very
much deranged in such cases, and the  natural action of the remedies thereby retarded;
but when this derangement receives a strong tendency to adjustment, in  the  manner
suggested, their action is more prompt, and the progress of the cure more rapid. And,
secondly, because  I wish, in connexion with this case, to present my due acknowl-
edgements to a great number of distinguished  physicians in this city, for the enthusi-
astic commendations they  have often awarded, as in this case, however unconsciously
and unintentionally, to my remedies and treatment, while  their excited imaginations
nave been  under  the magnetic influence of  the  pleasant delusion  that  the happy
patients were recovering entirely from their own.

  * The doctor, as I am well informed, soon succeeded in persuading four of his patients to submit to Um
mo of issues along the spine, by his marvelous descriptions of their effects in this case' 
116
                   From the Western Lancet, Cincinnati, O.

             CASE BY  C.  B.  GUTHRIE, M. P., of Granville, Ohio.

  The case is that of a young lady, twenty-three years of age, of healthy parents, and
herself healthy until about fifteen.   The disease now is evidently located in the med-
ulla spinalis.   It seemed to fix itself upon this point about three years since, after
she had suffered from various other forms of disease, and has now for that length of
time remained stationary.  Whether the lesion is organic or functional,  I am not pre-
pared to say.  The symptoms now presented are the following: More or less contin-
ual headache, with now and  then slight amaurosis.   Tenderness along the spine, with
loss of power in the motor nerves of that side, extending to the knee and elbow:  thi?
is not complete,  but partial,  accompanied by excessive sensibility of the parts.   This
sensibility  is such, that she cannot bear the slightest pressure upon  that part  of her
body.  It does not stop at the sense of touch, but  is such that she is  able to detect
the approximation of the hand of another, though not in actual contact.  I3y repeated
experiments we have  demonstrated the fact,  that she  is able to detect the presence
and position of the hand of another, when brought within two inches of that part of
the body thus sensitive.  She describes the sensation as sharp and lancinating, and fol-
lowing the motion of the hand, and ceasing soon after its removal.
  I have repeatedly tested the thing, both outside of her ordinary dress, and without
it, both  with the same rasult, except that the intervention of any substance diminishes
the pain.   Her clothing  after a  short  time, ceases to affect her  thus;  and  I am not
able yet to determine whether or not an inanimate substance effects her at all, except
by its weight or tension ; but I am inclined to the opinion that it does, to a very slight
degree.  There seems to be no difference in the presence of a conductor or non-con-
ductor of electricity; nor does the state of the  atmosphere seem to have any  peculiar
influence.   I have witnessed, in her case, as well as one or two others, the existence
of a state very similar to the somnambulic state of the mesmeric  patient.   During an
increased  trouble of the nervous system, I have  witnessed a total isolation  from all
that was passing around them, yet keeping up a conversation, rational, and sometimes
in most beautiful language, with some unseen being.  The senses of touch and taste
remained in their normal state, while the others seemed almost oblivious of their
functions.   Music, or any continuous sound, sometimes produce some effect; but there
was no appreciation of distinctive sounds.
  I have, to a slight degree,  also witnessed the phenomenon spoken of by Marshall—
pain occasioned  by passing  the hand over the surface from the sternum to the spine,
while the  passage of the hand from the spine to the sternum occasioned rather a pleas-
ant sensation.  This I have recently witnessed  in a young man, affected  also with dis-
ease of the spine.
  This young lady's case has gone through the whole routine of legitimate treatment,
having always been under the care of a regular physician ; she has never been quack-
ised, as  most of such are.  She  is possessed of no ordinary mind, highly cultivated:
of deep religious feeling; cheerful, happy, and perfectly resigned to her situation;  in
short, just one for whom a physician feels  that they deserve a far different fate, judg-
ing only from our finite appreciation of the things that pertain  to life and happiness.
  Thus I have given you the anomalous features of the case.   There are other symp-
toms, but they tend to demonstrate the seat of  the trouble, more than to elucidate the
mysteries  of its phenomena.
  Let me  ask a few questions, suggested by this case.  Is there a nervous fluid? Has
it a regular circulation 1 Is this increased action of the sentient nerves, with the loss
of power ih the motors, any  evidence of a disturbance of this circulation, or of its loss
of equilibrium 1 If there is  organic lesion of  the medulla spinalis, why have we this
increase of power in one set of nerves, while we have loss of it in another 1
  The continued presence of the hand occasions great disturbance of the motor as well
as sentient nerves.  Why 1 Does it take off electricity 1  I can discover no evidence of
the existence of this fluid.   Is it not much more like the galvanic, or magnetic fluid,
than like the electric? What it is seems yet to be a matter of doubt;  but my own im-
pression is, that  the diseases ofthe nervous system must soon be referred to something
more than irritation, and treated by something more than counter irritants.
                                                     C. B. Guthrie, M. D.
     Granville,  O. Jan.  7,  1843. 
117
                        Montgomery, Orange Co., N. Y., 17ih April, 1844.
Dr. H. H. Sherwood.
  My Dear Sir,—I was called  on the 20th  of February, 1842, to  visit T. K., oi
Ulster County, in this State.   He  was a  young  man of sanguine temperament,
good physical and mental endowments, and up to the time of the present sickness,
had rwjoyed uninterrupted good health.  He was 18 years of age, and by avocation
a farmer.
  His illness commenced Sept.  3d, 1841, with swelling in the  left knee, and after
a few weeks in its fellow also, both  joints being  very painful.  These swellings
contiaued for a few weeks and then subsided, leaving stiffness, languor, &c.  Seven
weeks after the swelling of  the knees had subsided, the shoulder and hips  became
similarly affected.   Chills, fevers, and headaches immediately  followed.  The  fa-
mily physician being  called pronounced the disease  Rheumatism,  and  placed the
patient under the usual antiphlogistic treatment.   Notwithstanding this, however,
the disease continued, but was erratic in its character, sometimes attacking the
chest, then the head.  In July, the throat and tongue  became swollen, pus formed
under the tongue, afterwards the chin, and  then the cervical glands swelled and
suppurated.  The pain in the left knee and hip at length gave way to counter ir-
ritation, blisters, &c, and from the use of porter, the strength gradually augmented,
enabling him to sit up.   But thus far the use of the left limb  was not recovered;
at the same time, at this  period, great tumefaction  and edema  took place; in this
state  bandages  were applied, and in  September the formation of pus was  discov-
ered ; on  the 15th, the abscess was  opened, by incision  in the thigh, about mid-
way, on the outside ; on the 23d, another abscess which had formed on the oppo-
site side broke ; on the 20th of October-he was again able to sit up, and on the let
of November, could walk with the aid of crutches.
   On the 15th of November while walking he had the misfortune to fall, by which
the thigh  was fractured 6 inches above the knee.   As a matter of course, the limb
was placed in splints, the ulcer continuing to discharge.
   About  the 1st of January, 1842, the patient exhibited all those symptoms  that in-
dicate the ebbing of the tide of  life, and that usually follow suffering from a pro-
tracted and painful  disease.    He  had a dry hacking cough, the hectic fever ap-
peared, the frame was  emaciated  to a skeleton, and  two additional iibscesses had
formed, and become running ulcers.   The  usual  remedies of  blistering, creating
counter issues, and prescribing Iodine, Hydriodate Potassa, Extract  of Sarsaparilla,
Blue Pill, Spanish  Rob, Swaim's Panacea, &c.,&c, constituted the treatment until
February, at which time I was called in.
   When  I first saw the patient he was subject  to colliquative sweats, his cough
was obstinate, and his pulse seldom  varied  from 120.  The whole left limb dis-
played the presence of great tumefaction, particularly the iliac  region.  The tuber-
cular character of the disease was plainly indicated by these symptoms, which were
exceedingly unfavorable.  He  was  also  subject  to  great  pain, which continued
without any visible abatement, or interval  of ease.   Large dose^sof  morphine  were
administered to quiet him, and as he  and his friends remarked " tosmoothe the pas-
sage to the grave."   For 17 weeks he had not left his bed, the pain of moving be-
ing too great to be  endured.  Hn had availed himself of the  services of  several
experienced surgeons and physicians, some of whom pronounced him beyond the
reach of art.
   From the condition of the patient  when f was called in I felt the responsibility
to be almost terrible; however  I entered upon my duty, trusting for success solely
on those principles, which for many  years past you have been laboring to establish.
   Upon a careful examination, I found  the  diagnosis to be tubercula of the left
knee (white swelling), implicated  with tubercula of left  lung, liver, throat, heart,
stomach  and mesentery,  accompanied with a total loss of appetite.
   On the patiettt being placed under my  charge, all former prescriptions  were
thrown aside.  The diseased limb was bandaged smoothly from the instep to the
knee, and wetted with  a strong  solution of Sal Ferri, Capsia, &c, at the same
time  fermenting poultices were applied to the thigh every evening.   I prescribed a
pill morning and evening, and covered the whole thigh with a plaster.  I also 
118
j.laced one on the lumbar region, t>be taken off at night, however, and the pouL
tice applied.
  Under this the magnetic treatment, 12 days from its commencement, the appetite
returned, the palpitations ceased, and the  pulse  assumed a healthy standard.   In
three weeks the cough and expectoration ceased, the tumefaction subsided, pus of a
more healthy character was discharged, and in one week more the patient was able
to sit up.   In July he could walk with the aid of sticks, and continued to improve
steadily.  In December  last the ulcers, four in  number, gradually closed up, and
swelling with some pain followed.  To alleviate this, one of the ulcers near the
knee was re-opened, and serous matter with exfoliation of carious bone was dis-
charged.
  Since the re-opening of the ulcer near the knee the patient has improved rapidly.
At this time he  is able to walk without inconvenience, and labor at his business,
although not so well as before his illness.  Indeed this was not  to be expected.—
The patient, when 1 was called in, was in an almost hopeless state, diseased in his
entire system, and emaciated to a skeleton, therefore the cure must necessarily be
very slow, almost as much so as is the growth from infancy to manhood.  I have
deemed it proper to be thus explicit, in order to show the error in judgment that
occurred at the commencement of the disease, as well as the mistakes in treatment
that followed.   He owes his life to your remedies. *              A. H., M. D
  * P. S. These remedies are perfectly safe for persons of all apes and conditions, and are torwarded
by express, or mail, to any Post office in the U. S. free of postage.  One hundred and eighty pills in a
box, with directions for their use, and will last a patient three or  four months.   Price eight dollars
a box for the pills, and two dollars  for the plaster:  Physicians cannot manufacture them for the
use of their patients ; every attempt to do so m 1st necessarily prove a failure, as the process of their
manufacture is, and must always be, unknown to the profession, to insure uniform results from the
action of these remedies.                                                    H. II. S. 
                                      119
  There are cases of tubercular disease of the organs of long standing, in which tha
reduction of the disease is sometimes very slow, as will be seen in the following case:
                                                 " Portland, August  19, 1842.
'* Doct.  Sherwood,
  " Dear Sir—Having nearly closed the sales of the Magnetic Medicines  you con
signed to mo last season, I now forward to you herewith a check for the amount, and
solicit a  further supply.
  " 1 have the  pleasure to inform you, that your medicines have now acquired a high
reputation here, to which I think them justly entitled; but I found it almost impossi-
ble for a long time  to get  them into use, and, indeed, I do not know  as I' should have
succeeded at all but for the happy effects they have produced in my own family.
 , " I will give you a  few  facts in relation to the case.  The patient is a sister "of Mrs
Smith, and is now about twenty-six years of age.  She has  been sick seven years, and
for the last six years  of the time, was wholly  confined to her bed.  In the first place,
her spine was considerably affected; her heart was also diseased, as indicated by vio-
lent palpitation, alluded to in your book, under the similitude of churning, and atten-
ded with a sensation described by her as of a large substance rising in her stomach and
throat, and distressing her at times almost to suffocation :  her stomach was also dis-
eased, as we suppose, from dyspepsia, insomuch that for  several years she was wholly
unable to taste bread  or meat, or even gruel, without producing the most excruciating
torture.   During all this time her diet consisted almost exclusively of potatoes, being
found to produce less distress.than any other food.   And, in addition to all these, she
was much diseased also  in the mesenteric system, or the uterus, or some other oigan
in that region—her bowels became swollen to an unusual and alarming  degree, and
remained so constantly for over three years, during  all which time she was unable to
pass a drop of  water  except  by means of an instrument.   During the whole time of
her sickness, she has been attended by some of our best physicians, but without any
prospect  of relief.  You will readily imagine that  her sufferings, under  the circum-
stances of her  case, were 3evere, but the extent of them cannot be appreciated.  On
receiving your  medicines, I immediately put her upon a course of them, and she took
up two boxes,  without any apparent change for the better, but  I induced  her, though
reluctant, to persevere, and, soon after commencing  the third  box, she began to im-
prove rapidly, and when she  had finished it, she was able to sit up nearly  all day, and
to eat almost any kind of food  without distressing her;  the palpitation of  the heart
was gone;  her spine was much better, and the swelling and distress in her bowels
were wholly removed, and the  evacuations of  the body had become easy and natural.
She  took a part ofthe fourth box of pills, and then suspended them, about  two months
ago, and is now aparently quite recovered from those distressing affections under which
she has so long suffered; she is  yet troubled, however, with a degree of paralysis in
one limb, which  has  attended her through all her sickness, but this also is  gradually
getting better,  and we are in  hopes that she will soon be  quite well of that also.   Her
case is notorious here, and  her cure  is regarded  as almost miraculous, and  by means
of it, a market has been  made for the most of the medicine I have sold; and I am
happy to learn, that several others who are taking the medicine, are improving won
derfully under  its operation.   I,  therefore, wish, if agreeable to you, to be  kept con-
stantly supplied with the  medicine, and will make remittances to you at any time vou
wish for all that may  be sold.
See p.  148.                   " Meantime I remain, very respectfully,
                                               " Your obedient servant,
                                                      " Charles B. Smith.
  Consumption.—In 77 deaths which occurred in our city last week, 9 were by  consump-
tion.  In New York 33 perished by consumption in 179 deaths.  We believe the propor-
tion in New England cities  are still greater.
  According to a statistical paper  which was recently read at Manchester, one death by
ronsumption occurred in that town, out  of every thirty-four families ; in Liverpool 2 deaths
out of every forty-nine  families ; in Birmingham,  one death out of every thirty-six ;  and in
London two deaths out of every one hundred-five. In the agricultural districts of England,
the proportion of consumptive cases to deaths is four in every twenty-one ; and  in the fac-
tory disetricts, three in every  nineteen. The victims by this  disease in every year must
form quite an army of martyrs—many, we fear, martyrs to fashion; others to poverty, ex-
posure, occupation, or climate.
  It seems to us that, when we consider the immense mortality, and the few cases of resto-
ration, little attention,  comparatively speaking, is paid  to this  disease, its causes and cure,
by the medical profession  generally. Doubtless many have abandoned  the possibility of
cure, except in the early stages.  But when victim is added to victim every hour—when all
sexes, ages, conditions  of life   are swept away by thousands each year—more  than ordina^
ry attention should,  in  our view,  be bestowed upon the subject, not only by physicians in-
dividually, but by our medical  colleges and universities.—Philad. Jnqvirer, 1842.
  Alas! alas! the brains of the professors of these colleges and universities, are so cram-
med with knowledge, there s no room for more. 
CURATIVE EFFECTS OF MESMERISM.
  A young lady of Ohio, about 18 years  of  age, who has  been for some time
at school at Hartford, Conn., received an injury in the lower part of her spine, in
November last, from a fall, which rendered her unable to bear even the slightest ele-
vation toward  an erect position, and kept her in continual pain.   She was attended
by the most skilful physicians without benefit,  but at length, under the advice of a
physician of this city, she was placed on a bed constructed  for the purpose, and
brought here by railroad and steamboat, with the view of trying the effects of mes-
meric treatment under his direction.  She arrived here on the 3d  inst. {April, INK!),
accompanied by  her brother-in-law and sister, and put up at Judson's Hotel, Broad-
way.  The following evening, the physician introduced Mr. Oltz,, a distinguished
magnetizer, and recommended him to make the proper mesmeric passes  along the
spine far the purpose of allaying the high nervous excitement under which she was
laboring, and which had continued without  intermission, from the time of the acci-
dent.  The passes were quite effectual, and that night she enjoyed sound and refresh-
ing sleep which she had not obtained for the previous five months.
  The next morning, the magnetizer, by means of the mesmeric passes alone, gradu-
ally raised her to an erect position,  in which she remained  about a minute.   In the
evening he operated again, and she was again enabled to sit erect.  The doctor then
directed him to raise her  upon her feet, which  he did with a few passes; and, sup-
ported by the magnetizer and the physician, she found herself able to walk several
times across the room.  After resting  about fifteen minutes in  an easy chair, where
h6r expressions of wonder and gratitude were deeply fervent and affecting, she're-
peated her walk around and across the room, and retiring full of joy and hope, again
passed the night in tranquil sleep.
  On the following morning, the mesmeric passes proved so effectual that she was
considered sufficiently restored to  undertake a  journey  to  Philadelphia, that after-
noon, on her way to her family in Ohio.   Mr. Oltz accompanied her to the depot in
Jersey City, and having seated her comfortably in the car,  and stowed away her
previous travailing couch upon the top, transferred his mesmeric power over her tc
her brother-in-law and saw her start on her unexpected journey.  The following are
extracts of  a letter from the sister who accompanied her, to  her physician in this
city, dated Harrisburgh, Penn., April 13th, 1846 :
  " I fear our neglecting to write from Philadelphia will lead you to think we do not
appreciate the  kind interest you took in sister's case.   Be assured we do and ever
shall remember you with gratitude.  *   *  •  Our kind friend  Mr.  Oltz (to whom
you will please  remember us) doubtless told you how well we succeeded in getting
to the cars. % Mr. B. was able to continue the influence to such a degree  as to keep
her very easy  for about two hours, when, owing to some relaxation of effort, she be-
came sick at the stomach.  We gave her the little globules [Ipecacuanha] which
soon relieved that, and then, notwithstanding the noise  and motion ofthe cars, Mr.
B----succeeded in patting her into a sounder sleep than ever she had been in before,
and she awoke from it quite refreshed.  For two days after our arrival in Philadel-
phia she fell too  weary for exertion; but on the third night, after being magnetized,
she sat up for more than two hours and walked about the room for nearly an hour;
she slept well for that night, and was next day quite comfortable.  We left Philadel-
phia at  half past seven in the morning, and rode nine hours  over the roughest rail-
road in the country,  but under the magic influence she was kept quietly asleep most
of the time.  She feels much fatigued and  sore to-day, but is in  good spirits at the
idea of starting and the comparative ease with which the rest of the journey will be
performed."'—-Wk? York Tribune.
   Besides the  ordinary effects of an injury from a fall iu  this case, there was great
derangement in her magnetic organization which required the power of the magne-
tizer to restore to its proper condition and normal action,  and hence  our confidence
;'n Uje success  ofthe experiment and the rationale of its resulu. 
121
    TUBERCULAR DISEASE OF THE  ORGANS  AND  MUSCLES.

  Miss M. S. of Providence, R. I., agedj25 years.  This young lady hr.d been out of'
health about seven years, when she was placed under my caic  in May, 1*15.  She
presented the external appearance of the most robust health;  yet this was or.e ofthe
worst cases of tubercular disease 1 ever saw;  for oh  an examination. 1 found all cf
her organs, including the cerebrum, cerebellum and uterus, as well  as all the nui cles,
in a very advanced stage of tuberc.ihii disease;  accompanied often on  retiring to
bjd with the most  violent and prolonged spasm., terminating in insensibility and
coma or sleep.  The muscles of die body aad limbs pi eccntod everywhere the tarn:
elastic and puffy state seen in the common white swellings ofthe joints and limbs.
There was also great sensibility to pressure the whole length of the spine.
  A clairvoyant examination of this case confirmed the  above diagnosis, and besides
located the disease in the cerebrum in the organs of imitation, man-ellousness, hope,
r.ud conscientiousness ofthe left hemisphere; a matter  nfgicat importance in direct-
ing the passes in mesmerising and in the application ofthe buttons in magnetising.
  - Prescribed the magnetised gold pills and plaster, mesmerism and the action ofthe
magnetic machine.
   The. following letter  from this talented young lady will  show the result of this
practice:
                                                 Providence,  M',:-/t9tli, 18-1G.
   Dr. Sherwood.  Sir:
                       I feel  it a duty devolving upon me, to write you^al this
lime.  As regards my present state of health, I can  say,  I am  well.   During  tic
 i>ast winter my constitution seems to have undergone a change; which change
cannot be attributed to any other source than strictly  adhering to your practice. I
 consider it a case  worthy  of note;  for after having  spent my "  living upon physi-
cians, and was nothing  bettered, but rather grew worse," and all  that were  ever em-
ployed gave me no encouragement of ever fully recovering, after having experimented
 upon me until my patience was worn out.
   Under my present state of health the whole creation  seems created anew.  1 now
begin to realize how many years I have spent in a disordered state of health, enjoy-
 ing naught of life or its  charms.  I am now able to attend any public assembly with-
 out apparent inconvenience ;—my head feeling as clear the next day as before.   I he
 privilege  I think I  know how to prize.  My sleep is sweet and refreshing;—none ol
 those long,  dreaded nights, and anxious watchings, and fears.   My gratitude 1  can
 never express  in being led to persist in your method of treatment.
   1 will endeavor to state as nigh as I can the origin and progress of the disease,   in
 the sprin- of 1838, my health began to give out, a general weakness seemeu to per-
 vade mv frame, and in  the month of May was quite reduced with distressing pains
 in the lower part of my back, accompanied with spasm..die aftections;  employed a
 physician who immediately pronounced it a severe case of spinal irritation, and-Ka-
 put upon a mode of treatment general to their clique;—no relief was gained except-
 ing short periods of repose, when  the disease seemed  to be preparing to  break ou:
 anew until it seemed to extend to all parts of my system,  and tor seven years l have
 been ^oing on in this way, employing other physicians, but all to no purpose   \.  hen
 [ re all the nights and days of suffering with my head,  it is more a wonder  that mma
 has kept her  throne.   I say not that mv mind has not suffered from the shoe*, but
 eiww'Ii of reason  is left to know from what source I at last found relief.
    j have stated what was then considered the source of so much trouble  but since
 applying to you,  find that an  organic affection in the lower part of my body mu>t
 have been the primary  cause, of so much pain in my back and head
    I commenced  the use  of  your remedies the early part of May. lbio,  an.1
 used  two  boxes  of pills,  and  the magnetic machine  and plaster  and  am now
 eniovin" more of life and better health than I had previously, tor eight years;  this is
 not only mv testimony, but of friends who have seen me most, and it is a wonder to
 them tliat 1 am where I am.  1 am now -26 years of  age, and teel younger  than I did
 at 18  I know my recovery is attributable to the thorough use ot youi  remedies;
 and if my recovery can be of any assistance to others  similarly affected, use it as lav
 as you think proper. 
122
                        TUBERCULA OF THE MUSCLES.

 Swelling or thickening  of  the Muscles—Rheumatism—Effects of Magnetising
   upon the Magnetiser—Dizziness—Cold feet and hands -Neuralgia—Tic Dou-
   loureux.

  We probably receive, on an average, fifty shocks a day in magnetizing our pa-
tients, either from accidentally  touching the unprotected  parts of both buttons,  or
from touching the patient with one finger and a button with the other, and  were
at first much°alarmed at  the consequences that  might result from  it.  We  have
been, however, not only happily disappointed in our  expectations of injury, hut
have found it a great  benefit to us.   It has removed every vestige of chronic rheu-
matism with  which we have been much affected during the  last fourteen years.
  We never had so much elasticity in our body and limbs, and never had so much
strength ;  we never walked  with so much case as we now do; and besides, we
frequently, even after having gone through a great labor during the day, feel  so
much elasticity and buoyancy that it is rather difficult to sit or stand still, from a
strong inclination to  be moving, jumping, or dancing;  these sensations are in fact
sometimes so strong as to require great efforts to repress them.
  Persons affected with rheumatism, and especially those in  the decline of life, are
more or less subject to turns of  dizzine^, which sometimes compel them to sit or
lie down suddenly, to prevent them f ..u falling; and  we had been much affected
in this way.   But these premonitory symptoms of palsy have entirely disappear-
ed with those of rheumatism;  and we have removed these symptoms in many other
cases, by  magnetising the brain—a rjractice much  more sjmple and effectual  than
the  old routine practice of the schools.  Those who are affected with rheumatism
are  very subject to colds, and to cold feet  and  hands.
  A great number of the cases of head-ache, are those  of rheumatism affecting the
muscles of the head,  and the membranes of the brain ;  and the muscles of the face
are  affected with rheumatism under the names of Neuralgia and Tic Doloreux; and
those of the heart under the name  of hypertrophy of the  heart.  Many of the
cases of vacillating pains about the chest—of the  front,  right, and left side, along
the pectoral and intercostal muscles, are  cases of rheumatism, often mistaken  for
disease of the lungs.   These cases are all distinguished  in  an instant by the pain
produced by pressing with the thumb and linger on the intervertebral spaces of the
middle and back part  of the neck, the intensity of which increases with the intensity
of the disease; and physicians, on commencing the practice  of the magnetic symp-
toms, are often surprised to find the great number of cases of  rheumatism—of tuber-
cular disease of the muscles, as well as of the organs.
  The negative  and positive surfaces of the facia of the  muscles are both equally
affected in acute rheumatism, and the affected limb or limbs are consequently par-
alysed ; and in chronic rheumatism, the positive surface of  the facia in  which  the
motor  nerves terminate, is  more or less  effected, and the  motion of the limb  or
limbs more or less impeded, and hence the necessity of  using positive as well as
negative medicines, or combinations of positive and  negative medicines, in many
cases of this disease.  The  uncertainty in regard to the extension of the diseas<
in the different surfaces, relatively to each other, necessarily makes the true reme-
edy for any given case uncertain, so that it may be netessary  in some cases to  try
 one, two, three or more, before we find the right  one.   Medicirres of any kind in
 this disease, are, however, only palliative;  they  rarely cure it  permanently, ex
 cepting only the magnetised gold pills.
    Rheumatism.—R.  Magnetised gold pills and  plaster—Magnetic machine.
    Rheumatism.—R.  Rhus Tox.  5 to  10 globules once or twice a-day during
  2 or 3 days.
    Rheumatism.—R.  Nux v.  3 to 5 globules once  or twice a-day during 2 or 3
  days.                >
    Rheumatism.—R.  Tincl. or Vin. Colchicum,  §j.  Dose  from 5 to  30 drops,
  according to the age of patient, 2 or 3 times a-day. 
123
Atrophia Rheumatica—Atrophia of the muscles—Chronic mucosis of the muscles—
  (Chronic disease of the negative or mucous surfaces of the facia of the muscles.)

  In atrophia rheumatica, or chronic mucosis of the muscles, they are
always flattened, emaciated, and feeble.  The disease, with the emacia-
tion, pursues its course  in the most quick manner, without pain or other
disturbance in the muscles, excepting only aching sensations from over-
doing,  oi  changes of  temperature.   Like,  chronic cerosis, hypertro-
phy,  or  tubercula of  the  muscles,  it is often produced by frequent
changes of temperature, and is often  complicated with  this disease, and
is sometimes the sequel of »t.
  The most appropriate and successful remedy in  this disease is a pill
made from the following formula :

  Ifr. Hard Bai Copa. and Citbebs 3iiiss.   Ext. Hyos. gss.  Make  100 pills.

  One of these pills should be taken  after breakfast and  another after
lea every day, excepting in cases where it is complicated with tubercular
disease, when one after breakfast, and a magnetised gold  pill after tea
should be taken in place of the above.
   When we find that in the case of tubercula of the muscles, the tuber-
culations  have disappeared, as evinced by a flattening and  emaciation of
the muscles, the  magnetised  gold pills, or other remedies for tubercula,
should be discontinued, and  the  above pills for atrophia  substituted in
their place.
   The same course should be pursued incases of tubercula of the heart,
or u erus, as they ■■•■r^ muscular organs.  Clairvoyants, who distinguish
these different states of the  muscles, and  of  the organs, can tell when
we should use one of these different remedies, or  both of them  at the
same time.   If the process of cure should be very slow in cases of atro-
phia, Phosphorus may  be  given once  a-day  (5 globules)  during 5 or 6
days, when they should be discontinued a  few days, and then repeated,
if the urgency of the symptoms require it.
   The above medicines, with the daily use of the  Magnetic Machine,
will be  all the remedies that will be required  in these cases of atrophia,
excepting  only those that are in the  last  part of  the  last stage of the
disease, when medicines of any kind will be  useless.
   These cases of atrophia of the muscles or organs are comparatively
very rare, being in the proportion of  abcut one to 49 cases of tubercula
of the muscles or organs. 
124
       Royal Medical  and  Chirurgical  Society,  Jan.  25,  1842.

                   Dr.  WILLIAMS, President,  in  the Chair.

 On Tubercles ofthe Brain in Children, with a Tabular View of 30 cases ofthe affec-
   tion.—By P. Henry Green,  M.D.—(Communicated by Dr. T. H. Burgess.)
   An analysis of 30 cases of tubercle of the brain is laid  before the society by the
 author, preparatory to a  more extended  communication  on this subject, which  he
 promises to afford.
   After noticing  the importance of extended  post-mortem researches, with a view to
 the pathology of the brain, so  as  to comprehend lesions of  the medulla oblongata, he
 concludes with some general remarks on his Tabular View.  In  his 30 cases the
 ages, he observes, varied between 19 months and 12 years.
   With respect to sex, 14 were boys,  16 girls.
   In  four cases no cerebral symptoms existed  during life; in  two, only periodical
 head-ache;  in two, deafness and  purulent discharge from the ear.   In the remaining
 cases, head-ache, vomiting, amaurosis, convulsions, weakening of intellect, were
 observable;  the duration of this chronic state varying from one month to three years.
   Nine died with acute hydrocephalic* symptoms, a few with  symptoms of soften-
 ing, the rest of consumption, small pox, &c.
   The number, volume, and site  of the tuberculous masses, varied  considerably  in
 different cases.
   A discussion took place, relating chiefly to the degree in which the  pathology of
 tubercles in  the  brain was known in England; Dr.  Addison,  particularly, stating
 that he believed the disease wras so familiar  to  practitioners, that in many obscure
 chronic affections of the brain,  it was almost confidently expected that  tubercles
 would be found either in the substance of the brain or its membranes.

   These are all cases of children.   The disease  in the brain   is besides
 very common in adults, as I always have  cases of it on  hand, which yield
 to  the  influence  of the  magnetic remedies,  as it does when  aiiecting
 other organs.   Very little, however, is known ofthe pathology of tuber-
 cles in  the  brain in  this country.   There  are  even  professors  of the
 theory and practice of physic in our Medical Colleges, who  have  often
 exposed their ignorance by denying  the existence  of  tubercular disease
 ofthe brain, except in extremely  rare  cases.f

  * Dropsy of  the brain.
  t Note.—In a post mortem examination in this city, a few months  since, in a case where hemorr-
 hage of the brain bad been so great from tubercular  diseage as  to fill the ventricles and cover its
 inferior and superior surface, one of these sapient professors declared the brain to  be in a healthy
 gtate, and a c ;se of tubercular disease of the brain exceedingly rare.
  Coroner's  Office, Friday, July 2!), 1842.—Case of Congestion of the Brain.—The Coroner
 held an injuest this morning at the house of the deceased, corner of the Seventh avenue and Eight-
 eenth street, on the  body of Christian  Flyn, a native of Germany, aged 31 years.  The deceased,
 though usually healthy, was .-"ihji^t to severe attacks of  headache, !'ri"|itently producing violent fits.
 Being  seized with one of these on Thursday night. U>< o'clock, he died half an hour afterwards.  Or.
 J. B. Kissam, who had attended him, executed a post mortem examination on the deceased, and found
 the scalp and surface of the br.iiu much congested, the latter slightly softened.  At  the base of the
 skull was a tumor of the size of a hen's egg, pressing upon the  vessel  returning the blood from the
 brain, the pressure of which tumor produced absorption ofthe bone to the extension of about a square
 inch.  Oil removing  the tumor and examining the cavity made by the absorption, some clots of blood
 escaped from beneath the tumor.  The immediate cause of death was congestion of the brain, oan^-od
 by the pressure of the ttbove mentioned tumor interrupting the return of blood from the brain. Ver-
dict accordingly. 
12i
               LATERAL  CURVATURES OF  THE SPINE.

                                 We have had  67 cases of laterial
                               curvature of the spine from the  1st of
                               April to the 8th of October, 1844, in
                               which there was a great variety  in the
                               form of  the curves, and a  great  differ-
                               ence in the time since they commenced
                               as well as of their ages.  The time of
                               their existence was from 1 to 28 years,
                               and their ages from 8 to 53 years.
                                 The  time  required  to  straighten a
                               spine, or  make  it  resume its natural
                               position depends so much  upon the cir-
                               cumstances attending  each individual
                               case,  as the form  of  the curve,  the
                               time of its existence, and  the health ot
                               the patient, &c, as to  make  it  neces-
                               rily very uncertain.
                                  The first object to be obtained is to
                               lessen  the action  of the  tuberculated
                               muscles on the posterior side  of the
curves, and increase it in the  paialyzed muscles on the other, to  enable
us to make the sjine pass the centre and curve in the  opposite  direc-
tion, under the action of the bullous.
   When the object is attained, and w can make it  pass the  centre at
each sitting, the muscles  will soon maintain  it in its  natural  position.
In twenty-two cases  in which the curvatures had existed  from  one to
two years, they pas-s"d the centre at the first sitting, while i. has required
more than two months to effect  this object in five cases o'  ong continu-
ance.  The muscles are always swelled, thickened, or tuberculated on the
posterior side of the curve (as seen in the engraving), and  emaciated or
atrophied and paralyzed on the other.   In magnetizing these  cases the
positive button is placed over  the paralyzed muscle at  B, while the
negative button is passed over  the tuberculated  muscle  in  the right
shoulder,  E D, and hip F, at intervals from  6 lo 15 minutes ;  in the
meantime the negative button is placed  over the tnberculated muscles
at C, while the positive button is moved over and around the left  shoul-
der along the inside  of the curve at A, under a power of the instrument
that can b- easily borne.   Some o' th°se bear rn!v  a moderate, while
 
12G
others will bear its full power.   We commence with a moderate power
at each sitting, and then gradually increase it to the  full power that can
be borne, bringing the spine up as straight as possible at the close of each
sitting.   In some bad cases assistance  is required to raise the atrophied
shoulder and keep the paralyzed muscles distented under the  action  ol'
the buttons,  much however will depend on the tact, perseverance  and
experience of the magnetizer.
   In magnetizing in these cases, as well as every other, the passes with
the buttons should be  downwards, or  in  a direction from the head to
the feet, and this is a rule that should not be parted from,  and to avoid
mistakes in  the use ofthe different buttons, magnetizers should attain a
habit of taking the negative button in the right hand, and the positive in
the left.
   The  effects of the action of the Machine upon the muscles in these
cases, is most extraordinary, most wonderful, and gives us  true concep-
tions ofthe unlimited  power of the all pervading forces by which  we
obtain such  results.
 Magnetizing in Lateral Curvatures of the Spine.     jn magnetizing for ]ateral curva.
    Drawn and Engraved from a Daguerreotype.     tareg Qj- ^ gpjne) we have jnlro,
                                         duced the chair represented in the
                                         engraving.  It is a strong common
                                         office arm-chair, the  upper  and
                                         back part of  which being sawed
                                         off, and the front part cushioned—
                                         the right  arm  resting on one cush-
                                         ion, and the magnetising buttons on
                                         the  other.   A  loose  cushion  is
                                         crowded  into the  space on the
                                         right side, and a strong gallon glass
                                         bottle placed  upon it; when the
                                         y  ung lady with a right  and left
                                         spinal curvature—or  having the
                                         upper part of the  spine  curved to
                                         the  right, and  the lower part  to
                                         the left  side—is drawn over the
                                         bottle by an assistant,  in the man-
                                         ner seen in the figure, and the but-
                                         tons applied in the usual manner,
                                         as described in pp.  CO, 61.
                                            In this case, it was eight  years
                                         since the mrvature commenced :
                                         and there wns, as  usual, a lar^u
                                         while swelling of the  rijrht scapu-
                                         la, or shoulder  blade,  which drew
                                         the spine under if.
                                            On the 23d lime we magnetized
                                         (his patient  (May 17, 1845), the
                                         white swelling beinaj  greatly  re-
duced, and the atrophied or emaciated  muscles on the opposite side much thick-
ened, the spine parsed the centre, under  the action of the machine, and  began to
curve to the left side, as seen in  the furure.
  The most  prominent part of the white swelling was of a dark red color, pro-
 
127
duced by the heavy mass corsets tne young lady had long worn, which was conse-
quently shown in the daguerreotype.
  We have here presented, in  the plainest manner, the extraordinary phenomena
of the reduction of hypertrophied muscles on one side of the spine, and the thick-
ened atrophied muscles on the other, by  the action of  the machine alone, directed
hv a scientific and easy application of the buttons.

                    LATERAL CURVATURES OF THE SPTNE.

  Miss  E. I,. H., aged 19 years, called  upon us on  the 15th of March, 1846,
with a  lateral curvature  of the spine.   The posterior part of the upper and
principal curve in the spine, lay under the right scapula, and its deviation there
from the median line was an inch  and a half.  It was about eight years since
the curve commenced, which was  now  imbedded in a veritable white swelling
of the scapula, and which, by the expansion of the muscles, gradually drew the
spine from the median line to its present position.  We prescribed the magnet-
ized gold pills and plaster to reduce the white swelling, and directed her to go
home and  use  these remedies, and  return here on  the first of  June, when I
would commence magnetizing the spine.
  On an examination at  the end of this time, we found the white  swelling
greatly  lessened, and the  curve reduced oneihalf.  We now commenced mag-
netizing the spine once a-day, and  on the third day brought it up  to its place,
and on the fourth it passed the centre under the action of  the machine, and be-
gan to curve to the left side.
  We magnetized this case twelve times only, when the curve being reduced to
one-fourth of an inch, we directed the young lady to go home and resume the
use of the pills and plaster, and to continue their use until the white swelling
was entirely reduced, when  the spine would  resume its natural position, and
would be maintained there under the healthy and natural action of the muscles.
  We have had more than a hundred cases of lateral  curvature of the spine
during  the last  three years, every one  of which was connected with a white
swelling on the posterior side of the curve.
  The true cause of lateral curvatures  of the spine is not understood by the
profession;  they are always cases of tubercular  disease of the muscles of the
spine.   The tuberculations, or white swellings,  are always on the posterior
side of  the  curve, and produce  the deviations of  the vertebra.   The obvious
treatment, therefore, is first  to reduce  the tuberculations, when the vertebra;
will return to their proper place of their own accord, and  the muscles thus re-
lieved and restored will retain them  in  their true position.   Yet  the regular
quacks of our profession continue to recommend that such patients be harnessed
with cushions, splints, and brass stays;  but,  regarding them as worse than use-
less, we always remove them.
  The importance of the use of the magnetized gold  pills  and plaster, in these
cases, will be seen in a case which we treated and published before we  intro-
duced the use of the magnetic machine as auxiliary to the cure
                            9 
12S
CHAPTER XI.
        LUGOL'S  CLINICAL LECTURES ON SCROFULA.

                                  LECTURE  II.

 Tubercles in different Organs.  Modes of detecting them.  Formation of Tubercles.
                        its Independence of Inflammation.

   Tubercles in particular Organs.—The consideration of this part of the subject be-
longs rather to Pathological Anatomy. The diagnosis of tubercles in particular organs,
is very difficult at least in the first period of their existence.
  When tubercles exist in the sub-cutaneous regions, the mere local examination of the
part at once enables us to convince ourselves of their presence, although, as we have
already stated, these morbid productions develope themselves gradually without pain,
and without swelling of the surrounding parts, in a  word without giving rise to anr
perceptible phenomena.
  When therefore we  consider, that sub-cutaneous tubercles only become manifest du-
ring the first stages  of their existence, because they are external,   we can easily un-
derstand how it is, that  in the mediastinum and the  parenchymatous  organs, this
source of diagnosis being  closed, it should be, always difficult, and often impossible to
recognise their presence.
  Tubercles may exist in parenchymatous organs, may  even partly annihilate them,
without their existence being  revealed by any external symptoms ; or if they are dis-
covered it  is at an  advanced period of their existence, when they have so far  pro-
gressed that treatment is no  longer of any avail.  In such cases it can scarce be said
that the malady has been  recognized during life; they belong in reality to Pathological
Anatomy.
   Our want of success in  the use of the ordinary means  of diagnosticating,  tuber-
cles, proves that those means are inadequate, that we follow  on erroneous course in
our investigations,  and that we must resort to new modes if we wish to be successful.
  When pulmonary tubercles are suspected, we resort to auscultation and percussion,
but  in  many cases these  fail us, even when numerous  tubercles  are  disseminated
through the lungs,  and for this reason it is that many physicians, after having greatly
exaggerated the vtilue of the stethoscopic signs, now declare them  of little value, at
least during the first stages of the disease.   There is here  another mode to  which we
may resort, induction; for instance,  a patient complains for some time of slight  pain
and uneasiness in the thoracic cavity, we resort to auscultation and percussion, the re-
sonance of the thorax is every where normal, pulmonary expansion free and easy, res-
piration perfectly natural,  and guided by these data the physician declares that there
are no tubercles in the lungs.  But he is deceived, the method of investigation which
he has followed has been inefficient.  If we consider that the patient is born of tuber-
culous parents, that he has lost brothers or sisters from phthisis, or that they are suffer-
ing from cervical tubercles,  white swelling  or other scrofulous affections, that hi?
health is delicate, his growth has been deficient, in a word if we consult with care an-
tecedents and coincidences, we shall acquire the conviction that his lungs contain tu-
 Dercles, although auscultation is powerless, to demonstrate their presence.
   One of two things  happens, either auscultation agrees with the data furnished by
 induction,  tken \t affords a valuable concurrent testimony, or  it disagrees, and then I 
129
 think we should follow induction as less likely to deceive us.   Especially »vould I relj
 on the evidence of hereditary taint.

   Tubercles in the Brain.~0\it of four cases in which tubercles were found in th»
 brain after death,  there were two in which symptoms were noted which might be re
 ferred to their presence, but in  the other two, though the lesions were  more serious,
 no signs revealed  the tuberculous disease.  In one of these cases the left hemisphere
 had  nearly disappeared, being replaced by a cyst filled with tuberculous matter.  It is
 remarkable that the brain should undergo such  extensive alterations without any ex-
 ternal symptoms informing us of the gravity of  the lesions which had taken place i»
 its substance.
   It is equally difficult to ascertain  the presence of tubercles in the cerebellum, in
 most cases indeed their existence is not even suspected.  M. Lugol has met with seve-
 ral instances in which tubercles as large as a walnut or a horse chesnut,  have  been
 found in the cerebellum,  in  subjects  who presented during life no indication of ence-
 phalic  disease.  One  of the cases he relates in  illustration of this fact, is interesting
 in a  physiological point of view.—A young girl,  though 17 years old, presented no in-
 dications of puberty, the breasts, and genitals were completely rudimentary.   The head
 was always  thrown backward and it was only by an effort of the will that it could be
 brought forward.
   M. Lugol  has seen tubercles in the  tuber annulare,(pons varolii,/, fig. 4) without any
 symptoms.
   Tubercles in the Lungs.—In the lungs, tubercles are so commonly  met with that
 M. Lugol believes it to be a rule having very few exceptions, that they always co-exist
 in that organ with other scrofulous disease, if the patient  have attained to  the age of
 puberty.  They may appear very early in life, and obstinate  cough, in children some-
 times  depends on their presence.  The period of life  at which they are most com-
 monly developed  is the few  years after puberty.   At this period we too often observe
 in scrofulous patients the terrible array of symptoms which characterize phthisis.
   Puberty then is the time at which tubercles in the lungs most commonly appear, and
 this is a rule so general, that in  the only three cases in which M. Lugol  recollects ha-
 ving assured himself of the absence of tubercles, from the lungs of scrofulous patients
 of adult age, the organic signs by which  puberty is commonly manifested were en-
 tirely absent Scrofulous patients, however, occasionally advance in years, without any
 manifestations of tubercles in the lungs, and it happens sometimes, though rarely, that
 at that  period the symptoms of scrofula gradually diminish and finally disappear en-
 tirely—but  the pre-disposition still exists and the malady may return sooner or later.
 Sometimes the invasion of tubercles in the lungs is sudden, and their generation pro-
 gresses with  frightful rapidity.  This form of phthisis is rapidly fatal.  This may be
 assimilated to what occurs in the cervical region.
   Tubercles  in the lungs follow precisely the  same course as elsewhere.   At  first
 disseminated in the tissue ofthe lung, they gradually converge as Chey increase in size,
 and uniting,  form  tuberculous masses.   These when they soften and are evacuated,
 leave behind them tuberculous caverns, which  are cavities in the substance of the
 lungs, the walls of which  are formed by pulmonary structure or by what remains of
 the tuberculous matter.   When a tuberculous mass empties itself into the bronchius
 and is rejected by expectoration, it constitutes a vomica.  It is just possible that one
 of these caverns may heal, but even if they do, other tubercles remain, or if not, tha
 pre-disposition to generate tubercle  still remains, and in nearly every instance the
 patient will eventually fall a victim to the disease.  The*e "avities become the seat of
a more or less abundant tuberculous suppuration, thib is of course Abreut t;U the tu-
bercle has made its way into the bronchus.   We shall here out" a'hide to th* exist- 
130
  ence of a tracheal, pleural or costal fistula, tht history of these does not belong to our
  present subject.
    On  examining the lungs of a patient  who  has died with  tubercles, wc are often
  tempted to ask ourselves, why did not this patient, in whom so large a portion of the
  lungs is destroyed, and what remains is so compressed and condensed that it is no lon-
  ger capable of receiving air, die of asphyxia 1  It is evident that they cannot be said to
  breath by the lungs, for a long period before they die ;  now in such cases which ofthe
  organs takes the place of the pulmonary tissue ?  M. Lugol had no facts which autho-
  rize him to attempt an answer to this difficult question.   The presence of tubercles in
  the lungs may coincide with an otherwise healthy state of the organs, indeed M. Lugol
  questions whether the lungs may not be healthy even in the advanced stage.
    From all that has been said, it results  that pulmonary tubercle is in fact  but tu-
  berculous scrofula.  This is  the position which  the disease ought to occupy, and
  pathologists would never, in all probability, have attributed phthisis to inflammation
  if they had studied it as, what it is, a manifestation of scrofula.*

    Tubercles in the Liver, Kidneys,  Ovaria, and Testes.—The liver is often found to
  have undergone the fatty degeneration in scrofulous patients, but it is  not often  the
  seat of tubercles.   They are rare in the biliary ducts, though M. Lugol has seen one
  the size of a large  walnut in the cystic duct.   They are more common in the spleen
  than in the liver, and when they co-exist in these two organs, those in the spleen are
  most advanced.  W. Lugol has never seen tubercle  in the pancreas.  In the kidneys
  tubercle is common, it invades both the cortical and the  tubular portions,  and some-
  times acquires the size of a walnut.   There are seldom more than three or four.   M.
  Lugol  has seen tubercle in the  ureters.  He has only once seen it in the ovaries, when
  it co-existed with tubercle of the folds  of the mesentery, the cerebellum and  the
  lungs.   Tubercles in  the testes are not uncommon.

    Tubercles in the Muscles, Bones, and Blood Vessels.—Tubercles may be generated
  in the muscular as in other tissues.  M. Lugol has however only seen it in the psoas,
  in that case, the tubercle was in the midst of the muscle.  There was no lesion of the
  bones  in  the neighborhood,  the tuberculous  matter had evidently  been generated
"  there.
    More than twelve years ago, M. Lugol satisfactorily demonstrated the existence of
  tubercles in the bones, developed in the osseous tissue and increasing as tubercle does
  elsewhere at the expense of the tissue in which  it is developed.  They have been
  found in the centre of bones surrounded by healthy osseous  structure.  Tubercles are
  often developed around  large blood vessels, but that dropsical effusions so common i •>
  scrofulous diseases, depended on the pressure of these tumors upon the vessels, M. Lu-
  gol has not been able to convince himself.   He has never known one of these tubercu-
  lous tumors penetrate the coats of the vessel around which it was developed.
    Tubercles in  the Blood.—M. Lugol has found tubercles swimming in the blood of
  the iliac veins at the origin of the vena cava.  It was impossible to admit that the tu-
  bercles had originated  externally to the vessel.  They were of an ovoid form, ten
  in number.
    Having now studied  tubercle in  the different organs, we  pass  to the considera-
  tion of
    The Formation  of Tubercles.—Pathologists are by no  means agreed upon this sub-

    * Nor would thousands  have been hurried into their graves, as they have  been every
  year with rail-road  speed, if phthisis or consumption, had  not  been  treated as inflamma-
  tions, by bleeding,  antimonials, cathartics, blisters.  &c. &c.   Hundreds of these, would
  have been saved every year, by nature alone, from the change of seasons, who are now
  mouldering in their  graves, the victims of the scientific quackery of the schools.—[H. H. S. 
131
ject, some believe tubercles the product of inflammation, others a product or an altei
ation of secretion, others again a degeneration of the norn al tissues. M. Lugol regards
tubercles as parasitical organs generated in the economy with an organization which
enables them to increase by intusseption, so that their progressive development is ex-
plained by their anatomical structure.  Tubercles are not the normal tissue degenera-
ted, else during their first stage we should be able to recognise the tissue which is un-
dergoing the morbid change, but this is not so, wherever generated, tubercle is in ev-
ery thing but form, the same; the organ in which it is developed  never modifies its
nature.*
  As to the doctrine which attributes tubercles to inflammation, it deserves a more
detailed notice.
  Inflammation is a peculiar and complex state, having some symptoms which are in-
herent in its nature  and essential, and others which vary according to its particular
location.  Now the  products of inflammation differ  in different organs  and tissues
The  liver does not suppurate as  the  lungs do, nor the serous as the mucous tissues.
Tubercles on the contrary are as we have said always identical, never varying what-
ever organ they may attack.  The generation of tubercles has been most studied in the
lungs, let us examine it there in reference to inflammation as its cause.  Pneumonia
is a common disease, so common that  did there really exist any connexion between it
as a cause, and the generation of tubercles as an effect, that connexion would assuredly
be discovered.  But  this is not the case.   Nay more, the labors of Bayle and other pa-
thologists prove  that pneumonia  has  no connexion whatever with the generation  o:
tubercles.   Bayle examined the bodies of numerous patients dying with  pneumonia
he found the lungs hepaticised, carnified, but never  tuberculous.  Again, epidemic
pneumonias, are by no means uncommon, and where they have prevailed, a great mass
of the population ought to be affected with tubercles, yet this has never been noted  as
a consequence of epidemic pneumonias by any of the authors who have left us descrip-
tions of them.
  M. Lugol hesitates to allow pneumonia any influence even in augmenting the secre
tion  of tubercle, his facts however, do not authorize him in pronouncing a positive
opinion. He thinks that many pathologists have attributed pulmonary tubercle to in-
flammation, who never would have thought of adopting such an etiology, for any other
form of tubercle as tubercle in the liver, the spleen, the mesentery, &c.—Med. Gazette.

   M.  Lugol has, it will  be seen,  confirmed every thing I have said in this
work in regard to the prevalence of tubercular disease in  the different or-
gans,  limbs and other structures.   He also  confirms  every thing  I have
said of the uncertainty of the common symptoms by which to distinguish
the disease, and ofthe futile nature ofthe common remedies for it, and for
which I have  received  so much abuse from  the asses of our  profession.
He has earned for himself immortal  honors by his investigations in this
protean disease, and  I  may now commend to  him the investigation and
practice of the new and  scientific symptoms, I have introduced in this
country to distinguish this disease,  which he will find  to  be constant and
invariable, and which cannot fail to give him a clue to a rational, scienti-
fic and successful mode of treatment.

  * M. Lugol,  I may say with great deference to his opinion, is mistaken in the true cha-
racier of tubercles.  They are, as I have found them by numerous dissections, diseased
lymphatic glands, and the new symptoms I have introduced to distinguish this disease, and
which depend entirely on the motive power of the system, demonstrate this fact m the
clearest manner.  (See the symptoms in the case  of Mrs. J. P., page 3S.)      [U. H.  S 
13:J
                      From the Medico-Chirurgical Review, for January, 1841.
              DISPARAGEMENT OF  AUSCULTATION, BY H.  LUGOL, OF PARIS.
   The following are extracts from the fourth lecture on the formation  of tubercles in in-
ternal organs:—
   " The numerous checks and  repealed deceptions to which  physicians are daily exposed
in the diagnosis and treatment of tuberculous diseases, do they not  prove that it is ne-
cessary to leave the beateq track of inquiry and pursue some other which is less fallible?
You all know that auscultation and percussion are  useless in  the  diagnosis of pulmonary
tubercles.  Both alike insufficient  to  announce  the commencement of the mischief, they
are superfluous at the very time that they become capable  of indicating  the presence of the
tubercles; for then these are discoverable by other means, and alas! are  too far advanced
in their development  to warrant our  hopes  of  arresting  their progress—at least  in the
generality of cases.   I will even go a  step  farther,  and say that the unlimited  confidence
placed by the greater number of practitioners of  the present day in  auscultation and  per-
cussion, has had the effect of  too often inspiring" a fatal security in many tuberculous dis-
eases, which  are  thereby allowed to advance in their progress, until this is revealed by
physical phenomena at a period when remedial measures have but little chance of affecting
any good.
   " But what arc the means', yew will say to me, that  are  to be substituted in the room of
auscultation and percussion ?   I answer, gentlemen, induction.   Examine  by these boasted
methods this patient, and tell me what results you  obtain.  Negative results, you will re-
ply.   And yet I maintain that he is tuberculous ; for his father, his mother, and his brothers
have ail died of tuberculous disease ; and he himself is affected with it in his chest at the
present moment.  Believe  me,  this  plan is much less deceptive than the other one.  I tell
you, the inductive method  cannot mislead you ;  for nature is invariable in its causes as in
its effects; and the external signs  of  tuberculous scrofula must give you assurance that
similar moTbid  productions exist in internal organs, especially in the lungs.*
   " It is by viewing  the question from this elevated point of view, by studying  it in all its
ensemble, that you will be best enabled to comprehend it in its details;  and these cannot
be understood by the special methods of examination which  have been  so  much  recom-
mended of late years.
   " The tuberculization of internal organs  exhibits in  its development  the same pheno
mena as tubercles which are outwardly situated—there is  no pain, and nothing of mechan-
ical derangements.
   " The existence of tubercles in the lungs is so  frequent,  that I must admit that tney are
present in all scrofulous persons.   You know that all, or almost  all, patients, who have
pulmonary tubercles, are, or have been at some  time, affected wjfh  tubercles in the neck;
the majority have had during infancy this external sign of scrofula ;  while others have had
it at  a later period of life.  I believe  that  pulmonary tubercles  frequently exist in early
youth: but it is chiefly about the age of puberty that they are  apt  to be developed.   Puber-
ty in  truth seems to have a fatal specific influence  in promoting  their  development;  and
in our wards at the  present moment there  is a  case which seems to confirm this opinion.
A scrofulous patient, who, although 22 years of age, exhibited  none of the  usual charac-
ters of marriageableness, has just died ; and in him no tubercles were found  in the lungs."
  * M. Lugol isinlstaken in regard to the certainty of this method; for nothing is more common than to
find all the external signs of tuberculous disease, without tuberculization of the lungs, and this fact is
disclosed by the absence of the magnetic symptoms, while their  presence gives the first  notice of the
commencement of the  disease in the lungs, even  before the cough commences.  I, many years  since
traced, with these symptoms,  (which I introduced to distinguish tubercular disease,) a direct connection
between the posterior spmal nerves, and the ganglionic, 01  sympathetic system of nerves, which has
been constantly denied by the donkeys of «ur profession. 1 also traced this connection with clairvoyant'
and Volkmann and Bidder have now traced it with the microsco ,. '1 he latter nerves, or " those of the
sympathetic system, are  seen  not  only to penetrate to the cKiv;i he of the spinal nerves, but to spread
themselves around the circumference of the latter, where,  by a curcful measurement, the greater num
oer are found to be distributed. The sympathetic nerves, in re;.i:i\. originate in the  ganglia, but not
only in the ganglia of the sympathetic cord, but also in  those o.t'lue posterior  branches of the spina.
ncrocs."  Froriep's Notizen, xxxi. 20.—London Lanckt. June  24th, Versus.  The advocates of tha
theory of ' spinal disease'—' spinal  irritation'—' nervous affections of the  spine'—' spinal iieuralp-ia ' &.c
with  all their torturing  appliances. How are the mighty fallen  ! 
133
Extract from M. Louis' Memoir on the Proper Method of Examining a Patient, and of Arriving at Facts
                                  of a General Nature.
  Peritonitis,* when of a chronic character from its commencement among adults, that is,
between the ages of fifteen  and a very late  period of life, is, according  to facts which I
have recorded, constantly tuberculous, or connected with the existence of gray semi-trans-
parent granulations, developed either upon  or under the peritoneum.  But, as I have al
ready stated, neither of these lesions exist in any organ unless  it be observed likewise in
the lungs, so that when there exists a case of well-marked chronic peritonitis, we are able,
independently of the symptoms  referable  to the  respiratory organs, or  even in taeir ab-
sence, to recognise  the existence  of  phthisis, or, in other words, the development of more
or less  tubercles,  gray semi-transparent granulations in the lungs.   We ought to do so,
for if the law we have just  stated admits of some exceptions, they are very rare, and the
law will not be the less certainly established. I have more than once  announced  the ex-
istence  of phthisis in patients who presented all the symptoms of chronic peritonitis, but
neither auscultation nor percussion ofthe chest afforded any signs of an appreciable alter-
ation of  the pulmonary parenchyma, and this even  in patients who had not any cough.
This  diagnosis many  may consider  as  having a very slight foundation, and^ others may
think it very bold, but it was a just one, however, and I could not give it up without, as it
were, denying the  laws  of the  animal economy, and science itself;  for these laws are
science.
                    From the Medico-Chirurgical Review, for January, 1841.     *
      OBSERVATIONS OF M. LISFRANC, OF HOSPITAL LA FITIE, ON WHITE  SWELLING.
   " We find here the application of the  beautiful axiom of Hippocrates ; experimentia fal
lax.  This patient has come to ask our  assistance  for a white swelling of the knee joint,
accompanied with much pain and heat.  We have had recourse to antiphlogistic remedies,
taking care to employ with discretion evacuations of blood, in order  that we  might not in-
jure the ground on which we had to carry on the war ; subsequently we have used discutients
when the chronic state of the disease was definitely established.  For a time our  success
seemed complete ; the pain and swelling had nearly ceased, when most unexpectedly, and
without any appreciable cause, these symptoms, accompanied with effusion  into the joint,
returned as severely as ever.  The pains yielded for a time to the endermic use ofthe mu-
riate of morphia;  but again they became most distressing.   We shall be obliged to ampu-
 tate the limb; for in all probability there is  erosion of the cartilages, and possibly caries
of the bones.  Nothing is more insidious thau the  prognosis  of chronic  swellings of the
 joints.   Here is a  second case:
   " A youna man fell upon his knee, four years ago ; the slight inflammation which follow-
 ed was  readily dissipated by the use of leeches, &c.   The symptoms however returned
 every now and then ; and ultimately the joint became permanently engorged.  The lym-
 phatic  constitution of the  patient forbade the  use of very active depletory  remedies;  at
 first  they pioduced most satisfactory  results; and  after a relapse  of the symptoms, the
 employment of the mercurial ointment, according to the plan recommended Dy M. Serre
 d'TT'-es, again gave hopes of a decided amendment.   This, however, was only temporary,
and we therefore suspected that there must be, in some part of  the system, a principle  or
element which nullified all  our  exertions.   We suspected the existence cf tubercles  in
 the lungs ;  and, dans une grande consultation, this suspicion was proved  to be,  alas ! too
 correct."
           SKETCHES OF FRENCH SURGERY AND SURGEONS, BY AN AMERICAN.
   To those who are in love with Continental Schools of Practical Surgery, the following
 sketches by an  American Physician, Dr. Harlan, published in the Medical Examiner, of
 Philadelphia, may not be devoid  of profit.  We would earnestly direct attention to his
 observations.  There  is a growing disposition in this country, a disposition.unfortunately

               * Inflammation of the esembrane that lines the cavity ofthe abdomen. 
134
fostered by some, to look with admiration on Foreign  Medic'nc, and more particularly on
Foreign Surgery, and to imitate that mere artiste-like skill, mechanical dexterity, and dis-
regard of the scientific  treatment of disease, which have hitherto contrasted slowly with
"he useful and honorable, though not  the  showy characters of English  practice.  Let us
hear from an-eye-witness what Parisian Hospitals and Parisian Surgeons are.
  " Parisian hospitals and French surgery might be presumed, a priori, to be the first ob-
jects of attraction to a practical surgeon; but I  cannot but confess that a longer acquaint-
ance with them, a more extended course of investigation, and a more familiar intercourse
with their most eminent teachers of surgery, have  in  no small degree lessened the admi-
ration with which I  once viewed the eclat generally  attributed  both to the men and the
institutions.  It is true, we cannot too much admire the long-continued and laborious ap-
plication by which they have attained perfection as anatomists, and the consequent manual
dexterity  in  operations, so  universally admitted as  a distinguishing characteristic of
French surgeons,—and here their  dexterity or  superiority ends.  Not only so; this dex-
terity itself has been obtained at the expense  of principle  and  at the expense  of life;
thousands are annually consigned to a premature grave  by operations not  always neces-
sary to be performed at all, or improperly timed, or performed in cases that must termi-
nate fatally, with or  without operations.   The mortality occurring at the Hotel Dieu, per-
haps one of the best, is absolutely frightful in amputations alone ; the surgeons  admit a
loss of ninety-five per cent., and one of the internes admitted, that during his residence
for one year at the Hotel Dieu, not one case of recovery  occurred after amputation !  I es-
teem M. Roux, the surgeon-in-chief of this extensive institution/ as  a  personal acquaint-
ance, and would not heedlessly detract from his hard-earned reputation ; and in  thus al-
luding to the results of my own personal observations, I have the interests of science only
in view-"
  Here is a sufficient answer to the assertion, that great operators are not necessarily prone
to perform operations that might by caution and skill.be dispensed with.  A knowledge of
human nature would suggest  the contrary, and experience confirms it.  Men will be fond
of what they are conscious of excelling in, and there is  something particularly attractive
in the eclat of capital operations.  The fruits of studying operations as the  great aim and
object of a surgeon,  are  perceptible in France, and  will  be visible ere long unless a strong
resistance is offered  to such a spirit in England.*—Med.  Chir. Review.
  " Every one," says  Professor Debreyne," knows that the great multitude of cases, or rather
the apparent frequency of chronic gastritis (dyspepsia) arises, on the one hand, from the ex-
travagant extension  of the principles of the self-called physiological medicine, and on the
other hand, from the  prepossession in the minds of many practitioners in favor of the
system of universal  irritation, and therefore in  favor of antiphlogistic  remedies in treat-
ing them.
   All pains  and  disorders  are  attributed by these  men to  chronic irritation  or inflam-
mation of the gastric mucous membrane.   Whenever the tongue is  somewhat redder than
usual, and there is any uneasiness in  the  epigastric  region, loss of appetite,  and irregu-
larity of bowels, recourse  is had  at  once to leeches, gummy drinks,  and  a starving
regimen.
   -.....A disciple of  the physiological, or  Broussaian school,  sets himself to treat a
case of chronic gastritis.  He recommends—and very  properly—the remedies just  now
 mentioned.  Next day the symptoms are relieved ; but as there^s still some te oderriess in
 the epigastrium, the  leeches  are  ordered to be repeated.   Again relief is experienced.
 The epigastric pain  however continues from day to day in spite of the vigorous depletory
 treatment.   The patient too becomes gradually weaker and weaker: his pulse quickens,
 and a slow fever is lighted up in his system;  while all the  while the appetite is pretty
 good, or even craving.   We need not pursue such a history, as we shall  presently point
 out how such a case should be treated.
   ......A second patient presents himself, laboring under atony of the stomach, which
   * "I never have known a professed or devoted surgeon who was a good physician," has long been*
 •soinmon remark among physicians of fhii rountry. 
135
is usually characterized by derangement of the digestion, and uneasiness or evon  ar.tu»i
pair, ia the epigastric region.
  Now this is often considered a case of chronic gastritis; and it is also treated with leech-
es, low diet, &c.   The immediate result of this treatment is an increase of the general
weakness.   Terhups, however, the epigastric uneasiness  is relieved—a most  deceptive
sign  of real amendment, and one likely to mislead the inexperience/1 practitioner.  Proba-
bly the application of the leeches is repeated, under the mistaken idea that there  is still
some lurking inflammatory irritation.
  ......Now let us take another case, that of a patient affected with gastralgia, or
gastrodynia.  In such cases, along with the severe pain in the region ofthe stomach, there
is usually loss or impairment of appetite, and other symptoms of a disordered digestion.
  There can be no mistake here, it will be said by the physiological physician, that a genu-
ine gastritis exists.  Numerous leeches are therefore  applied, and a most strict  diet is
enjoined.
  Now  almost every pain—whether phlogistic, rheumatic, neuralgic, or even  atonic—ia
relieved for a time bv the application of leeches in the neighborhood of  the affected part.
In neuralgic and  atonic pains, the relief is  however delusive and only temporary; for
next day, or even sooner, they are as severe as ever.  If this mode of treatment be there
fore continued, the patient's strength is more and more exhausted, and the disease proba-
bly aggravated at the same time.
  ......Then again consider the symptoms of a patient affected with scirrhus or  in-
cipient cancer of the stomach.   He suffers from a sense of continual weight, and from a
dull and deep-seated pain, especially when  the stomach is empty, from  most troublesome
flatulence,  acidity, frequent  vomiting of a glairy  matter, constipation,  &c.  The  anti-
phlogistic treatment—under the impression that the case  is one of chronic gastritis—is
followed by nearly the same effects, as we have pointed out, are apt to follow in atony o!"
the stomach.                            t
  ...... Lastly, in cases of ordinary embarras gastrique—characterized by loss of ap-
petite, a bitter taste  in the mouth, a coated tongue, nausea, vomiting of  bilious matters,
sensibility of the epigastrium, headache, &c.—the physiological physician has  often been
sadly in error in supposing that the antiphlogistic treatment was at all necessary for  its
relief.......

   Hydrate of Potash. — This  new preparation of Iodine, which has been three  or four
years under the puffing process for the cure of scrofulous  diseases, and after  a fair trial
has  been discarded by some ofthe most  eminent men of  the medical profession, is now
found to be a virulent poison, as* will be seen by the following extract from the Med. Chii.
Review, for Oct. 1840.

            GLASGOW ROYAL INFIRMARY AND LOCK HOSPITAL.
            DANGERS  FROM  THE EXHIBITION OF THE  IODIDE  OF POTASSIUM.
   Dr. Laurie,  physician to  the above Institution, relates  several cases with the view of
pointing out the dangerous consequences that may follow  the  use of the iodide of potas
sium-  The cases we need not quote—the conclusions we may.
   " It would appear," says he, "that the hydriodate of potash and iodide of starch are dan-
gerous and uncertain remedies.  I am, i» my own mind, quite satisfied that they were the
causes  of death in cases 3d and 5th.   Their  uncertainty, in a remedial point of view, is
even more to be lamented than their danger.  If they were unsafe in large doses, and safe
in small or if the disease for which they are exhibited, or the constitution of our patient,
had an indefinite influence on their poisonous effect, they might be used with comparative
impunitv-   As yet> however, I know of no criterion by which we can judge beforehand of
 their probable effect;  that the quantity exhibited is no guide, I am verv certain " 
PHYSIOLOGICAL  AND  PATHOLOGICAL RESEARCHES ON
            I          TUBERCULOSIS.
                            BY H. LEBERT, M. D.
                      (Muller's Archives, Nos. 2 and 3,1844.)

                                 SUMMARY.

  1. The pathological peculiarities of tubercle  are exhibited in its microscopical
structure.
  2  The constant elements of tubercle are, molecular granules, an adhesive hya-
line mass, and peculiar tubercle cells, from 0.05.to 0.01 of a millimetre in diame-
ter__0f  irregular  form, containing no nucleus but  molecular granules.—Water,
aether, and weak acid, scarcely change them.  Concentrated alkalies, liq. ammonia,
dissolve them completely.                                          .
  3. The dimensions of tubercle cells undergo  many variations, which depend
rather upon the different  organs than upon differences of age.   They are most
easily recognized  in crude vellow tubercle.
  4. Tubercle corpuscles consist of cells having a very low power of development.
  o. The opinion that tubercular substance is a modification of pus is contradicted
in the most positive manner by  the microscope.
  6 Tubercle corpuscles are distinguished from undeveloped pus globules, by the
spherical form and greater diameter of  the latter.  Cancer cells are clearly distin-
guished by their being two to four times as large,and consisting of a cell wall, and
a large clear nucleus, often containing nucleoli.
   7  When tubercle softens, the adhesive matter becomes fluid, and the corpuscles
 rounded, their  opposition to  each other  is destroyed, they become distended, and
 hence appear larger.  This, however, is  not the result of growth, but the begin-
 ning of decay. 
137
   8.  The pus which surrounds softened tubercle never originates in the tubercle
itself, but is formed direction the surrounding parts.
   9.  The microscope can determine whether we have to do with softened tubercle,
with  purulent matter, or whether there be a mixture of both.
   10. l'us  appears to destroy quickly tubercle corpuscles, and thus to make theic
individuality undistinguishable.
   11. When the irregular outline and close opposition of tubercle  cells, in their
first stage of development, present the second stage of separation from each other,
distension and roundness then the third stage of disintegration commences.  The
corpuscles are broken up into a granular, half-fluid mass, and lose their indivi-
duality.
   12. Tubercle becoming hard and calcareous (e'tat cretace) is a natural process of
cure.   The peculiar elements of tubercle disappear, and become in part absorbed.
In their place, small mineral granules, and sometimes crystals of cholesteriene, are
deposited.   The  deposition  of lime is generally accompanied by an increase of
pigment.   According  to the chemical analysis of  M. T. Boudet, there exist, as
principal elements, chlorate of sodium and sulphate  of soda;  salts of lime only in
small quantity.
   13. Among the occasional  elements of tubercles may be mentioned  melanosis,
which is the most frequent; further, fat, filaments, dark olive-colored globules,
and crystals.  Sometimes we find mixed with tubercle, but in no way belonging
to its substance, the products of inflammation, serum, pus, and the elements of epi-
thelium in various forms.
   1-1. The seat of tubercle in the lungs is generally the elastic cellular tissue.   Yet
it  is also found in the air vesicles, and in the bronchial capillaries.
   15. The ti.-3.-ue of the lung surrounding tubercle may be sound, but is mostly in
a state of congestion or inflammation.   The last is either globular, or spread over a
large  portion of a Jobe.
   16. The pus found surrounding tubercle is often not the result of grey hepati-
zation, but comes from the  mucous membrane of the  small, partly destroyed, and
open  bronchi, in the substance of the lung.
   17. The pneumonia surrounding tubercles has nothing  specific; there is found
in it the same elements of the exudation as in ordinary pneumonia—viz. aggregate
globules, fat vesicles, pus corpuscles, &c.   Tubercle corpuscles are  not generally
found among the products of exudation.
   18. Sometimes there is found surrounding  tubercle  a peculiar  form of chronic
inflammation, with yellowish hepatization, and increased consistence of the tissue.
The  vesicles of  the lung, small  bronchi, and parenchyma, are partly tilled with
coagulated fibrin, and a formation  of new fibrous filaments, partly with aggregate
and pus corpuscles, and in the centre of the chronic  slightly vascular hepatization
there  is found a h;ghly vascular acute lobular pneumonia.                 ,
   19. The dcrri.'R of consistence of acute or  chronically  inflamed lungs  depends
upon   the amount  they contain of fibrin, fluid blastema,  and  corpuscles.  Much
fibrin, with  a small quantity of blastema and corpuscles, produce induration ; much
fluid blastema, with a small number of corpuscles, cause softening.  An equal pro-
portion of these different elements produces a medium degree of hardness.
   20.  Lungs rendered  compact from the pressure of  a pleuritic effusion, often ex-
hibit throughout no appearance of inflammation.
   21.  The grey semi-transparent granulations of the tissue of lung are also a true
form of tubercle.   Their color and  transparency are partly dependent on the ap-
position of the tubercle corpuscles to each other, throughout the intact fibres of the
lung,  partly on the existence of a large quantity  of adhesive material.
   22.  The grey granulation is not always the commencement of  the formation of
yellow tubercle ;  the last is  often primarily developed as such.
   23   The vascular network found surrounding the grey granulations is neither  a
proof  of inflammation nor of a new formation, but rather results from the pressure
on many capillaries, occasioned  by the tubercular deposition, and the consequent
distension of the remaining capillaries,  which are reduced in number.
   24.  The opinion that grey granulations may be the result of inflammation is op
posed by positive observation. 
138
   25.  The  process of ulceration is throughout different from that of suppuration.
 Thus we find on the mucous  membrane of the  bronchi, suppuration without ul-
 ceration, and  on the intestinal  mucous membrane, ulcers^without suppuration.
 The last cause  of ulceration is  from inflammation  by parasitic deposition, some-
 times,  from  causes unknown to  us, producing obliteration in  a certain number of
 capillary vessels.
   26.  The tubercular ulcer of the lung is not physiologically different from the tu-
 bercular ulcer of the intestines or of the skin.
   27.  In tuberculosis a general  ulcerative diathesis is found to take place  even in
 organs where tubercles appear very seldom.  This is clearly established by the ex-
 cellent labors of Louis.
   28.  The internal fluid layer of the contents of a cavernous ulcer of the  lung,
 contains—a, tubercular substance, seldom intact, the  corpuscles for the most part
 in a state of distension,  or broken dow» into  granules;  b, pus corpuscles some-
 times in small quantity ; c, " puridca" corpuscles;  d, aggregate corpuscles; e, pu-
 rulent mucus ; /, blood corpuscles;  g, filaments  of the lung; h, black pigment; i,
 epithelium;  k, sometimes crystals;  and /, adipose tissue.
   29. Amongst this thick fluid are generally found pseudo-membranes, consisting of
coagulated pus elements inclosing fibrin.
   30. Among the pseudo-membranes covering the diseased  tissue of the  lung is
found a true pus membrane, consisting of filaments inclosing small corpuscles.  It
generally becomes partly destroyed by a mew irruption of tubercle  occurring in the
same.
   31. This  membrane is a natural effort towards cure, isolating the ulcerous tissue
of the lung,  and  thus favoring its cicatrization.
   32. Between the pus membrane and the tissue  of the lung is often found  newly-
 formed filamentous tissue.
   33.  Surrounding the cavernous ulcer  is  generally found a deposition of recent
crude tubercle.
   34. The healing of caverns takes place,—a, from isolation, by means of  the pus
 membrane, and shrinking of the cavern; b,  by deposition of fibrin, which fills up
 ■he cavern, grows to its walls, and so forms a fibrous cicatrix; c, by mineral  de-
 position in the cavity, and formation of a filamentous tissue around the same.
   35.  There are no peculiar mucous bodies; what has been described as such are
 nothing but  pus  corpuscles secreted from diseased membranes.   Pus tests are thus
 henceforth useless.
   36.  In  the sputa of phthisical individuals the following elements are found—a,
 mucus; b, pus corpuscles, existing in large quantity—they are sometimes found in
 a shrunken  state, and may easily induce error; c, epithelium in its various forms;
 d, granular substance in great quantity, probably consisting of broken down tubercle
 corpuscles;  c, small yellow shreds, pieces of pseudo-membrane ; /, filaments of the
 lung;  g, fat vesicles; h, blood  corpuscle,  sometimes combined  with coagulated
 fibrin;  i, aggregate corpuscles; k, small  infusoria, vibrios, but this seldom, and only
 accidentally.
   37.  The peculiar tubercle cells are not commonly found in the  expectoration of
 phthisis.  There are also no constant means of distinguishing the sputum of  phthisis
 pulmonalis from that  of other diseases.
   38.  Filaments of the lung in  sputum  indicate an ulcerous cavity.   Their pre-
 sence,  however, is rather exceptionable than otherwise.
   39.  The greatest portion of the sputa in phthisis does not come from caverns,
 but is  secreted from the bronchi.
   40.  The copious muco-pumlent secretion of the bronchi, so frequent in  phthisis
 pulmonalis, is one of the ways nature adopts in order to prevent the great  destruc-
 tion of the circulation which would necessarily result from the complete impervi-
 ousness of one portion of the capillary system, and distension of the rest.
   41.  A portion of  the broken down  tubercle of  the ulcerous cavity mixes itseii
 with the expectoration ; another portion is re-absorbed.
   42.  The  law  announced by Louis, that after the age of 15 years the lungs con-
 lain tubercles, when they are found in other organs, is throughout correct.   [This
 is a great mistake, as every physician knows who practises the magnetic symptoms.] 
139
II may, however, be so lar modified, that if  very extensive tubercular deposition
has occurred anywhere in an organ—as, for instance in the liver, the kidneys, or
the peritoneum—the lungs often contain very little.
   43.  In childhood, tubercles are more frequent in the  membranes of the brain,
the glandular system, and the peritoneum, than in adults.
   44.  The thickening of  the pleura in tuberculosis of the lung not only originates
in inflammation, but also in increased nutrition ; from its greater vascularity, depen-
dent on the diminution of blood in the lungs.   Thus a supplementary organ for the
circulation of the  lung is produced, and at  the same time, from its growth to the
thoracic walls, the anastomosis with the great circulation is increased.
   [Nothing can be more erroneous than this old astrological theory, which imputes
the thickening of the pleura in tuberculosis of the lungs to inflammation.  Ed. Dis.~\
   45.  It results from embryological and pathological researches, that neither around
the tubercle, nor in the pseudo-membrane of  the  pleura, are new vessels  formed
independent of the general circulation.  New vessels in diseases are rather formed
centrifugally from the general circulation.
   46.  The apparent transformation of the pseudo-membrane into cartilaginous sub-
stance consists only in the filaments being pressed together, without the formation
of the peculiar cartilage elements.  In the  same manner the so-called ossification
of  the pseudo-membrane  only consists in the deposition of an amorphous mineral
formation.
   47.  The three principal forms of glandular tubercles are those of the more su-
perficial—the bronchial and  mesenteric glands: the last  have a very slight ten-
dency to soften.
   48.  The tubercular matter in the glands is throughout the same as that in other
organs.
   49.  The existence of a sensible scrofulous matter we cannot admit; what ha*
been considered as such is either the result of common inflammation or of suppu
ration—certainly under the influence of cachectic elements, but without a peculiar
material or tubercular deposition accompanying the inflammation or suppuration.
   50. Tuberculosis in the osseous system is a much more rare disease than is ge-
nerally supposed at present.  There is frequently found here a difficulty in detei
mining  between concrete  pus  and  tubercular  matter.    In  doubtful cases, th
microscope can alone determine the diagnosis.
   51. True scrofulous diseases, which are  mostly distinguished by inflammator ■
and suppurative eliminations, are to be separated, on the one hand, from tubercu •
lous diseases, and on the other, from idiopathic chronic  inflammations of  the eyo
skin, glands, bones, joints, &c.   The last category is often confounded with scro
 fula in children.
   52. Tn a word, the positive diagnosis and abstract separation of scrofula are mo-
 urgent desiderata in modern medicine.
   [The magnetic symptoms always give a positive diagnosis, but no abstract se
 paration of scrofula.  There are no such distinctions in nature or in fact.  Com
 pelled  at  last to  acknowledge that the common cases of chronic disease of the
organs and limbs, or of the serous membranes and tissues, called chronic inflam-
mations, are  cases of scrofula, an  attempt  is  made to  set up distinctions where
there are no real differences.  All the cases  of scrofula, in all its forms, and in ah
ages and conditions, are distinguished in an instant by the same symptoms, and are
constantly cured by the same remedies, and  these facts,  which are now known to
hundreds" of physicians in this country, are fatal to the assumptions on which these
distinctions are founded.   Ed. Dis.]
   53. The grey granulations of the membranes of the brain—viz. of the pia matei,
exhibit clearly between the filaments of the  serous membrane depositions of tuber-
cle corpuscles.   They present themselves, besides, frequently in the brain, toge-
 ther with  yellow miliary tubercle ; with tuberculous infiltration, as  well  as with
 large tubercles.                                                        .
   54  In the liver tubercles are often found in very considerable masses, and even
 with true caverns.  The cases are easily confounded with cancer.  In like manner,
 the change into softening and breaking down of certain cerebriform tumors of the
 liver  often presents a similar appearance to  tuberculous depositions. 
140
  55. Besides the fatty depositions in the liver,  fatty degeneration of the heart  is
somejjmes present in phthisis; also a tendency to internal depositions of fat, whilst,
for the most part, it disappears from the external parts.
  56. The kidneys  also may be almost entirely filled  with tuberculous degenera-
tion.  In these cases fewer tubercles are found in the lungs.
  57. In tubercles of  the peritoneum  there are found, together with tubercle cor-
puscles, several filaments of the serous membrane.   Peritoneal tubercles have little
tendency to softening.  They are mostly accompanied by a considerable pigmentary
deposition.
  58. Tuberculosis of the peritoneum produces  sometimes perforation of the in-
testine, which is generally fatal;  but in very rare cases, life is maintained by the
formation of an artificial anus.
  59.  The consistence of crude tubercle in the intestines is usually less thick than
it is in other organs.  No pus is found upon tuberculous intestinal ulcers.
  60. The microscopic elements of  tubercular  ulcers  of the intestines, beside3
broken down tubercular cells, are cylinder epithelium,.broken  down granular mu-
cous membrane, and the filaments and bundles of the  muscular coat.  The young
epithelical cells are  not to be confounded  with  pus corpuscles.
  61. On the  diseased mucous membrane of phthisis are occasionally found polypi,
melanotic and tubercular excrescences.
  62. In extremely rare cases, tubercles  are found deposited between the coats of
arteries, an exceedingly important fact for (in  favor of) the excretion of tubercle
from the blood.
  63. Tubercles are also found in the  pericardium and  heart.   An extensive ad-
herence often  thus takes place, and a vascular anastomosis of the branches of the
coronary artery with those on the surface of the lungs, a remarkable communica-
tion between  the vessels of the larger and smaller circulations..
  64. Tubercles in  the cavity of  the chest, as well as of the abdomen, can open
themselves externally, and thus form fistulas of the  lungs and of the intestines.
  65. Tubercles  and cancer do not  exclude one another, or even interfere with
their  separate march.  Both morbid processes can at the same time run through
their stages of development  in the same person.
  [We have  investigated long since and very thoroughly the  subject of cancer con-
nected with scrofula with the magnetic symptoms, dissections and the microscope,
and have little doubt but there will hereafter be  found a fallacy in this  last para-
graph of the above summary, fatal to the distinctions  that are here attempted to be
established.   It is only in the second stage of tubercular disease of a gland, mem-
brane, or tissue, that  cancerous degeneration  is devoloped,  and then only when
every other contiguous  membrane, fibre,  tissue, or substance, becomes equally in-
volved in the  disease, and this condition  appears to  be always necessary to the true
cancerous formation.
   We will not affect  to conceal the fact that we republish the above comprehen-
 sive summary of elaborate  researches on tubercular disease,,with a degree of sa-
tisfaction partaking of a sense of personal triumph.   It is now  many years since
 we advanced  the self-same doctrines of the all-pervading character of tuberculosis,
 in calm and confident independence of the ignorant sneers and arrogant denuncia-
tions of a large portion of the profession.  To scoff them as " visionary theories"
 and " arrant quackery," was, even within a recent period, deemed almost essential
 to professional respectability among those  who  condescended  to advert  to them,
 or in whose hearing they were mentioned.  It was of no consequence that we had
 traced and demonstrated them in the most " regular" and legitimate manner, and by
 a process of induction as severe and scrutinizing as  is ever adopted in any scientific
 investigation ; it was a matter of no weight with these inflated  scorners that we
 had verified and matured these doctrines by the  ocular evidence of many continu-
 ous dissections, and by the results of experience in a long, extensive, and fabori-
 ous practice, both in  town and country.   All  this was of no value with such op-
 ponents, first, because they had not made these  discoveries themselves:  secondly,
 because they were  new ;  and thirdly, because they  had  not received the approving
 stamp of foreign authority.  Now, however, that our original views, publications 
141
urn! practice upon these subjects, and our most  novel and e 'en  startling proposi-
tions  have been confirmed  by such men as Lugol, Louis, Lisfranc, and others of
the eminent Parisian schools ; now that our  long proclaimed  doctrine  that  the
ganglia of the posterior spinal nerves are connected with the ganglia ofthe great sym-
pathetic nerve ; and as the latter are connected vvith the organs, so external pressure
on the former  would  indicate the seat of disease in those organs—now that this
connection has received full and irresistible confirmation by the dissections and  mi-
croscopic determinations of  Volkman and  Bidder, the German anatomists, behold !
our lofty medical savans  stroke their chins, knit their brows, and look as sage  and
as comical as the carved heads  of their canes.  With what grotesque caprice of
physiognomy  they  will peruse the above synopsis of  tuberculosis, by Lebert, from
Mullcr's Archives, it is rather  difficult to imagine, and it is to be  regretted that it
cannot be caught by the Daguerreotype process, for the embellishment of the  me-
dical journals of the schools.—£d. Dis.]

                                CONSUMPTION.

    We would again direct  the attention of the readers of this work to the  im-
 portance of the use of  the  magnetic machine  in the treatment of tubercular
 consumption, as  our experience of its effects in more than  450 cases of  this
 disease leaves  no doubt but it greatly assists the action of  other remedies in
 reducing tubercular disease of the lungs.
    These cases were all distinguished by the magnetic symptoms, which never
 err ; and the state of the  tuberculations was often  observed  through clairvoy-
 ance during  the progress of the treatment, as were the changes in the appear-
 ance of  the tubercles from the action of the instrument.
    Of 164 cases of ladies and gentlemen who visited  our rooms in  1844, in all
 the different  stages of the disease, we lost only eleven ; and of  203 who visited
 our rooms in  1845, we  have lost only nine.  In two of these  the tuberculations
 were  reduced as  shown by the magnetic symptoms  and by clairvoyance, but
 both died of mucous disease, in the then feeble state of the_lungs, in conse-
  quence  of colds.
    All the cases were from the  commencement of the treatment, under  the ac-
  tion of the magnetized  gold pills in conjunction with that of the machine, and
  a great majority of the cases the magnetized plaster was used at the same time.
  No other  medicines were used  in these  cases, except,  occasionally,  different
  articles to palliate the cough, and in a few cases the  Hardwood Tar Syrup, or
  the pill composed of Hard.  Bal. Copa. cubebs and Ext. Hyos., where the tuber-
  culations were accompanied with  much mucous disease, generally from colds
  after the tubercles had  nearly disappeared.
    This course of  treatment, in fact, cures every case of consumption in the first
 stage (which  is easily distinguished), and more than nine-tenths of the cases
  in the last stage;  so that when this practice is generally adopted, very few will
 be lost by this fatal disease.
    We  should have lost but  eight cases in 1845, but  for  the interference of
 a physician who persuaded the mother of a young lady, nearly recovered from
 the disease, to allow him to  prescribe for her, when  she soon began to grow
  worse, and then he began to apply his cupping glasses to the chest, from which
 she bled freely and repeatedly—was  soon  confined to her  bed, and in a  few
 weeks carried to her grave, 
142
                             From the N. Y. Dissector.
                        MEDICAL DUODYNAMICS.
  The symptoms we have  introduced to distinguish chronic tubercula or chronic
disease of the serous surfaces, are  always present in acute diseases of these sur-
faces, and depend entirely upon the action of two forces, or upon the duodynamic
or moving powers of the system.  ' They are  founded  upon  the fact, that  these
forces act in unison in health, but are interrupted in .disease—the signs of which
are  distinguished with facility and certainty, without  any previous knowledge of
the  case.
  The absence of these symptoms, and the  presence of  disease in the  organs,
limbs, or other structures, determine, with the same facility and  certainty, disease
of the mucous surfaces,  acute or chronic.
  The duodynamic treatment we  have introduced, is  founded  on the fact that
motion is interrupted or lost in some part of the body, organs, or limbs, and cures
the disease in  restoring the interrupted or lost motions, by the action of two
forces, emanating from different kinds of matter, and acting on the  same,  or differ-
ent surfaces of the body, organs, or limbs.  These symptoms are  prominent and
uniform in their character, and reduce and bind down the classification of  diseases
to the narrow  limits of acute and chronic diseases of the serous, and of the mucous
surfaces, or to four classes, orders, genera, and species; and the duodynamic treat-
ment of  diseases which  we long since adopted,  supports and  sustains this classifi-
cation  in the  most steady and  successful manner,  and presents a strong contrast
with the old never-ending classification and ever varying symptoms and treatment.
  The  posterior spinal  nerves are connected with  and terminate in  the serous
membranes or  serous surfaces of  the body, organs, and limbs, including  those of
the skin and fasciae of the muscles, &c, and  are the media  of  sensation ;  while
the anterior motor nerves are connected with and terminate  in the mucous  mem-
branes, or mucous surfaces, including those of the fasciae of the muscles,  the bron-
chia, and the alimentary canal, and are the media only of the forces which pro-
duce motion.
   These different arrangements of  the nerves of motion and those  of sensation,
account for the absence  of the magnetic symptoms in disease of  the mucous sur-
faces.   Insensibility in these surfaces is as necessary to the maintenance of animal
life, as sensibility is in the serous  surfaces.   The most  intense inflammation of
the mucous surfaces produces no  pain.   There  is never any pain in these cases
without  an extension of the disease  to  the  serous  surfaces; yet our modern
medical writers continue to  repeat the tales of  their grandfathers about  the great
and wonderful sensibility of the mucous surfaces.*
   Acute or inflammatory diseases run through their course in a few days, or a few

  * We commenced a series of experiments with the magnetic machine, about a vear since, for tho
puipose of ascertaining whether the least susceptibility could be detected in the great mm jus sur
faces, and the result showed that no sensation whatever could be felt from the brass  cylinder in
contact with these surfaces, under the action of our most powerful machines, while the sensation
from the button  in contact with  the skin, or serotu surface, was so intense tliat it could only U
borne momentarily. 
143
weeks; while chronic diseases continue not only many months, but many years.
The excitement of the system in the first is exalted and continuous, or has brief
remissions or intermissions, while in the last it is depressed and periodical or acci-
dental, with long periods of repose of many weeks or months, and is consequently
as different as darkness is  from light; yet the modern  astrologers of the schools,
like their ancient masters, who were  priests, physicians, and astronomers, class
them all as inflammations of  different degrees, and treat them as such.  Out
modern astrologers also  follow their  ancient masters in pretending to distinguish
these diseases by  feeling the  pulse, the aspects  of  the tongue, the urine, the
stools, and the stars.
   There is, however, nothing more uncertain than these signs or symptoms,  un-
less it is the treatment founded upon them, as is well  known to our faculty; yet they
are taught as a science, with  all the gravity due to  these subjects, involving life or
death.  On the contrary there is nothing more  certain than the magnetic symp-
toms, or the duodynamic treatment founded on them, in the absence of accidents
not under the control  of the physician ; yet such is the attachment of men to old
systems—the old astrological symptoms and treatment will continue to be taught
by the professors in our medical colleges as long as they are of  any value in their
market.
   Acute and chronic tubercula, or inflammatory and chronic diseases of the serous
membranes, or  serous surfaces of  the body, organs,  or limbs, including  the skin
and fascia; of the muscles, are easily and invariably distinguished by pain more or
less severe (in proportion to the intensity of the disease), produced  by pressure on
the ganglions of the spinal nerves, in the intervertebral spaces along each side of
the spine, without any previous knowledge of the case—no matter what name
 may have  been  given to the disease by physicians, nosologists, or other medical
 writers.
   We  always press with the thumb of the rignt hand on the intervertebral spaces
 of the left side of  the spine ; and  with that of the left hand on the intervertebral
 spaces of the  right  side.   These  directions will enable any  person of  common
 sense to  distinguish tubercular disease with facility and certainty, without even
 the aid of a physician.   Negative matter, as the acid and the  metals, should be
 the principal ingredients in the preparations of medicine for disease of the serous
 surfaces, and should be used in connection with the action of the magnetic machine.
                 DISEASES OF  THE  MUCOUS  SURFACES.

  Acute and chronic diseases of the mucous surfaces are invariably distinguished
by the presence of disease of the body, organs, or limbs, and  the absence of the
magnetic symptoms ; and require for their reduction a treatment entirely different
from  that  of tubercular disease of the serous surfaces.  Positive matter, as the
alkalies and the gums, should be the chief ingredients in the preparations of medi-
cine for diseases of the mucous surfaces, and should be used  in connection with
the action of the magnetic machine.
10 
144
                            From the N. Y. Dissector.
                                            Thomasville,  Ga., May 1, 1845.
Dra H. H.  Sherwood .
  Dear  Sir—Inasmuch as I recently sent you  a summary  view of the merits of
Swedenborg's Animal Kingdom, as taken from a foreign medical periodical, 1 now
send you, in connection therewith, an extract from the work itself—A. K., vol. ii.,
page 158—in which the principles of motion appertaining to the human organiza-
tion are explicitly stated, and apparently in direct accordance with those which
you are now advocating.   Should they meet an approval, please  insert them in
your Dissector with such comments as you may deem  proper.
                                   Respectfully yours, &c.~,
                                                   Wm. Hunnewell, M. D.

  " It is a truth constantly presented to us as  the  result of all our analytic in-
vestigations,  that every  action of the cerebrum and  cerebellum  is determined
through the fibres; and that the fibres cannot be determined into act* excepting by
their beginnings or principles; in  short, by the organs that  are  prefixed to the
fibres.  The  latter must  certainly be  excited  to motion by their  principles, and
commence  and  describe  their  motions in this way.  It is absurd to suppose that
any action can  begin in  the middle of a fibre, and  not in its first terminus.   If,
then, it begin in the  first organs, it must inevitably begin  in the cortical glands;
for the fibres commence, and are conceived and produced, in those glands, and the
arterial vessels of the  cerebrum terminate also in them.  Hence, it the principles
of  motion exist in  them, according to all physical and philosophical laws, as
mutually confirmed by and confirming each other, those principles must necessa-
rily commence by a kind of  active,  living, or locomotive reciprocal force,  that is,
by  a kind of expansion  and constriction,  or systole  and diastole, such  as we
observe in  a gross form in the lungs and heart; for the same conditions are in-
volved, whether the spirit is to be driven  through the fibres, or the blood through
the vessels.   The blood cannot be driven through its arteries without the recipro-
cal expansion and constriction of the heart; nor can the spirit be  driven through
the fibres, which are little canals and vessels analogous to the arteries, only more
pure, without the  reciprocal expansion and  constriction of the cortical glands of
the cerebrum, which on  this account deserve the appellation of pure corcula, or
little hearts.   Assuming  or  granting these  points,  the  necessary consequence is,
that every time  the cortical and cineritious substance of the cerebrum, cerebellum,
 medulla oblongata, and medulla spinalis,  contracts or constringes itself, the whole
 mass of those  parts sinks  down and undergoes systole ;  but, on the other hand,
 undergoes diastole, when the same substance, I mean the whole congeries, expands.
 This is the animation of the cerebrum—using the term cerebrum in its widest ac-
 ceptation—that corresponds  to the respiration of the lungs.  We  must now pro-
 ceed a step farther.  If the  animal  or nervous spirit, at the intervals of the  con-
 striction of these  organic substances—of the little hearts of the cerebrum—is ex-
 pressed by the cerebrum through the nerves and nervous fibres,  of course  it is
 expressed by the cerebellum into its grand  sympathetic ne?ves, the par vagum and
 the intercostals : and  granting this,  it follows that these nerves act  during the same
 intervals upon  the  fibres of the pulmonary plexus, and upon  the fibres of the
 costal  nerves; which cannot  fail  on the instant  to  act upon their muscles and
 membranes; nor the latter to act upon the ribs, and this upon the internal struc-
 ture of the  lungs.  Hence, it follows that the animations  of the cerebrum (using
 the term here again  in  its  widest sense) must necessarily  be  coincident  with the
 respiration of the lungs ; and the  fact is still more plainly declared by the influx
 of the fibres of the  above mentioned cerebellar nerves, the par vagum, and the
 intercostal, into all the viscera of the abdomen ; and by the motion of those vis-
 cera agreeing exactly, and  keeping perfect time, with  the  respiratory  motions of
 the  lungs, as proved  in detail in our Analysis."—Animal Kingdom, vol. ii., pp.
  158-9.
    Each convolution of the brain or phrenological organ is divided into two equal
  halves, by a very thin nurilema, on the  opposite sides of  which  the  different or
  diverging and  converging fibres are attached.   Swedenborg, a hundred years ago,
  called the convolutions  of the brain, organs, cortical glands, and corcula, or little
  hearts.  He was also familiar with the fact, that motion is produced by the actioh
  of two forces.  Wonder how many hundred  years it will  require  to beat  this
  knowledge  into the heads of the professors of our medical colleges! 
145
ON  THE ACTION  OF  IMPERCEPTIBLE AGENTS  ON  THE LIVING

                                    BODY.

                            BY PROFESSOR d'AMADOR.

  The above is the title of a paper read by the distinguished Professor of Pathology
in the University of Montpelier, before the scientific Congres at Nimes.  Professor
D'Amador, though occupying the Pathological chair in an Allopathic University, is
a declared adherent of Homoeopathy; and the European reputation which  his pro-
found^ learning and  brilliant talents have  gained him, render peculiarly interesting
anything proceeding from his pen.  Want of space forbids us giving more than a
brief analysis of the memoir whose title we have given above;  but a careful peru-
sal of the original, which is to be found in the 2d vol. of the  " Bulletin de la Societe
Homceopathique," p. 131, will  amply reward all who take an interest in the truly
scientific developement o£ Homoeopathy.
  The author commences by asserting, that  all actions and impressions whatever,
in a living body, are entirely vital or dynamic.  Hence, food, poisons, viruses, mi-
asms, and all the different kinds of stimulants that are applied  to the economy, as
well internally as externally, cannot have, and, indeed, have  none other  than a dy-
namic action ; and hence, almost all that has hitherto been attributed to absorption,.
is destitute of foundation, and on examination is found to be false.
  In proof of this  assertion, he  cites various facts from the domains of hygiene, phy-
siology, toxicology, and pathology.   It may be said that light, heat, water, and oxy-
gen—that is to say, all that is most subtle, most  ethereal, and  least material in crea-
tion, are the true aliments of life.  Not to mention those extraordinary but authentic
cases where life  has been prolonged, during months and even years of total absti-
nence, other and more familiar examples of this fact are not wanting.  The devel-
opement of the chick, strictly secluded from all external influences;  the production
of a beautiful flower from the  bulb, which receives no other nourishment than the
vapor of water; the growth of  vegetables,.on cloth, in well washed sand, in  litharge,
in flowers of sulphur, in unglazed  leaden shot, supplied with no  other nourishment
than  distilled water; but, nevertheless,  presenting  on analysis,  all the constituent
parts of the  same vegetables growing in the richest soils, as shown  in the experi-
ments of M. Braconnot, are striking illustrations of this fact;  and the observation of
them drew from M. Braconnot  this remarkable  expression:   " Oxygen and hydro-
gen—that is, water aided by the heat of the sun, appear to be the only elementary
substances whence the universe was formed."
  The function of digestion, apparently the most material and most chemical of all
functions, is the most purely vital in its causes.   Hence it is that  the quantity of the
nutritive substance is often the least important part, and that attention should be more
particularly paid to its exciting quality and stimulating power.  The dynamic effect
of fluid aliments is still  more evident, their result is rapid, often instantaneous.  Set
before a person worn out with  fatigue the most  substantial viands, he will  scarcely
touch them,  and will not at first experience  any benefit from them ;  but give him the
smallest quantity pf brandy, ahd in an instant he  feels its beneficial effects.
  The subject of fecundation furnishes our author with a fruitful source of  illustra-
tions for his doctrine; and the experiments of Spallanzani with the  ova of  the frog.
the impregnation pf women  where  the hymen was still perfect, the observations of
Harvey, with respect to  the  fecundation of bitches and rabbits, in whose wombs  no
trace of semen could be discovered, are successively adduced.
  " And again," he asks, "  what are relative greatness and smallness in the case of
the seeds of  vegetables, but a mere lusus natura ?  Who could believe that invisible
seeds of plants are continually suspended in the  atmosphere 1—that tiiose of mosses,
fungi, of lichens elude our eye,  and float invisibly in the circumambient air  1  Who
could believe, if experience did not prove it to us every day, that within the case of a
seed, which,  from its minuteness, cannot  be perceived  by the microscope itself, there
is contained  the  power which shall  one  day produce a vegetable"?   Who could be-
lieve, in fine, that in the  embryo of the acorn there exists, in infinitely little, the lar-
gest tree of the forest, which only stands in need of developement?   According to
Dodart, an elm can produce, in a single  year, 529,000 seeds; Ray counted 32,000
on a  stalk of tobacco.   If all these seeds should come to perfection, it would  only re-
quire a few generations, and a  very small  number of years, to cover the whole sur-
face  of the habitable globe with  vegetables.  If, then, atems can produce an entire be-
ing,, why should we tax them with impotence when the question is about merely mo- 
                                       146


 difying a being 1  If an atom gives life, is it more difficult  to conceive that it may
 change the mode of being 1   When  the greater ex."sts and starts up before us in the
 processes of nature, why should the less be declared impossible 1
   From the department of toxicology the  learned Professor instances, in support of
 his views, the vfolent effects of  a drop of prussic acid; the arsenical preparation  cel-
 ebrated in the 16th and 17th  centuries, under the name of Aqua tojj'ana, which killed
 with the rapidity of lightning ;  the poison of the wasp, hornet and bee, the smallest
 atom of which placed on the tongue burns  it as severely as the most concentrated
 mineral acids; the virus of the scorpion, of certain spiders, and of  serpents; the
 fresh water polypus, which, of  all poisonous animals, possesses the most  active ve-
 nom.  The experiments of  Fontana  show that the* thousandth part of a grain of the
 poison of the viper, inserted in a muscle, suffices  to kill a sparrow.  Some plants
 furnish poisons which surpass  in their effects the most corrosive metallic  poisons.—
 De la Brosse in his Voyage  aux regions interlropical-es, has these words :—" There ar-
 rived seven or  eight negroes in palanquins, the principal  personages of  Lowango,
' who presented their hands to be shaken by the French and  English  officers.  These
 negroes had previously rubbed  their  hands with an herb, which is so extremely  poi-
 sonous that it takes effect in a moment.   They succeeded so well in  their nefarious
 designs, that five captains and  three surgeons  fell dead on the spot."  De la Brosse
 does not mention how the negroes preserved themselves from the effects ofthe deadly
 poison they had  in their hands.                                 ,.
   The effluvia exhaled by certain plants,  the dew or drops of rain that fall from the
 leaves, can produce injurious effects, as  is said to be the case with the mancinilli  and
 the rhus toxicodendron.
   From pathology the Professor cites the following  facts :—The minute quantity of
 matter from the  malignant  carbuncle, and of saliva  from  the  rabid dog,  which are
 sufficient to transmit these diseases;  the imperceptible nature of the miasms, which
 produce respectively syphilis, small-pox, the plague,  cholera, and the instantaneous
 manner in which they infect the organism: for, although the morbid state is not man-
 ifested, it may be, until after the lapse of a considerable time, this only proves  that
 internal disease requires that time to ripen  and fructify, in the same  manner as the
 fl'nvering of the vegetable announces its maturity, or the developement of the foetus
 shows that conception has taken place.
    The comparison of the disease to the flowering of a plant has given rise to some
 useful practical reflections by Professor  D'Amador, which we shall here quote:—
    " An  individual is affected to-day with some morbific germ, but the  products of the
  infection do not appear  externally  until after the lapse of four, six, eight, fourteen
  days, or even a  month.   The  interval  which elapses between the moment of infec-
 tion and that in which the  disease manifests  itself, is the period of the germination
  and growth of the inoculated germ : it  corresponds  exactly to the latent and unno- ,
  ticed stage daring which the seed buried in the earth undergoes a fecundating incuba-
  tion.  The eruption, and all the other symptoms are  but the developement of the mor-
  bid germ, as the flowering  and fructification of the  plant represent the visible evolu-
  tion of the germ.  Hence, I affirm, that what modern pathology regards as the.root
  of diseases—e.g., the exanthemata, is the veritable, the sole cause of the terrible rav-
  ages they commit on mankind.  What should we say of the agriculturist who, in or-
  der to modify the life of the tree, should  direct his attention to the flowers and fruit
  and neglect the roots ?   The  therapeutists  of the  present day do this; and I shall
  leave  it to your sagacity to say what will  be the ulterior consequence of such conduct.
    In truth, the destruction of its flpwers or fruit does not cause the death of the vege-
  table ; and thus it is with syphilis, and psora,  and other eruptive diseases.   To cau-
  terize, dry up. or otherwise  forcibly  destroy chancres, is  but  to give new  strength to
  the disease; as plants acquire  fresh vigor from being pruned, and  in the following
  spring shoot forth more luxuriant flowers.  After the material destruction of  their ex^
  ternal signs, which may be regarded as the product of fructification, they send  forth
  new flowers, which medical men have the simplicity to regard as a new disease."
     The above is a brief outline of the facts presented to our attention in the paper of
  Professor D'Amador.; but  its  chief interest lies in  the conclusions to which the au-
  thor arrives, which although somewhat opposed where theoretical, to our own physi-
  ological faith, can hardly fail to attract the  attention and convince the understanding
  of the  numerous adherents of the Montpelier or dynamic schools, which  boasts of
  following out the  principles of Hippocrates, and whose ablest exponent finds in the
  writings of  Hahnemann the complement of the doctrines of the sage of Cos.
     After adducing the well  known facts of the chemical purity of the air in localities 
147
 where ague the plague, the cholera, or epidemic diseases are committing their rava-
 ges ;  alter observing that the contents of the poison-bag of the viper resembles in
 chemical composition sweet almond oil;  that the pus of the pestiferous bubo, the
 i  mPu   ,   .  Xaccine Pustule, differ not, save in their effects, from ordinary pus and
   ■? u '   •  infers l.nat tne material we subject to our analysis is but the vehicle in
 \vhicri_an immaterial ethereal virus resides, analagous in this respect to the vivify-
 ing principle of the organized being.   But we shall give his own eloquent words:
   " What, gentlemen, can we conclude from all this, but that pathology resembles
 other branches of our science 1 what can we conclude, if not  that a  morbid cause is
 always,  and under all circumstances, the product of a force, and that a material form
 in which it presents itself to our view, is but the gross covering that  concealsMt from
 us :^ that external forces only act on our organs when they meet with forces in us on
 which they can act: hence the invisible, the instantaneous character, the celerity of
 pathogenetic actions, whether of contagions, or of epidemics, or  of the natural or ar-
 tificial inoculation of diseases.   In all cases it is forces which meet, combat,  com-
 bine, repel, neutralize each other, or mutually regulate one  another.  Our health,
 disease,  death, our very existence, is  but  the result of these forces.  Thus it is that
 nature, in the immense scale of being, has sketched, as it were, an entire system of
 forces, and that passing from forces which are not precipient to those that are.  from
 inanimate to  living forces, she  has, by gradually progressive  shades, at last devel-
 oped in man the supreme type of forces, and the most elevated  degree of existence.
 In man,  indeed, life does not exist solely in sensible and irritable organs, in the invol-
 untary motions they execute, nor in the connected chain produced and maintained by
 the combined actions of life.   In man true life  consists in thought,  in that intellec-
 tual something which gives us consciousness of our existence, and in that power of
 will which  renders us masters of ourselves.  Such  is life at its culminating point,
 force *par excellence, the greatest, the most  profound, the most  inexplicable of all
 mysteries.  Life, which not only gives us the  enjoyment of ourselves, but which
 attaches  us to all  that surrounds us.  It is by means of it that the grand  spectacle of
 nature attracts our attention, that our ideas dart  from pole to pole more rapidly than
 lightning; it is by means of it that thought embraces in its grasp in a  moment of
 time the whole expanse of worlds, all the vast extent of the universe, and loses  itsel
 in infinity.
   " There is, then, in every science, and particularly in medicine, both sensible  facts
 which are seen, and invisible  facts which can only be conceived, both demonstrable
 and inductive facts, both facts which are apparent, and such as are more concealed,
 which, without being seen, regulate and  govern  the other facts.  It is these invisible
 and only essential facts that alone are important, for  they are the generators of other
 facts; and in  every case that which is not seen governs that which is visible.  These
 facts are the various forces of nature.  These forces are at the bottom of all visible
 phenomena; they produce them, they modify them for good or for  evil, and, since
 they are  the true  causes, if we modify them we  shall modify the phenomena them-
 selves.   ' For the true springs of our organization,'  as Buffon remarks, ' are not those
 muscles, those veins, those arteries, which are described with such exactness and care.
 There exist in organized bodies  internal forces, which do not follow the gross me-
 chanical laws we imagine, and to which we would reduce everything.'  This thought
 has been expressed in different terms, by a man as great in the astronomical, as  Buf-
 fon was in the physical sciences, whose name corresponds in France to that of New
 ton in  England.  ' Beyond the limits of this visible anatomy,' says Laplace, ' com
 mences another anatomy whose phenomena we  cannot perceive; beyond the limit
 of this external physiology of forces,  of action, and of motion, exists another invisi-
 ble physiology, whose .principles,  effects,  and laws,  it is of greater importance to.
 know.'   And, we may add, that beyond the limits of these material and voluminous
 therapeutics, there are other therapeutics far more important to  know, and far more
 uselul to practice.
  " Thus the greatest men. of whom  the sciences usually opposed in spirit to medi-
cine can  boast, are unanimous in the admission of a vital dynanism;  aDd I imagine.
gentlemen, I have a fair title for obtaining your  assent to this  great dogma, by plac
irig it under the cegis ofc these illustrious names.
  " I have thus, I conceive, proved to you that the most  active agents in nature are
 imperceptible  entities, which, like electricity, magnetism, heat, and light, have  nei-
ther odor, savor, color,  volume,  dimensions, determinate shapes, nor definite pro-
portions; which pervade all things without being anywhere perceptible;  which  gov-
ern all things without being seen themselves; which penetrate everywhere, but whosj 
148
essence we cannot penetrate.  Agents of life, of health, of death, and of disease, na-
ture has  disseminated them everywhere throughout the immensity of space, under
the graceful form of flowers, in the fluids which are appropriated or rejected by ani-
mals and plants.   To  these  invisible  agents, to these forces we  owe our  earliest
breath; to them also is due our latest sigh; from them alone is derived the continu-
ance of our existence, and they are the  source of the  derangements we are  subject
to.  Physiology,  hygiene, toxicology, and pathology, in other words, the  sciences of
life, of health^ of death, and of disease, are  all dependent on the same principle; for
it is" a force, a breath, that creates, kills, preserves us, that produces our diseases, and
occasions our sufferings.
  " It remains to be proved, gentlemen, that the therapeutics are, and ought to be, sim-
ilar to the other departments of our art—that it  is also a breath, a force, that cures
and relieves our disorders.  It remains to be proved, in order to  trace the complete
scientific circle, that the therapeutics of forces, the dynamic therapeutics, the vitalist
therapeutics (for they are all  the saiqe), are likewise,  of all possible therapeutics, if
not the only true, at "least  the speediest, the  surest, the most appropriate, and in the
vast  majority of cases, the most efficacious of all therapeutics; that they are the
most rational in  theory and the most  successful in their practical application ;  that
they alone  ought to be, that they alone  are, able to realize the three grand conditions
•that Celsus, even at the early  period when he flourished, demanded of all useful the-
rapeutics, to cure diseases  quickly, certainly, and agreeably.  In a word, it remains to
be proved that if there be a dynamical, a vital  physiology, hygiene,  toxicology, and
pathology,  there ought to be therapeutics of a similar character."
  After quoting some facts from Allopathic  observers  to prove that such is the case,
among others the experiments of M. Lafarge, who has always succeeded  in produc-
ing an eruption of a specific character by the inoculation  of the most minute pro-
tions of laudanum—l-500th,  1-I000th,  l-2000th of a grain, and the observations  of
M. Soubeiran with respect to the efficacy of extremely  minute doses of a certain fur-
juginous preparation, our  author goes on to say:
   " But it wiil be said, these facts  may be true, but they are repugnant to  common
sense.  Gentlemen, if the  action of imperceptible agents is opposed to common sense,
that is as much as to say that  experience is opposed to it; but as common sense and
experience are not, and cannot be  contradictory, if common sense refuses to believe
in the action of all imperceptible agents, common sense stands in need of a thorough
reform, which experience   will be able to effect.   Science, which is nothing else than
the reflection of experience, has,  in this manner, reformed common sense several
times.   Common sense believed for centuries that the world was fixed, and astronomi-
cal science corrected common sense, and brought it to its own way of thinking.  The
virtue of vaccine was  repugnant  to common  sense, at the  period of its discovery;
but, now-a-days, experience has  so  completely demonstrated it, that any  one who
doubted it  would be held to be destitute of common sense.   In fine, common sense re-
belled, and with some .reason, against the  frightful doses  of the Italian school.   It
■could  not  be comprehended how twenty grains of tartar  emetic would not produce
vomiting, when two grains caused copious evacuation ; but here, again, as elsewhere.
science—that is to say, experience has advantageously put common sense to rights.
   t: And should we, with  this before us, treat with  contempt a system of  thera-
peutics which is but the application of one of our most certain maxims 1   To the
diseased vital forces let us oppose the  forces  of natural substances, but divested of all
material covering; these  forces will thus be  brought face to  face; they  will  act
directly on each other, without any interposing agent; and hence will ensue  more
rapid, more certain, and more agreeable cures.-     *****   Observe
 finally, gentlemen, that the vital therapeutics of which I speak are to medicine what
 the study of  electricity and the imponderables has been to chemistry—what the study
 of motive powers has been to mechanical art.     ******  -par
 from overthrowing Hippocratism, or the true vitalism of Montpelier, our modern the-
 rapeutics confirm, complete, extend, and apply it, add what was wanting to it and sup-
 ply its deficiencies.  The Divine Old  Man bequeathed  to us, so to say, the code of
 medicine, in which its great laws were laid down, its  principles registered, its funda-
 mental dogmas established; the work of ages is and ever shall be to deduce from these
 premises the most remote consequences ; to bring all the great facts which subsequent
 discoveries may reveal and produce within the Hippocratic domain.  Some of these
 discoveries have been already gathered in,  and can never more be lost;  others have
 been sown, and as yet exist but in the germ; but nought can blast this germ; on the
 contrary, it will grow, and the tree will yield its fruit  to us and to all posterity." 
CHAPTER XIV.
                           PHYSIOLOGY.



                 LIVING  MAGNETISM.

   As physicians are often  assumed to know every thing on  every subject, and have
 rarely time or inclination to contradict so flattering an assumption, they should have
 at least not only a general knowledge of the exact sciences, but a particular knowledge
 of that of their profession;  including everything that  may enable them  to cure  their
 credulous patients, in a speedy, safe and satisfactory  manner.   These considerations
 have induced me to investigate  the pretensions of animal magnetism, as a means ot
 increasing our knowledge, and as a therapeutical agent; and I have become perfectly
 satisfied of its great importance  for these purposes.   I have consequently introduced
 it info this work, and now  commend it to the attention ofthe young men ofthe pro-
 fession.  I have also, for the above reasons, introduced incidentally the subject of
 phrenology, a knowledge of which, is often of great importance both to the physician
 and his patient.

   The  state of the human  system, called the mesmeric, sleep-waking or

 somniscient, was long known to the ancient eastern nations, who practised

 manipulations and employed the magnet in the healing art, like the mag-

 netists of the present day.*                                               ]

   They also obtained, from persons in the somniscient state, a knowledge

 of the past, the present, and  the  future, which they  regarded as perfect,

 and on  extraordinary occasions, they proclaimed to the world from  their

 temples the knowledge thus  obtained.   These temples, in which their most

 distinguished clairvoyants,  priests and priestesses were  supported  by the

 voluntary contributions  of different nations, were plundered and destroyed

 by the barbarians in after ages, and the art by which that knowledge was

 obtained, was  lost in the dark periods which ensued.   It was not until long

 after the revival of knowledge, indeed in the last century, that Dr.  Frede-

 rick Antony Mesmer led the way to discoveries which have at length raised

  *'Travellers in eastern countries describe paintings found in the temples of Thebea
and other ancient cities which represent persons in a sleeping posture,  while others
are making passes over them.'  The priests of Chaldea, of Nineveh, of Babylon, of Ju
dea and Jerusalem, and the priests arid physicians of ancient Greece and Rome practi
sed magnetism in their temples  and in the healing art, long before the Christian era
* Aristotle informs us that Thales, who lived six hundred years before Christ, ascribed
the curative properties in the magnet to a soul with which he supposed it to be en-
dowed, and without which he also supposed no kind of motion could take place. Pliny
also affirms the magnet to be useful in curing diseases ofthe eyes, scalds and burns; and
Celsus, a philosopher of the first  century after Christ, speaks of a physician by the
name of Asclepiades who soothed the ravings of the insane by manipulations, and he
adds that his manual operations, when continjued for some time, produced a degree of
ileep or lethargy ' 
150
the veil that so long covered the sources of those beacon lights of the an
cient eastern nations.
  The announcement  of these discoveries  excited astonishment  every
where at  first, and then the  fears of the timid, and lastly the malignity of
the bigotted, who  assailed and continue to assail all those engaged in their
extension and  diffusion.  His  enemies attacked Dr. Mesmer with great
fury, and compelled him to flee from  city to city, and at last from his
country,  for attempting to unfold these ancient and sacred mysteries to an
ignorant  world.   On his arrival in Paris he appealed to the enlightened
savans of France, who witnessed the facts he presented, investigated the
phenomena, compared them with  those elicited  through  their own  re-
searches, found they corresponded, and became converts to the long lost
and newly  re-discovered science.
  The cool, phlegmatic, and sedate philosophers of England, looked far a
long time  upon these  as German  abstractions and  French  baubles, and
treated them as such.  But they have been, at length, driven to an investi-
gation of the subject.   This has resulted in an entire conviction of the re-
ality of the somniscient or  magnetic influence of the human system, and
they have  recently  proclaimed it  to the  world through  their  learned
societies.
   This wonderful field of knowledge having been  thus  cleared of the
hedges and spectres  with which it  was encompassed by ignorance and fa-
naticism, may now be entered with  safety.   We may drink at its fountains,
survey its temples, and increase our knowledge of the science of that great
system by  which we live, move, and have our being.
   It is now six or seven years since the attention ofthe people of this coun-
try was  directed to  an examination of these  phenomena  by M. Poyen—
and about  five years since  I first obtained an experimental knowledge of
the overwhelming influence of this  agent.     A few months since, a reve-
rend gentleman  of  this city,* who had been long engaged in somniscient
experiments, invited me to assist him in a systematic  examination of the
labyrinths in which the subject had been so long involved.   I accepted the
invitation,  and at the same time suggested to him the propriety of availing
ourselves ofthe aid  of a practical  phrenologist,f to which  he assented.
   We commenced  our operations  in Februaryl842with the private exam-
 ination of a young lady in the somniscient state.  .She described the brain
 as having large magnetic poles in  the front part ofthe head, situated in  the
 organs ofcausalty a. b. fig. 22, also two in the cerebellum under the back
 part of the brain and in the organs of amativeness c.  d., the axes of which
 on a line  from a. to d. and  from b. to c. in the form of lines or chains
 crossed  each  other in the centre of a large pole situated  in the centre of
 the brain,  as seen in the figure.   This section of the brain is made from
 F. to H. fig. 2   through the  organs of comparison A., causality G., and
          * Rev. La Roy Sunderland.              t 0 S Fowler, A  B 
FIG. 22.

 
152
through the cerebellum D. to H.   She described the convolutions as hav^
ing each a  small  pole  connected with each other and with the large pole
in the centre of the brain as seen in the figure, and the brain as being full
of light, which w«s most intense in the centre ofthe poles from which the
forces  radiated.  She also described the blood vessels in the brain, and its
fibres radiating in the direction of its forces, from the centre of the large
pole in the centre of the brain.
  The figure (22,) which is intended to represent a longitudinal section
of the brain and cerebellum, may be advantageously compared with fig.
S,  which was accurately copied by Dr.  Anderson of this  city from a sec-
tion of the brain about an inch above its base or under surface, and above
the  cerebellum.   It gives a fine view of the convolutions, and ofthe white
substance into which  they are  plunged,  as well as of the great  superior
ganglions,' PP, the color of  which is redish grey like that of the convolu-
tions.   The centre of the great pole in the brain,  is situated in the third
ventricle S,  between the great inferior ganglions d d, the color of which is
blueish white.
  When  the convolutions are cut away from  the outer side of the brain,
to the  depth of about   an inch, the outer surface of the great  inferior
ganglion is exposed, as seen  in fig.  25,  The fibres and forces of the brain
radiate through this surface to the convolutions or phrenological organs,
the  interior construction of which, may be seen by a single example at c.
They are  formed of thin plates of  the white,  overlaid alternately  with
thin plates, ofthe redish grey substance, and are divided into nearly equal
parts by a thin  neurilema or  membrane, as seen  at e, constituting them
double organs, as will  hereafter be shown.
  On enquiring whether the other  organs ofthe body had  poles as well as
the  brain,, she answered " Yes they all  have poles."   She  was  then re-
quested to give us their  number and situation in the different organs, which
she at first declined doing from a sense of modesty, but on exciting the organ
 of Benevolence and representing to her the importance ofthe disclosures in
a physiological point of view, to those that were sick and suffering from dis-
ease, and that as I was a physician, and familiar with the forms, situations
and uses of all the organs, she should not under such circumstances hesi-
tate  to  comply with  our request.  She  at last  consented  to tell me on
condition I would not allow the other gentleman to  hear any thing she said,
which I promised to comply with.
  I then requested her in private converse to tell me the number of poles
in the left lung, when she placed her right hand on the left and front side of
the chest, and raised the left hand  to the back part of the neck, and pointed
her finger to the left side of the space between the last cervical and first
dorsal vertebrae, on which she requested  me to place the end of my finger
while she examined the lung, when she said there  was but one pole in the
lung, which vras very large, and situated in its centre, F, fig. 21.*  She then
                              *  Page 46. 
TIG. 24.
FIG. 25. 
154
requested me to move my finger to the space on the opposite side of the last
mentioned joints, and then placed her hands on the right and  front side of
the chest and said there was but one pole in the right lung, G ;  and that like
the other was situated in the centre ofthe lung.
  I then requested her to examine the heart, when  she requested me to
change  the  situation of my finger to where  she first placed  it, and then
commenced  the examination of the heart by placing  both hands over it as
in the case of her examination of the lungs, and soon observed " the heart
has two sides to it, hasn't it ?"   I answered yes, when she said there were
two poles in  each side of the heart,—one of which was in the lower and the
other in the  upper part of the heart on both sides.   I  then requested her to
examine carefully, and  see if there were no other poles in the  heart except
those  she had  described ; when she commenced the examination of the
heart again, and said she had overlooked a pole in the centre  of the heart,
through which  the axis of the  poles in its circumference crossed each
other like those ofthe brain.
  She then commenced an examination ofthe stomach,  and requested me
to place my  finger on one of the vertebrse between the shoulders, (third dor-
sai) when she said there were two poles in the space in the stomach, one
towards the  right, and the other towards the left side  of it.  H H, fig.  21.
  I then inquired of her whether she could see a division (the diaphragm)
between the space occupied by the stomach and that occupied^ by the lungs
and heart, when she answered "Yes."   I then requested her to look along
the under, and left side of that division, and tell me  what she saw there ;
when she observed, " What those round things ?" (ganglions of the solar
plexus.)f Yes.   " Oh,  how pretty they look!"  What  makes them look
pretty ?  " Why they look so bright!"   " There is a small pole in every
one of  them and a large one a little distance on  one side, which is con-
nected  with  them."  Will you now  look along under that, division in the
right side and tell me what you see these ? " Yes I will.  Oh! how beau-
tiful!    Those  little round things, with the poles are there too, just  like
those  in the left side."  Can you  see the  bowels  below the  stomach 1
"Yes."  Can you«ee also a covering  laying over them  (the mesentery
or caul) ?   "Yes,  and I see a great many of those round things in it, (the
mesenteric glands) and they all have those little  poles  in them, and then
there is a large  pole that is connected with them like those above which I
described to you."
   Will you now examine the  liver, and  see whether* it has any poles ?
" Yes.   You put your finger on the side of a joint below where you had it
last."   I placed my finger on the right side ofthe space between the seventh
and eighth dorsal vertebrse, when she said that was right, and  proceeded li
examine the liver in her usual manner, and then said " there are two polei
   | AAA, fig 29, 
FIG. 29.
 
156
In the liver." (I.)   Will you now look close under the stomach and see if
you can see any thing there.  "Yes, I see something lying under there."
(The pancreas.)  Will you  describe it?   "I don't know that I ean  very
well."  Is it  round ?   "No, it is longer one way than it is the other."
Do you see any poles there ?  " Yes it has two poles."   Do you see  any-
thing lying on the left side ofthe stomach ?   " Yes.   Don't you call it the
spleen ?"   Yes.  " Well, put your finger on the  other side of the  joint
where you had it last: that  is right,—there are two poles in the spleen."
(J.)  Will you look below the spleen, near the back, and tell me what you
see there ?   " What that big round thing that lies close to the back ?" (the
left kidney.)  Yes.   She then  placed my finger  on  the left  side of the
space, between the twelfth dorsal and first lumbar  vertebras, and observed
" it has but one pole." (L.)   Are you not mistaken, look again.   " No, I
am not mistaken,—is not this the kidney ?"   Yes.   " Well, is there not
another one on the other side ?"   Yes.  " Well put another of your fingers
on the other side of those joints.   That is right.  This kidney is just like
the other.  It has but one pole, but these poles are connected together."
How connected ?   " By those lines or chains I have  before described  to
you."*  She then placed her hands on the left side over the left kidney,
and then moved them up over the short ribs, and observed " there is some-
thing curious about the left kidney and the spleen.  I don't know what it
means.   Oh ! I see now, the poles of the  kidney and those of the spleen are
connected together by the lines or chains,  like those of the kidneys, but not
so large."   Is there any connection between the right kidney and spleen ?
" No, except by the chains through the left kidney."  Is there  any con-
nection  between the kidnies and the liver ?  " No,  not by large  chains
like those between the kidnies and  spleen.  All the organs are, however,
connected more or less by small lines."
   Will you now examine the uterus and see if it has any poles 1   She now
placed my fingers on the spaces between the second and third lumbar ver-
tebras, and said,  "  it has two poles." {MM.)  Do you see any thing  at-
tached to the uterus on the right and left side of it  ?   " What, those round
things ?" (R R.)  Yes.   " Yes, I see them ; they have each of them one
pole, and they are connected with the poles of the uterus."  Are there any
poles low down below the uterus, (entrance of the vagina ?)  " Yes, there
are two there,—one on each side."
   Will you now be so good as to examine your tongue and see if that has
any poles?   "Yes, I will try to do so.   Well, it  has a great many  little
poles all  round the  edge of it, and a large pole in the middle,  which is
connected  with them by little lines extending from the large  pole to the
little poles."

   * She describes the axis between the poles of the brain and those between the polei
ofthe othjt tigans as looking like large bright lines, which she wouli gomeliniea call
chain!; <u ><u), i 
157
   Can  you see the opening in your throat where the air passes into  he
 lungs ?  " Yes, and there is one pole there."   Can you see the upper part
 of the passage into the stomach?  "Yes, and there  is one pole there."
 No more ?  "No."  Any  in the lower part of that passage ?  "Yes, one."
 Can you see the place where the food passes out ofthe stomach ?  " Yes,
 there is one pole there also.'*   Can you see any poles in the intestines, be-
 low the stomach ?  " Yes, there is a great many  little ones in the bowels."
 Do  you see a  place towards the lower part of the bowels where a smaH
 intestine is joined  to a large one, and where  the intestines appear  to be
 blocked up, so that npthing could pass through it?  (Ileo-ececal valve.)
 " Yes, and there is a large  pole there."  Is there any pole below  that ?
 " Yes, there is one in the lower part of the bowels."   Is it a small or a
 large pole ?  "It is a very large one."
   We have now  finished our long examination of the organs, and I am
 greatly obliged to you for the information you have given me on this most
 important and  interesting subject.
   There is another subject of  great interest among physiologists which 1
 should be pleased to direct your attention to, and that is the manner in
 which  our existence commences.  " Well, I  don't know  that I can tell
 you.   I will see."  Here  she  paused a moment and then  proceeded.
 " Yes, I suppose I can tell you.  Our existence commences  in the pro-
 cess of magnetising as well as every thing else  I suppose, that has  life."
 Are you sure of that?   "Yes, to be sure I am."  Well, is our form per-
 fect then, and do  we  afterwards gradually increase in size ?  "No! our
 existence  commences in one part first."  Are you sure of that ?  " Why
 to be sure I am."   Where does it commence first?  She then placed her
 fingers on the sternum or breast bone over the thymus gland, and said, " It
 commences here."  How are the other parts of the body formed ?  " Poles
 shoot out  from where the work commences, and organs are formed  round
 them, and then other poles shoot out and other organs are  formed, and so
' with every part of the body, until they are all formed, and then the body
 grows as you say."  Can you tell me what part of the body is formed last ?
 " Yes, I guess I  can.   She then commenced feeling up  and down  her
 body as usual, and at last shoved her hands up each side of her head, and
 exclaimed,  "The brain!  The brain is the last formed."   Well, it com-
 mences forming on the top ofthe brain first, does it not ?  " No !  It begins
 to form in the  lower part of the brain and then poles shoot up and form the
 phrenological  organs."   Astonishing!  can it  be possible that  you, a poor
 blind girt, can have  such knowledge, can know these things ?  "  Yes, I
 do know them to be just  as I have stated them,  or I should not  have told
 you as I have.
    There is  another subject of great interest to physiologists, to which  I wish
 to direct your  attention,  and that is the law that determines the sexes in
 the commencement of our  existence.   She hesitated a moment, and then 
15S
said " I can tell you.   It depends on which is magnetised the strongest."
If, then, the man is magnetised the strongest, it will be a male, and if the
woman happens to be magnetised the strongest it will be a female ?  4i No !  ,
it will  be exactly the reverse from what you say."  Are you sure of that ?
" Yes,  I know it is necessarily so."
  There is another subject on which physiologists have different opinions,
and, that  is, whether the separate existences of twins commences  at the
same time or at different times ?   " The existence commences at the same
time, and then  one  may, under such circumstances,  be a male, and the
other a female ; for  the order of  the greatest excitement is sometimes re-
versed  during that time."
  Can  you see the form of all  your organs in this state ?  " Yes, to be
sure I  can."  The  inside as well as the outside  of the organs ?  " Yes,
and I must of course, you will see, see  every part of them, or I could not
tell the situation and number ofthe poles in  the organs."  Do you know
any thing of anatomy in your natural waking state ?   " No, nothing of anv
consequence.   I have been blind  from my infancy, and how could I know
any thing of anatomy."
  Is there any connection between the poles ofthe uterus and the breasts,
or mammse, besides that ofthe nerves ?   " Yes, they are connected by those
large lines or chains I have described to you.'  One of them is connected
with the  poles of the uterus on one side,  and with those of the breast on
the other; and  they consequently cross each other."* There is no such
connection between the uterus and stomach.  " Yes there is the same kind
of connection between the poles  ofthe uterus and those of the stomach, and
they cross each other in the same manner."  Why did you request me to
press on  the vertebra while you was ascertaining the number of the poles
in the  organs ?   " Because I  could  tell the  situation and  number of the
poles better when you was pressing there."  How could you tell  better
when I was pressing there ?  " Because  the nerves there  are  connected
with the poles of the organs."   Do you see how the spinal nerves are con-
nected with the spinal marrow, that great cord that is connected with the
brain,  and extends  down through  the  joints of the back bone ?  " Yes,
those nerves are some of them connected with the front and some with the
back  part of it." (hh, fig. 26.)   Do you see any  thing on the nerves con-
nected with the back part of it near the joint ?  (ganglions of the spinal
nerves.)   "Yes, I see a bunch  or round thing  that has a small pole on it  «
on each nerve."   You see the same things on the nerves that are connected
with the  front  part of the spinal marrow ?  " No I don't.  There is no
bunch or round things on them like those on the back  part."  There ain't
ha ?   " No, not that I can see.  If there is any  there I can't see them."
Miss, I have done with you now, and you can  now speak to Mr. Sunder-
land, who wants to talk with you about the phrenological organs.   " How
                       * See note K page 219. 
159
do you do Mr. Sunderland?  (Taking him at the same time by the hard,
and shaking it heartily.)
   These extraordinary revelations excite the greatest astonishment in the
minds of anatomists and physiologists, who are the best judges of their cor-
rectness.  A question may be very naturally suggested that might lessen
their importance in some degree in the minds cf some persons, and that is
whether she could not possibly have  received some of her knowledge, at
least, through my mind.
     In   answer to this question I can  state, first, that such an objection
was felt and anticipated before the examination was commenced, and every
precaution that was suggested to my mind was taken advantage of to pre-
vent such a result.  She was separated  entirely from a person  who  had
a most extraordinary influence over her in the mesmeric state, and I mag-
netised her the first and only time for the above examination to prevent or
lessen any influence Mr. Sunderland might be supposed to have over her
mind who had been in the  habit of magnetising her.  Besides I had long
been in the habit of changing my mind in an instant from one subject to
another,—I had long trained  myself to  it, and endeavoured to exercise it
in the above  examination in such a manner as to prevent  her from  learn-
ing any thing from me, and  so much so that in the last question I tried
hard to  impress upon  her mind a belief that there were ganglions on the
motor or spinal nerves connected with the front part ofthe spinal cord.
   Again she described the  connection between the  left kidney and spleen,
a fact I had so entirely forgotten as to be induced to examine the books to
see if there was  any visible  connection  between them.  But a circum-
stance occurred which settled this question fully and satisfactorily, for we
commenced an argument with her, and tried with great earnestness to in-
duce her to yield her opinion, but without the least effect.
   I afterwards commenced  an examination of an educated lady, magneti-
sed by Mr. Sunderland, and  went through the examination  in the same
manner  I did with the above mentioned girl, and with the same results.
She confirmed in  the most minute manner the number and situation of the
poles in the  brain, lungs, heart,  stomach, pancreas, plexuses, mesentery,
liver, spleen, kidnies,  uterus,  ovaries, tongue and orifices, and the connec-
tion between the  left  kidney and spleen, and  also the connection  between
the uterus and breast, and the uterus  and stomach, &c. &c.   Mr. Sunder-
land then commenced an examination ofthe joints ofthe limbs and spine
each of which she said had two poles, one for extending and  the other for
flexino-  the body and limbs, when  Mr. Sunderland commenced demonstra-
ting that fact, by  exciting the different or positive and negative poles ofthe
elbow joint, situated at the points of the insertions of the muscles, one near
the upper and the  other near  the inner side ofthe condyle of the humerus,
when she would extend and  flex her arm, alternately,  by exciting in the
slightest manner the different  poles.  He produced the same result by ex-
                                 11 
                                 160

citing the different poles of the wrist, on the opposite sides of it, and also
by exciting the  different poles on the opposite  sides of the joints  of the
fingers.
  He then held the point of a penknife near the organ of causality,  on the
right  side, when she began to move her head from it.   He then  held it
near the  same organ on the left side, when she began tcr move her head
towards it,  and on inquiring the cause of  her doing so, she answered " It
pulls, oh ! take it away."   He then held  the point of the knife near the
organ of amativeness, on the right side, when she again observed " it pulls."
He then held it near the same organ of the left side, when she  soon began
to move her head from it,  and on inquiring why she did so, she observed
" it pushes."
  On holding the point of  the knife over tne top and oentre of the brain,
she soon cried out as before,  " it pulls,"    thus  demonstrating an exact
correspondence in the number and  order of arrangement of the different
poles in the  brain, with that ofthe magnetised disc. fig. 21.
  She gives a  charming  description  of the magnetism of the brain, in
which she says it appears  very light, the intensity of which is greatest in
the centre of the poles, from which bright lines radiate in every direction
like rays of light:  that there is one  small pole in each organ of the brain,
besides those in the  organs of causality and amativeness, which she de-
scribes as being comparatively very large, and the great pole in the cen-
tre, connected every  where with those in the circumference, and they with
each other.
  On directing her attention to the color  of the brain, she said the inner
part of it was very white,  and the outer part around the little poles in the
organs was  of a redish color,  and besides there was two bodies of the same
redish color on each  side (great superior ganglions) near the centre of the
brain and a  little  forward  ofthe centre ofthe great pole.
  On a second examination in  the same somniscient state, I directed her
attention to  the appearance of the top of the brain, which she described as
having an uneven convoluted surface, when I presented her with the plate
of the top of the brain  fig. 1, printed  with a very light or pale red ink,
which she placed over her stomach, and said the top of the brain  looked
very much  like it.   I then requested her to tell  me the color of the plate
she was holding over her stomach, when she answered it was *'>a very light
red or flesh color."  I then presented her with the side view  ofthe brain
and cerebellum fig. 2  printed with the same ink, which she applied to the
stomach, and said it  looked very much like the side of the brain,  and re-
cognised the cerebellum  and the color of the  plate as before.  She also
noticed the situation of the cerebellum in which  she said the large poles
in the back part of the head  were situated.  I then requested her to tell
me whether there were any other poles in  the cerebellum, except the large
ones  she had  described, when she  answered, " Yes, there are two small 
161
poles between the large poles in the back part of the cerebellum."   (See
the vermicular process, or processus vermicularis) B, fig. 2S.
   On directing her attention again to the great superior ganglions, a a, fig.
26, she said there was one small pole in  each, in front of the centre of the
great pole in  the brain, and one very near the back part of it, in a little
body of a redish color (pineal gland s, fig. 26,) like that in which the two lit-
tle poles were situated, in front of  the great pole.  I then inquired whether
she could  see any thing just behind the little redish body with one  pole,
when she answered,  " yes, it looks hubby there."  (See quadrigeminal bo-
dies cc,dd, fig. 26.)  Can you see the upper part ofthe spinal cord connected
with the brain ?  " Yes."  Are there any poles in it ?  Yes, there are two
in it, in little round or oval bodies, (olivary bodies a a, fig.  6,i i, fig. 26.)
Are there no other poles there ?  "I can't see any more there."  Can you
see the large nerves  along the back part of  the spine connected with the
spinal cord ?   "Yes."  Can you  see any thing on them, or connected with
them near the spine ?  She hesitated a moment and then said, " there is a
place in each nerve  there, that bulges out, and they look very light there,
h h, fig. 26.  They glow with light, but I cannot see any poles in  them
distinctly."
   I want you to look now and see  whether you can see any one nerve ex
tending from the  brain along  down the neck and front side of the spine."
(Great  sympathetic  nerve d d d, fig. 29.)  "Yes I can, and it has  little
small bulges in it."   Can you see  any thing in those small bulges ?  " Yes,
I see a small pole in each  one,—that's all. '  What is that nerve connected
with ?  " It is connected with those little places that bulge out.   Does it
connect  with any thing else ? She hesitated, and  then  said " nerves go
out of those little bulges to the organs."  Do any of them go out to the
spine ?  " Some of them go to the spine, or some of those in the spine go
to them, I  don't know which."  Can you see where that long nerve you
have been  describing is connected  with the brain ?   " Yes, it is connected
with it just back  of that hubby place."  (cc,  a a, fig. 28.   It is connected
with the brain at n, fig. 28.)
   Can you see the centre of the  great  pole in  the centre of the  brain ?
"Yes, it looks like a little stem and very light."  How does it look around
it?  "Very dark."
   She places the  centre of this great pole ofthe brain in the centre of the
third ventricle, A, fig.  5; s, fig. 24;  i, fig. 27, between the great inferior
gano-lions b b, where it will be seen I had long since traced it by a  com-
parison of  the direction of the fibres of the  brain  (fig. 5, 6, 7,) with the
direction ofthe forces in the magnetised disc. fig. 8.
   You told me in our last examination that  the poles of the uterus  were
connected with those of the stomach and those ofthe breasts, and that each
connection crossed each other, and will you now tell me  whether there ia 
162
a pole at each of those places ?   "No, there is no poles where those lines
cross each other."
   I now  placed my finger over the parotid  gland, 8, fig. 17,  directly un-
der the lower  point of her ear, and enquired whether she saw any thing
under my finger, when she answered, "yes, I see a little round thing un-
der there."  What else do you see ? " I see a little pole in it, that's all."
Do you  see any of those little round things along the side of your neck
here ?  " Yes, 1  see a string of  them along my neck  and  all the way
down in  front of the spine.  There is a string of them  on the other side
too, and there  is  a little pole  in every one of them."  Astonishing! These
are  lines of, or as we call them ganglia of lymphatic glands, extending
from the ears to the lower part ofthe sacrum, called cervical, dorsal, lum-
ber, and  sacral glands,  because they extend along the  front of all these
vertebrae, B B, fig. 21.
  I placed my fingers over the thyroid glands, on the sides ofthe trachea,
T, fig. 29, when she said "there  was one small pole in each gland," and
on moving my fingers over the  submaxillary glands  under the jaw, she
observed  that each of them had one pole.
  I now  directed her attention to the brain  again, and  inquired whether
she could observe any motion in the brain, when she answered, " oh! yes,
the brain is constantly in motion."   (Synchronous with that ofthe heart.)
Yes, I know the brain is constantly in motion from the action of  the arte-
ries, but I want to know whether you can see any motion when you are
thinking or speaking, along the fine lines which radiate  from the centre of
the large pole in the brain to its  convolutions or organs ?  After a pause
of two or three minutes,  she answered, "yes, I see a motion along those
lines when I am thinking."  Can  you see the nerves in your arms ?  " Yes,
I see them very plain."  Raise  your arm  and tell me  whether you can
see any motion along the nerves  when you are moving it.  " Yes I can."
Which way do you see the motion ?  " Up  so," (pointing from  her hand
towards  her  shoulder.)   Now move your arm down.  Did you see any
motion then along the nerves ?  " Yes, it moved  down."   How do you
know there is  any  motion along the nerves when you think, or when you
move your arm ?  " Because it looks lighter where it  is  moving along the
nerves."
   You told me the last time you  was in this state that there was one large
pole in  each  eye, and will you now tell  me  where they are  situated,
whether  in the back, front part or sides  of the eye ?   She hesitated a mo-
ment and then said, " they  are  situated in the  middle  of the eye.   Isn't
there a round, or oval thing in the middle of the eye that looks very clear?"
Yes.  "  Well the  poles are  there, in the middle of those round things,"
(the lens.)
   You say the poles in your eyes are  large poles.   "  Yes."  Are they
as large  as those in your stomach ?  " No, not quite so large."  You say 
163
you see with  your stomach, and now will you tell me how you see with
your stomach ?   "I see with the poles of my storr\ach."  As you do with
vour eyes when  you are awake ?  " Exactly so."  Are the poles in the
sides of the stomach, or in the space in the stomach ?   " They are in the
space in the stomach."   Whereabouts in that space ?   " Here," (placing
her forefingers on the stomach, and each  about two inches to the right and
left ofthe median line.)
   Do  you  know any thing of anatomy  in your  natural waking state ?
" No, nothing."
   On a third  examination in the same  somniscient state, Mr. Sunderland
enquired of her what she felt with, or  what the sense of feeling was in;
whether in her skin, flesh or bones ; when she answered, " No,  it is not in
either of them."  What then do you feel  with ?  "I don't know."  I then
took hold  of  her hand, and  when pinching  one of her fingers enquired,
where does the sensation of pinching go to ?   " It  goes along up my hand
and arm to my head."   How do you know it goes  there ?   " Because I
can see a motion  along the nerves from the pole where you are pinching
my thumb to  the brain."   How can you see a motion along the nerves ?
" Because  it is lighter where it is moving along."
   What part  of  the brain does the sensation  go to ?   " To  the  middle of
the brain I believe."  Well, the magnetic forces move along the nerves as
you have before described ?   " Yes they do."   Are not the sensations then
in  those forces ?   " Yes,  to  be sure they are ?"  Then do you not feel
with them ?   " Oh ! of course I do."*
   Her attention was now directed to the two small  poles between the large
poles of the cerebellum, (fig. 28,) by Mr. Sunderland.   She observed to
him, " There are two small poles there between the large poles." Where
is the organ, or organs to which they belong ?   " Here," (placing her fin-
ger on  the lower part of the projection of the skull in the  hollow of the
neck.)  Is there  any connection between those small poles and that or-
gan ? (p. 226.)     " Yeslhere is."  What organ is it  that enables you to
move first in one  direction, and then another,—to raise  your  arm, or move
it down ?   She hesitated a moment, and then placed her finger on the same
organ again, and said " it is  here."   (See the opinions of Dr. Vimont,
Solly, Reil, Gall, Spurzheim,  Combe and Broussais, on  the processus verni-
cularis B, fig.  28, in which these small  poles are situated. Motive Power
of Organic Life,  page 62, 63.)  Do you  know the situation of  the differ-
ent organs of the  brain ?  " No, I don't knowthe situation of any of them."
Is not that you have just had your finger on the organ of motion ? " Yes,
I  suppose it is."
  This  lady's countenance and manner had been constantly very serioua

  * This fact is demonstrated in various experiments upon persons in this state, and
in on many accounts a very important addition to our knowledge. 
164
and  in fact very solemn during the time occupied in these examinations,
and  he now determined to produce  a change in both if possible.  He ac-
cordingly excited the organs of ideality first, 20, p. 216, and then mirthful-
ness, 19, when she began to smile and then pulled his fingers away from
that  organ.   He then excited the organs of time, 13, and then of tune, 14,
when she began to sing with  a full voice and with great melody.   When
she had finished the song, he invited her to take a seat at the piano, which
invitation she accepted with great eagerness, and astonished and delighted
us, with the deep toned melody of her voice, and of the piano.  She then
played three or four of her  favorite  and lively tunes, unaccompanied with
her voice, in a manner that  has been rarely if ever equalled.
   The results of these examinations  are the most extraordinary and the
most important to mankind of any that has  been obtained on any subject  in
modern limes.* The commencement of our existence in a simple magnetic
phenomenon, and the development of the manner in  which the organs and
limbs are successively formed and  moved, as disclosed in  the somniscient
state, is a beautiful  example of the order and simplicity of manner  in
which nature uniformly  executes her work; and motion  in man, it will
now  be conceded,  is the result of his organized  and consequently powerful
magnetic forces like that in other organized bodies, according precisely
with the theory I have long since taught and demonstrated  on  the magneti-
sed rings, and not to the  feeble capillary attraction and repulsion of inor-
ganized  bodies, called endosmos and exosmos, as taught by  modern phy-
siologists.
   The magnetism of the human system  as disclosed by  these examina-
tions, requires a very extended commentary, for which  I have no room in
this  work, and which must  consequently be deferred to a future period.   I
can  therefore only allude  to a  few facts, the novelty or importance  of
which may not be noticed or understood by the reader.  One of these is
the situation  of the  great  pole i, within the  triangle formed  by the small
poles  in the  pineal  gland (ganglion) s, and  the great  superior ganglions,
a a,  fig. 16, and the division ofthe brain and  cerebellum  into four  equal
parts  by the  magnetic equators  ef, and r s. fig. 22,  (see the poles, axes
and  equators in the magnetised disc. fig. 8, page 19.
   The sensations are in the magnetic  forces,  and are attracted from  the
different parts of the body along the nerves and spinal  marrow to the cen-
tre ofthe brain, and from thence along its fibres to its convolutions,  the re-
servoirs of the inclinations, which are inherent in and belong to the sensa-
tions, like the expansions to repulsions,  and the contractions  to the  attrac-
tions of these forces.
   * Mr. L. N. Fowler, Phrenologist,  who was present at one of these examinations, informs me that he
 nn<! since examined two boys at Boston, in the somniscient state, on the subject ofthe  number and situ-
 ation of the poles in the organs, with the same results as those obtained in these eases. He has since
 obtained the same results in the case of a young lady—a natural somnambulist, and the best clairvoyant
 hf; ever saw.  See Phrenological Journal, Feb. No., 1843.  Professor Gibbs of Columbia, S. C, has'also
 repeated these experiments with the same or very similar results.
   The Magnetiser should have a knowledge of the number and situation of the poles  of the organs ; fo»
 it is these poles on which he acts—the action of which he increases or lessens by  his manipulations. 
                                     165

   In the act of thinking, these forces move from the great pole in the cen-
tre of the brain, to the  convolutions or phrenological organs,  and from
these intellectual organs to  the great pole iri  the centre.   We therefore
think by the action of these forces, and our will or the engineer  which de-
termines our actions, by the directions of our inclinations,  must  conse-
quently  be situated in the pole in the centre ofthe brain.
   The   heart,  the  great  centre  of  motion of  the  system, is magnet-
ised with five  large poles  like the brain, by which motions are produced
in this organ,  and extended to every part of the body.   The other  organs
have poles for  the purposes of digestion, secretion and excretion, &c.  and
the orifices of the alimentary canal for  the purpose of openinc  and shut-
ting them, and  for attracting  the fluids or semi-fluids along these tubes.
   Number  of  large poles  in the  organs.—Brain, 5 ;  eyes, 2; ears, 2;
lungs, 2; heart, 5; stomach, 2 ;  liver, 2; spleen, 2 ; pancreas, 2; kid-
nies, 2 ; bladder, 2 ; uterus,  2 ;  ovaries, 2 ; vagina, 2 ; breasts or mam-
ma?, 2 ;  solar plexus, 2 ;  mesentery, 2 ;
   The  orifices have each  one   large  pole, viz:—Tongue,  1 ; larynx, 1;
pharynx, 1 ; cardiac orifice ofthe stomach, 1 ;  pyloric orifice do. 1; ileo-
coecal valve, 1 :  anus, 1; and one in each convolution of  the intestines.
   The ganglions  of vegetative life, or those connected with the great  sympa-
thetic nerve, including those  of the solar plexus, have each one small pole.
    The  ganglions of phrenic life, or those of the brain and cerebellum, e  e,
fig. 29, including the olivary bodies, ii, and ganglions of the spinal nerves,
hhh, have each one small pole.
   Secreting system.—-The  lymphatic glands  of this  system,  including
those ofthe  mesentery, have  each one small pole, fig. 24,  5,  6, page  7,
      These poles are alternately negative and positive,  and  not only se-
crete a fluid in these glands, but change its negative and positive charac-
ter  alternately, and at the same time attract the fluid secreted along the
lymphatic vessels to the  heart.
   Excreting system.—There  are no poles discovered in the mucous  glands
Df the mucous membranes, or in the skin, in the somniscient state, but nu-
merous nerves are seen  to terminate in these membranes, and in the skin.
   The  convolutions  ofthe  brain, or phrenological organs have each  one
small pole.
  Note k.__I have now (Sept. 30,1341,) a case of tubercular disease ofthe ovaria ofthe right sifle, in a
lady a"'ed 37 years, in which the breast or mamma; ofthe left side  is not half as large as that on the right
side. 1 hove now also a ense of tubercular disease ofthe ovaria of the left side of a lady aged HO years, ia
w hich the breast of the right side is not  more than half as large as that on the left side.  The disease in
both of the case's commenced at the age of puberty, or the first appearance ofthe catamenia, and the first
has terminated in dropsy.  These symptoms, which are the consequence of the direct magnetic connec
tions between the breasts and the ovaria, and to which my attention has iveu dii., v 1 by the discoveries
of clairvoyants, are very important, as they will enable us to dis'in;; jish .vilhout .!:.'!":>•;: y. disease of the
ovaria from that  of the uterus.  I have now (March 1, 1S43,) cighU cr. c.^os in whi:h I !;a i this  syr-   ■=
is constant and ur.Uorm. 
MAGNETIC POLES  IN THE ORGANS.
  The importance of a knowledge of the magnetic organization  of  the human
system, is greatly increased  by the  introduction  of  the Rotary  Magnetic Ma-
chine into practice,  as  it is on that organization  which the instrument acts.   In
magnetizing the organs,  it is necessary, in most cases, to place one of  the buttons
on the posterior spinal nerves connected with them, while the other is moved over
the organs.   In some cases, however, one button  should  be  placed directly over
one pole of an organ, while the other is over the spinal  nerve connected with it.
There are other cases, in which one button should  be placed over the pole of one
organ, and the other  over the pole of another organ ;  and  again, there are cases in
which one button should be placed over one pole of one organ, and the other over
an organ of the brain.   There are also many cases in which the buttons must  be
placed over different  phrenological organs, and hence the necessity of a knowledge
of their relative situations.
  We have traced these poles through the spinal  nerves, under a  very moderate
power of  the instrument, and also direct magnetic axis, between poles of the same
and  of different  and distant organs, as seen in the above figure ; which accounts
for the direct sympathies that are known to exist between distant organs, in the
most satisfactory manner.   The direct magnetic connection  between the  stomach
and spleen, and the spleen and left  kidney, accounts  also for  the introduction of
some fluid into the kidneys, through a medium other  than that of a general circu-
lation.
  There are other large  poles in the abdomen, besides those represented in the
above  figure—there are two in the solar plexuses, and two in the mesentery, sur-
rounded with satellites.  There are also two poles in each joint, including those
of the spinal column, with axes connecting antagonist muscles, a knowledge  of
which, and of these  muscles, is indispensable  to a scientific and successful appli-
cation of the buttons, in magnetizing for lateral, anterior, and posterior curvatures
of the spine, acute and chronic rheumatism, paralysis,* &c.
  * There is also one  large pole in the palm of each hand, and a larger one in the
hollow of each foot. 
CHAPTER XV.
                     PHRENOLOGY.

   The truth of the science of phrenology is fully confirmed by persons in
the somniscient state.  The change in the natural language depicted upon
the countenance,  expressive of different inclinations, when the different
phrenological  organs are excited  in this state, are in many cases perfect
and  inimitable, and demonstrate in  the clearest  manner the plurality of
the organs of the brain.   These changes  led Mr. Sunderland to suspect
the existence of small sympathetic poles in the muscles of the face con-
nected with these organs, the truth of which was fully established by sub-
sequent examinations of the subject, in which Messrs. Sunderland  and
Fowler in the examinations mentioned in the last chapter, traced these
connections between these organs and  smarl sympathetic poles in  the
muscles of the face,  and  disclosed  the cause of the phenomenina on which
the science of physiognomy depends.  They also traced the same kind of
connection between the  poles of the other organs of the body and small
corresponding sympathetic poles in the muscles of the face, which gives a
clue to a knowledge of the different temperaments of different individuals.
   The influence existing between  the poles of the organs, and these little
sympathetic poles ofthe face, is more or less reciprocal, for the  poles of
the former are affected in a greater or less degree by exciting the latter.
   The superior knowledge universally manifested by clairvoyants in the
somniscient state,  was very apparent soon after the above gentlemen com-
menced the examination of the  phrenological organs of the Lady in  this
state, who knew  little or  nothing of phrenology in her natural  waking
state ;  for we  were  surprised to hear her giving lectures to Mr. Fowler,
himself a distinguished phrenologist,  on the character of the different or-
gans, in which she displayed and demonstrated a knowledge ofthe science,
which  was  apparently perfect,  and  in  many cases cast  Mr. Fowler'.*
knowledge of the subject entirely in the shade.
   On enquiring of her in her calm somniscient state, without anv excite-
ment of the organs,  whether she knew any thing of the spirit  which ani-
mates us, she  answered " yes, it is the magnetic spirit which animates us,
as well as every thing else."
   The divine Plato says, " It is not art which makes thee excel, but a d^olne power
which moves thee, (the air)  such as is in the stone which Euripides neuter1, the mag
net, and some call the Heraclian stone which attracts iron rings."*
          * Johan. Kirckman, de Annulis, p. 129; Plato in lone. 
168
  This  is the doctrine  which was taught to those who were initiated in
the  greater mysteries in the Temples of the eastern  nations according to
Musaeus, who had been hierophant or chief priest of a Temple at Athens,
and who opens to us the hidden doctrine of perfection taught there, in fcv-~
sublime words:
  " First then, the divine spirit within sustains  the heavens, the earth, and
watery plains, the  moon's enlightened orb, and shining stars; and the
eternal mind, diffused through all the parts of nature,  actuates the whole
stupendous frame, and mingles with the vast body of the universe.  Thence
proceed the race of  men and beasts, the vital principles of the flying kind,
and the monsters which the ocean breeds under its  smooth crystal plain."
  On exciting the devotional organs, or those of veneration, (28, p. 226,)
marvelousness, (23,) and sublimity, (21) she passed into the extatic state,
or that of a glorious prevision of the gorgeous scenery  and resplendent
light in heaven,—of its departed spirits and Elysian Fields, which she ex-
pressed in a tone of sincere and ineffable delight, accompanied with a har-
monious natural language that defied imitation.
  These previsions  of the heavenly abodes of the just, were  obtained in
the ancient Pagan Temples after initiation, in  the same manner they were
obtained by this  Lady, and are thus described by the  divine Plato.
  " But it was then lawful to survey the most splendid beauty, when we
obtained together in that blessed choir, this happy vision and contempla-
tion.   And we indeed enjoyed this blessed spectacle together with Jupiter,'*
but others, in conjunction with some  other god ;f at  the  same time being
initiated in those mysteries, which it is lawful to call the most blessed of all
mysteries.   And these  divine orgies were celebrated by us, while w<: pos-
sessed the proper integrity of our nature, and were freed from the molesta-
tions of evil which awaited us in a  succeeding period of lime^.\  Likewise in
consequence of  this divine initiation, we become spectators of entire, sim-
ple, immoveable, and blessed visions, resident in a pure light;  and were
ourselves pure and  immaculate and liberated  from this surrounding vest-
ment, which we denominate body, and  to which we are now bound like
an  oyster to its shell."
   Clairvoyants  represent themselves to be pure and immaculate, and se-
parated  from the earthly body here below when inspecting the heavenly
mansions  above.  Proclus in commenting upon this beautiful passage in
the Phoedrus, observes, in Theol.  Plat. lib.  4, p. 193, " That initiation and
inspection are symbols of ineffable silence, and of union vvith mystical na-
tures, through intelligible visions!"

  * That is the sun under the name of Jupiter.
  f Solar influences under the names of Ceres and Proserpine in  Athens, Cat-tor  and
 Pollux in Amphissa, Vulcan in Lemnos, Bacchus in Boeotia, Venus in Cyprus, &c. &c
  % The irruptions ofthe barbarians, and the destruction of their Temples. 
1.	Individuality	23.	Marvel lousness.
2.	Form.	24.	Imitation.
3.	Language.	25.	Suavity.f
4.	Size.	20.	Penetration.f
r>.	Wright.	27.	Benevolence.
6.	Colour.	28.	Veneration.
7.	Order.	29.	Firmness.
S.	Calculation.	30.	Selfesteem.
9.	Thirstiness.f	31.	Conccntrativeness.
10.	Alimenliveness.	32.	Inhabitiveness.
11.	Acquisitiveness.	33.	Philoprogenitivenesss
12.	Constiuctiveness.	34.	Amativeness.
13.	Tune.	35.	Voluntary Motion.J
14.	Time.	36.	Combativeness.
15.	Locality.	37.	Connubial Love.f
16.	Eventuality.	38.	Adhesiveness.
17.	Comparison.	39.	Ostentation.-}-
18.	Causality.	40.	Approbativeness.
19.	Mirth fulness.	41.	Conscientiousness.
20.	Ideality.	42.	Cautiousness.
21.	Sublimity.	43.	Secretiveness.
22.	Hope.	44.	Destructiveness.
\	Note.—See first part	Df page U2, and Not*	
 
170
   On exciting the organ of number, (S,) this somniscient began to count
the braids  of her hair, and  to calculate by  numbers, thus showing it to
be the  organ of calculation.   On exciting the organ (9,) she exclaimed
" I am thirsty, won't you give me some water."   The sense of  hunger
produced  by exciting the prgan of Alimentiveness (10,) was so great
as to require  considerable force  to  prevent her  from eulino- the  flesh
from her hands ;  and the sense of the ludicrous produced by excitin?
the  organ  of mirthfulness (19) was so great as to make it necessary to
remove the excitement immediately to prevent her from laughing  her
self to death.
                    PHRENOLOGICAL  SOCIETY.f
                                  MESMERISM.
  On Monday evening there was a full attendance ofthe members of this  Society, al
their Chambers in Exeter-hall.  (London.)
  The President, Dr. Elliotson, delivering a lecture upon  the  connection between
Phrenology and Mesmerism.  He said—I have always been scrupulously cautious in
introducing the subject of Mesmerism at our meetings, on account of the  difficulties
opposed to it, and the prejudices existing against it in the minds of mankind; and I
would not do any thing  to create a difference of opinion in the Society.  But assertions
have recently been made in public, and opinions have been promulgated in society,
(and I see no  reason against adopting them,) that Mesmerism could  explain some of
the most important principles of Phrenology.  I was always aware of the connection
between  them,  as  mesmerism  relates to the whole of the nervous system, of which
Phrenology explains one part.   There is the less objection to my introducing the sub-
ject here at present, as  the Society for the Diffusion of Useful Knowledge,  with Lord
Brougham at their head, and four of my late colleagues at the London University, who
worried me at the University Hospital, have now borne public testimony to the reality
and usefulness of Mesmerism.  This tbey have done in the last monthly number ofthe
Penny Cyclopaedia.  What is  more remarkable, they have borne their testimony just
as strongly, and just to the same extent, as I have done in my Physiology; for  I have
said no more than that one person can  influence another in various ways, without the
will or consciousness ofthe person influenced; that so one person can send another to
sleep, and again awaken the latter at pleasure;  and that he would know nothing of
what might happen in the interval.   I  have said that this can be done not only without
the knowledge, but even against the will.  But I was at last compelled to admit more
than this.  I was compelled from what I witnessed to admit that persons  thus influ-
enced tr'ere rendered insensible to pain, even to that of severe burning,  and of sharp
  * It is now ascertained that this result is the consequence of exciting opposite sides of the same organ,
which is properly that of calculation (8) ; and on a comparison of the great and fatal  disparity in the
results, both in the number and situation of the new  phrenological organs, obtained in exciting different
parts of the brain, by Messrs. Fowlers, Sunlerland, Buchanan, and King, they are now  satisfactorily
accounted for, with a very few exceptions (marked t,)—some by their having excited opposite  sides of
the same organ, and others by their having excited portions of different organs at the same time.
  t I copied into the third, fourth, and fifth editions of " The Motive Power of the Human System," an
account ofthe proceedings of this meeting, from " The Magnet,"  in which the names of Dr. Buchanan,
and Dr. Collyer, with other matter in connection, was omitted, and to which my attention has been
recently directed by the friends of those physicians; an error which 1 take the earliest opportunity to
correct, by copying the article directly from the " London Phalanx," and whish I am well informed
-crresponds with that published in the '* London Sun " 
171
surgical operations—such as the insertion of setons, and the removal of tumours   Yet
to all these—mad as it must appear—I have been obliged to admit "vision without
the eye."   Mad as it may appear, I have seen it  in the'most unequivocal manner in
three cases, where  the eyes were  blindfolded with  the  utmost care.  Thick clotbs
were placed over the eyes,  and were pressed down with eye-cups.  In one of those
cases, which occurred the other day at Paris, I put soft wool over the eyes, and pressed
it tight down with a thick bandage of new cloth, and  filled up all  the intervals  with
wool.  When the patient was in this blindfolded state, I took papers out of my pocket
and held them before the patient, out ofthe line of vision, and that person read  what
was  there printed !   Such are the facts which are admitted in this article of the Penny
Cyclopaidia.   I was also obliged to admit of " prevision," at least ns to the state of
the persons themselves.  I have not known anything which could be called prophecy
but I have known persons to predict what  would be the state of their own  health  at
particular times.  I will not enter into any speculation as to this—whether  it may be
accounted for by supposing that they did actually foreknow the future  state  of their
own health, or that  imagination produced the change.
   But I have mentioned these things, Gentlemen, more to smooth  my way in  relating
occurrences of a more extraordinary nature, which have happened in America. In the
course of the last month  I have  received a series of newspapers from America,  con-
taining accounts  of Mesmerism, from which it seemed that when an operator had
reduced a patient to a state of stupor, he could excite the  phrenological organs at will,
that part3 ofthe brain could be awakened  and excited, and afterwards sent to  sleep
again
   Dr Elliotson then read from a New-York paper an account of numerous  Mesmero-
Phrenological  experiments  performed at  and in the Museum of  Louisville, by Dr
Buchanan and  others.*   We insert the following:—
   " Augnst 7th.—At ten o'clock, a. m., in company  with Dr. H. H. Sherwood, of this nty, I went to the
Museum, and found Miss M. at the piano.  In the course of a few moments she was  put to sleep, when
the following  most interesting experiments were performed. I had not communicated my design to Mr.
Peale, or to Miss M., and hence it is certain that there could have been no collusion between them. She
was directed to play several tunes', which she did, stopping various times, when a sign was made by Mr.
Teale to himself.  I then requested him to wake up the organs of tune.   He did so, by simply reversing
the motions with his thumbs over those portions.  He then directed her to play one of her favorite tunes.
' The Old Arm-Chair.'  She attempted, but immediately said, she ' could not remember tke air P She said
she could remember the words, and repeated them ; but could not play the tunc.
   "I next requested him to  Mesmerise the organs of tune again ; and to reverse the  motions over the
organs of language.  He did so, and then requested her to play.  She commenced Uhe tune, but could nol
repeal the words-  Mr. Peale tried various ways to induce her to repeat the words, but she as often signi-
fied her inability to remember them. I then pointed out to him, without speaking, the organs of individu-
ality, and requested him to wake them up also. He tnen questioned her, and she declared herself unable
to tell the name of any person, not excepting her own.
   r !?,• then re-Mesmerised these organs, and reversed the motions over the organs of tune and eventual-
i'.y; al'ier which she could not tell how old she was, or any event connected with her life ; and in reply
to various questions which Mr Peale put to her, she invariably declared (hat she had forgotten, or did
not know'."
   Dr. Elliotson then read very long extracts  from the Boston  and Kentucky papers,
which related a vast number of public experiments of similar nature,  and with similar
results, performed  by Dr. Collyer, Dr. Buchanan, and  others.  In  each case,  it is
represented that the organs, as named by the  Phrenologists, invariably manifested,
under mesmeric influence,  the functions  attributed  to them.  The relations excited
the greatest surprise in the  meeting, and were  listened to with deep attention.   He
then stated  that whilst these things were proceeding in America, experiments precisely
ofthe same character and effect were carried on  in different parts of England, by gen-
tlemen who knew nothing of the operations of each other, or of the operations  of those
going on" in America.  He  had  sent  down copies of the American papers to Hamp-
shire, to Dr. Engledue, with  a request that he would hand them to  Mr. Gardiner,  a
gentleman of the highest respectability and learning, the son of Sir  James Gardiner,
an old member of this Society.  It happened curiously enough, that when Dr. Engle-
due  went over to Southampton,  to  give the packet  of papers (which he himself had
not  opened) to Mr. Gardiner, he  found that gentleman, Mr.  Mansfield, and others,
actually engaged  in a series of experiments, which,  on  afterwards looking into the
packet, they found to correspond exactly with those of Drs. Buchanan and Collyer.  Dr

  * This should read, " at the Museum in New Vork, by the Rev. La Roy Sunderland, and in Louisville,
bv Dr. Buchanan and others."  I having witnessed the experiments by Mr. Sunderland, as stated in th*
next paragraph, and having al o seen a letter from Dr. Elliotson. ap'alogi/.iug for the  error I have cos
i>acto\ which "occurred (as'he states) in the hurry of business.'' 
172
 Elliotson then tead from the Hampshire Telegraph a long account  f experiment*bj
 Mr. Gardiner, from which we can only make room for the following:—
   " I asked the patient referred to, (a young lady ignorant of Phrenology,) when in the
 trance, vvith what part ofthe brain she kept a secret?  She replied,  'On the side "t
 my brain.'  Upon asking her to point out the spot, she placed her finger exactly on
 the organ of secretiveness in my head.  I placed my finger on her organ of secretive-
 ness, when  she said, ' Yes, just where I am touching my head.'  In the trance she
 fancies the two movements are identical.   Having  asked her where she felt  anger,
 she placed her finger upon my organ of destructiveness.  I inquired—where she "felt
 hunger; her finger rested on my organ of alimentiveness.   I interrogated her as to the
 time;  she was wholly unable to tell  me.   The idea  then struck me that I might pos-
 sibly enable her to estimate the hour by exciting the organ of time.   With this view,
 I rubbed the forehead gently at the required spot, exerting my volition to the utmost,
 of course; * Oh ! that makes me feel so odd.'  I asked in what way.   She replied, ' It
 makes me know  what time  it is.'   She  then told me the time with almost  perfect
 accuracy.  She would afterwards always estimate the lapse  of time—intervals—with
 astonishing accuracy, upon my exciting the organ of time on her forehead.  Her finger
 rubbed on my forehead, produced invariably  the same results (this  is true of  all (he
 organs).   Upon my exciting her organ of tune in the same way, she said, ' That make*
 me feel so very cheerful—it makes me like to hear some singing.'  1 requested her to
 sing.   She persisted in asserting her inability until I energetically excited self-esteem ,•
 when  she said, ' I'll try,' and  she  forthwith hummed an air.   When her organ of
 colour was excited,  she  exclaimed with animation, ' Oh, oh ! I see green, yellow,
 purple, &c, such beautiful colours.'  If when she was unable to distinguish an object
 clearly, I excited  individuality, she instantly perceived it distinctly.  In  the trance
 she is never aware of her locality, until the proper organ is excited.   Upon one occa-
 sion  I  excited constructiveness, when she  expressed a desire to make a cap-mode',
 which  she executed upon being supplied with materials.   The organ called wit, or
 inirthfulness, being excited,  she very soon began to laugh  involuntarily, although  I
eteadily maintained my gravity.   I  continued the operation, which  produced an in-
 crease  in her mirth until she fell into a continuous Jit of laughter, exclaiming as well
 as she  could, ' I shall die of laughing.'  Upon exciting her organ of desiructivencss,
 her whole aspect-and tone gradually underwent  the most marked change; the « milk
 of human kindness' gradually turned  to gall and venom; she pouted, frowned,  threat-
 ened, stormed, clenched her fist,  and finally became exasperated.   Thinking I had
gone far enough, I breathed on the organ with a view to  reduce its  activity and she
very soon became calm, losing every symptom of anger.  The most  beautiful  results
were elicited by exciting the organ of imitation.  She commenced mimicking and imi-
 tating, with extraordinary and ludicrous accuracy, several peculiarities of her acquaint-
ances and friends, not omitting my friend Mr. Mansfield and myself in the act of
 magnetising.  Suddenly, by the exercise of my whole energy, I paralysed the  organ,
and  instantly her power of imitation vanished.  I  re-excited the organ, when  she
lismeiiiately repeated her wonderful mimickry to our intense gratification."
  In a  letter to the same paper by Dr. Engledue, confirming the statements  of Mr.
Gardiner, the writer says:—
  " The discoverer of the true philosophy of man* was compelled to leave the land of
 his birth ; and the philosopher of this country,f to whom we  are indebted in  a great
 measure for  the promulgation of the remedial power of animal magnetism, was ejected
from a college  boasting of it? liberal foundation, of its liberal professors, yet not pos-
sessing sufficient liberality to listen to the voice of truth."
  After having read these extracts, the President stated  that Mr. Atkinson, a member
 ofthe Society, who was then in the room, had made similar experiments with the like
 success, of which he would read  an account at the  next meeting.   His statements
 were confirmed by two  other members then also present, Mr. Kirby and Mr. Nodin.
  After a few words from those gentlemen in corroboration, and from Mr. Logan and
 other members, expressive of their curiosity, and of their  conviction that the subject
 deserved attention and investigation, the meeting adjourned.—London Phalanx
* Dr Gall
f Dr. Elliotson. 
173
  While the London Phrenological Society was recording these extraordinary discov-
eries in mesmerism, in January, 1842; we were advancing here, in this interesting
field of knowledge, as will be  seen by the following account of some phrenological
experiments in Hartford, Conn., in January, 1842.   " The subject was an interesting
married lady, of high intellectual cultivation, most respectably connected, and of un-
impeachable integrity."

  " An eminent lawyer being introduced to her, she began with him the discussion of some legal ques-
tion, astonishing us by the clearness of her conceptions, or keeping us in a roar of laughter by the lively
sallies of her wit.  During this conversation, some one behind  her placed his hand near her head, with.
out  touching it.   She instantly evinced embarrassment, forgot the subject of discussion, and could
not go on until the hand was removed. The magnetizer then placing his hand upon her forehead, her re-
collection was restored and the conversation renewed.  The magnetizer then touched the organ of
veneration, when  she abruptly terminated the discussion, assuming an attitude of devotion, and refused
all farther communication with the physical world. Her devotions being ended, she was put in com-
munication with a scientific gentleman, with whom she held a long and interesting conversation on the
subject of Animal Magnetism ; boldly controverting his arguments and giving her own view of this
extraordinary science with great clearness of thought and beauty of expression. And here she seemed
like an ethereal being—a  being of another creation—and in the language of the eminent divine to
whose church she belongs, " she appeared perfectly sublimated." After this she astonished all by de
termining with wonderful accuracy, the phrenological character of various individuals  present, and
describing with most minute exactness, their several diseases, acute or chronic, incipient or confirmed.
A gentleman present was request to sing and play a German song for her. The first note struck brought
her to the piano, when during the prelude she persisted in standing, but the instant he commenced the
song, she sat down by him, and with a full, sweet voice, accompanied him in the very words he sung,
although in her natural state she has no knowledge of that language.  She then accompanied a French
gentleman in one of the songs of his country, and afterward began again the German song, which the
pianist had been requested to sing once more.  During the performance of this, she was demagnetized,
and, of course, discontinued her accompaniment.  Being asked by the writer why she stopped, and if
the  would not still accompany the other voice, she replied that she knew neither the words nor the air."

  These feats, in the  somnicient state, of understanding  and speaking in unknown
tongues, or in a language unknown  to these  persons  in the  natural state, have  been
frequently repeated in this city. They were, moreover, practised in the ancient Pagan
Temples, and by the apostles of the christians.   See acts of the apostles, chapter 2.
  The  higher  orders of the  priesthood continued  to be initiated  into the mysteries
taught  in  the Temples, long after the christian era; and this was a matter of great
importance, for it was necessary for them to get up shows and  theatrical perform-
ances,  on  holidays, in  imitation of the Pagans and of the lesser mysteries, to amuse
their audiences, and these were continued, even in England, as late as the last part of
the sixteenth century.
  St. Cyril,  Bishop  of Alexandria, in A.  D., 412, in his "VTIIth book against Julian,
gravely observes :  " These mysteries are so profound  and so exalted, that they can be
comprehended by those only who are enlightened.   I shall  not therefore  attempt  to
speak of what  is most admirable in them, lest by discovering them to the uninitiated,
I should offend against the injunction not to give what is  holy to the impure, not  to
cast pearls before such as cannot estimate their worth."
  Theodoret, Bishop of Cyzicus, in Syria, A.D., 420, in his dialogue, entitled, " The
Immutable" introduces Orthodoxus, speaking thus—" Answer me, if you  please, in
mystical and obscure terms, for, perhaps, there are  persons present who are not initia-
ted in the mysteries." 
174
                  THE CREDULITY  OF  UNBELIEF.
  Extremes meet.  The desperation of the coward merges into the valor of the hero;
the careful miser assumes the condition of the improvident beggar; and the Quixotic
philanthropist, as in the Niger expedition, lays the foundation of results which might
satisfy the bitterest malignity.  The  proverb applies alike to the ultra-manifestation
of each sentiment ofthe mind: and thus it is that among those who pride themselves
upon incredulity we sometimes meet with the most child-like simplicity of unques-
tioning belief.   At a meeting of the Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society, a paper
was read describing a  case of painless  amputation of  the thigh during a mesmeric
trance.   It was furnished by two gentlemen,  Mr. W.  Topham, a barrister ofthe Mid
die Temple, and Mr. W. Squire Ward, M. R. C. S., formerly House Surgeon to St.
Bartholomew's Hospital, to the following effect.   The patient, a laboring man, forty-
two years of age, had suffered  for nearly five years from a painful affection of the knee;
when, on the  21st June last,  he was admitted into  the district hospital at  Wellow,
Notts.  During three weeks preceding the 9th September, lie had not slept more than
two hours in seventy; and at this time the attempt to induce the mesmeric state was
made by Mr. Topham.   It was repeated  successfully every day until the 24th, when
sleep was produced in four minutes and a half.  " In this sleep his arms were violent-
ly pinched, as well as the diseased leg itself, without his exhibiting any sensation; yet
the limb was so sensitive in its natural state  that he could not bear even the  slightest
covering to rest upon it." On the  1st October, it was  resolved that amputation should
be performed during the mesmeric trance.   Throughout the operation, " the placid
look of the  patient's countenance never changed; his whole frame rested in perfect.
stillness; not a muscle or nerve was seen to twich."  Afterwards he gradually awoke;
and upon collecting himself, he exclaimed, "I bless  the Lord to find it's all over."
5ie  denied having felt the slightest  pain; and two days afterwards the first  dressing
of the wound was applied under similar conditions.*
  The supposition that  mesmeric  manipulation can produce  the  state thus described
is one of great improbability; but the unbelief of members of the society overleap!
itself, and induced them almost unanimously to jump to a conclusion which unfortu-
nately requires for its unhesitating reception  almost a larger amount of credulity  than
would be necessary for the phenomenon of which it is presented as the solution.   The
opinion thus readily adopted was simply that the patient had experienced all the pain
usually attendant upon a capital operation, but that he had thought fit to feign insen
sibility; and,,with this  the subject was dismissed.  Now, that two gentlemen, of, we
presume, professional respectability, should out of mere wantonness plan a short-lived
hoax, which must, if discovered, lead to their expulsion from society, is of itself no
slight improbability; but that a timed patient, wont  down with pain, and doomed to
a dreadful operation, upon which his existence depended, should originate or  lend
himself to the  motiveless joke, and  perform his part to admiration, is an assumption
of a still more astounding kind.  Under any  view, the case is surrounded by improba-
bilities, and  inquiry, to whatever  it might lead, could  not fail to be instructive.  If
the patient be an impostor, he can hardly have arrived at the age of forty-two without
having  already, by the development  of his genius, acquired  in his own neighborhood
a pretty distinct reputation: if, on the other  hand, he has hitherto maintained a char-
acter for integrity, we do not see that the fact of his being an agricultural laborer en-
titles any society to brand  him as an imposter, for  making a statement which if it
proceeded from one of their own station would be received at all events vvith respect,
and which, as  it relates to personal conciousness, they are unable to disprove.   The
case  is calculated to interest  every humane  person.  We fear that it may turn out a
delusion; but at present those who have attacked it have merely substituted one im-
probability for another.   The most direct evidence of which it is susceptible has  been
produced; and this can now only be strengthened or weakened by the testimony  rela-
ting to the character ofthe principal witness. It is possible that Messrs. Topham and
Ward were  prepared to furnish some information on the point;  if not, it was easily
procured from  other sources.  But this, in the eagerness of incredulity,  was lost sight
of; and the members appear to have departed thoroughly satisfied, that although it is
impossible to swallow a dromedary, a camel may be taken whole with  very  little in-
convenience.—London  Spectator, 1842.*
  *  Weak and bigoted men always gratify their vanity in opposing the introduction pf odditions to our
knowledge, which, not being taught in  the schools in which they were educated are, consequently,
above their comprehension.   The fury with which such self-sufficient philosophers opposed the intro-
duction ofthe theory of the Copernican system of astronomy is equallel only by th't with which they
now oppose the introduction of the theory ofthe magnetism of the human system.  " Do wo  Hot see the
sun rise in the east,—move through the heavens and" set in the west 7 and must we now believe, against
the plain evidence of our own senses, that the earth moves around the sun ! and does not, the Bible say
that the sun rises in the cast, and sets in the west ? Wliat sacrilege ! Bring the figgots,  and we 11 con-
sign the^e new philosophers to the flames !" exclaimel the bigots, and Copernicus borely escape! those
Homes, by refusing to allow his work to appear until the day of hi3 death ! 
175
                    IMPORTANT FACTS IN MESMERISM.
Dr.  Daniel Gilbert,                                Boston, Feb. 15th. 1843.
   Dear Sir:—Engaged as you are, in the laudable enterprise of establishing a comparatively new but
useful science, (Mesmerism,) every fact within your reach must be useful to you.  For on facts, well es-
tablished facts, must rest this as well as every other science. Below I give you one which came under
my own observation, in the circumstances of which I was a party.
  On Monday evening last, a young lady whom I had mesmerised ten or a dozen times
for disease and  had cured, some three months since, was walking in or near  Belknap
street and fell and  broke the bones of her left arm, between the  elbow and wrist.  She
was brought to  her place of residence in Summer street, suffering, as might be expect-
ed, excruciating pain from the fractured limb.  At the moment of her arrival, ] was
engaged in mesmerising a lady, a member of another family in the same house.  I was
desired  as soon  as possible to  come to the lady who had broken  her arm, which I very
soon did, and proceeded to put her  into the mesmeric sleep, which being done I endea-
Tored to paralize the arm, but having been engaged in mesmerising for the last two
hours previous  to this. I found my own force insufficient to effect this to my own sat-
isfaction.  I wished to paralyze the arm sufficiently to allow the  operation of setting
the broken bones to be done,  without suffering on her part.  I therefore desired a gen-
tleman, Mr. Coburn, to assist me—requesting him to concentrate his force on the arm
alone.   This he did  with marked  effect.  AVhen satisfied  that sensation in the arm
was extinct, Dr. Hewett, who was called to set the broken arm, commenced opera-
tions.
  I stood directly in  front of  the young lady and watched very closely the expression
of her face, as  did others present, and from beginning to end  I did not discover the
least manifestation of suffering, and while the most  painful part of the operation was
being performed, that of grinding the bones info their proper place, she continued to
chat and joke with me until I desired her to desist, that I might better keep my mind
concentrated on her arm.  After the operation was performed and the arm dressed, it
was again mesmerised, and I  awoke her.   I asked her if she had suffered any pain in
the operation 1 She  answered, none  at all.  Do you suffer any pain  now1?  I  asked.
Not  the least,  was her answer.  The arm has since the time of the operation been
kept mesmerised—and she suffers no pain.at all, while the  process of healing is going
on as rapid or more so, than in the normal state.
  I give you these  facts just as they occurred—they do not rest on my testimony alone.
There were present on the occasion, Dr. Hewett, and a young gentleman who assisted
him: Mr. Coburn, who assisted me and some five or six ladies, whom, if I have mis-
represented any thing will correct  me, or,  if I have stated the truth, will corroborate
the same.   You are at liberty  to use this communication in any way you  choose to
further  the cause of truth.
                            Respectfully, you ob't servant,
                                 SILAS  ALLEN, 293  Washington street, Boston
Dr.  Gilbert.                                       Boston, Feb. 16th. 1843.
  Dear Sir.  I wish to state some facts to you in regard to the truth of the science
of Mesmerism  which  have come under my personal observation, which are the fol-

  I  have a child  which is now fifteen months old; this child ever since it was two
months old  has been subject  to fits, and some of the time had as many as twenty in
the  course of twenty-four hours.  There has  not been but a few days in succession
for twelve months but what the child had more or less fits each day, and I had  about
given up the idea that the child could ever be cured.  I attended some of your Lec-
tures on Mesmerism, although a skeptic at the time, I become convinced of the truth
of the science.  About a month ago I concluded to try myself, and see if I could mes-
merise  the child—I set myself about it and in two hours I had the child in a mesmeric
state   I kept  her in it for four hpurs; the next day she had two fits  although much
lighter  than usual.   I then  mesmerised her again, in a very few minutes, and have
followed it ever since two or  three times a week, and the child has not had a fit since
the second time I mesmerised her.   Before I mesmerised  her she was very weak and
could not hold up her head.  She did not weigh any more when she was fourteen
months old than she did when she was two months old; since she was mesmerised
she  has grown very fleshy, and consequently  gained strength very fast and can now
hold ud her head Perfectly erect and looks like a plump  healthy child.  These  sir,
are facts which I know to be true and you are at liberty to use them as you see fit   I
think the truth of Mesmerism ought to be more generally known  than it is.
                                      Yours respectfully,
                                    B. M'FARLAND, Garland street, Boston.
12 
176
          MAGNETISING MEDICINE, TRIUMPH OP SCIENCE

  The following article is extracted from a London publication entitled " The Popu-
lar Record of Modern Scienee."  The book from which the extracts are taken is writ-
ten by Professor Gregory, of Edinburgh, a gentleman held in high estimation for his          •
scientific acquirements, and a son of the celebrated Dr. Gregory,

                   RESEARCHES ON MAGNETISM.

  A contribution to science  of far more than ordinary interest, has this week been
furnished by Professor Gregory, ofthe university of Edinburgh, in a comprehensive
statement of the researches of Baron Von Reichenbach on " Magnetism and certain
allied subjects."*  It appears that, while travelling on the continent last summer. Dr.
Gregory's attention was directed to a detaf* of Baron Von Reichenbach's experiments,
just published in the " Annalen  der Chemie und  Pharmacie," a periodical of the
highest rank, conducted by Baron Liebeg and Professor Wohler.—The conclusions
to be derived from these  experiments were of the most startling character;  but Dr.
Gregory being aware of  Reichenbach's character for minute accuracy and untiring
perseverance, and of his reputation  among chemists, in consequence of his labori-
ous and successful researches  on the tar of  wood and of coal, which made us ac-
quainted  with creosote and many other  new  compounds, could not for one moment
hesitate to receive the facts on which they rested.  He felt anxious, therefore, on his
return to Scotland  in October last, that these experiments should be made known,
and while preparing a translation of Reichenbach's statements, he took the opportu-
nity of describing,  in two lectures to a  numerous audience, a considerable  part of
the results obtained.  The fame of these  lectures spread to London, and coming as it
did at a time when discoveries by Faraday and Hunt had already excited the public
mind  upon the subject, the greatest interest was felt for further information.  This,
information is now supplied, and it is of a character to awaken the liveliest  gratifi-
cation, as opening up a new  and  inexhaustible field for philosophical inquiry.
  Baron  Von Reichenbach's Experiments originated in  his having the opportunity
of studying a patient, Madlle. Nowotny, aged 25, subject for eight years to increas-
ing headaches, and latterly  affected with cataleptic fits, accompanied with spasms.
She possessed a remarkable acuteness of the senses, could not endure the daylight,
and in a dark night perceived her room as well lighted as it appeared to others in
the twilight, so that she could even distinguish colors.  She was  also  very sensitive
in various ways to the  influence of the magnet.   Struck with these things,  and re-
membering that the aurora borealis appears to be a phenomenon connected with ter-
restrial magnetism, or electro-magnetism, it  occurred to him that possibly a  patient
of such acuteness of vision might see some luminous phenomenon about the magnet.
Dr. Von Eisenstein (the physician in attendance 1) afforded every facility, and ex-
periments were accordingly commenced.
   " The first trial was made by the patient's  father.  In profound  darkness, a horse-
shoe magnet of nine elements, capable of carrying eighty pounds, was presented to
the patient, .the armature being removed; she saw a distinct and continued luminous
appearance, whieh uniformly disappeared when the armature was applied.
   " The  second experiment was  made as follows, on her recovery from a cataleptic
attack, when the excitability of  her senses was greatest.  The room being artifi-
cially darkened, and the  candles extinguished before  the fit was  ended, the magnet
was placed on a table, ten feet from the patient, with the poles upwards, and the ar-
mature removed.  None ofthe bystanders could see anything whatever, but the pa-
tient saw two luminous objeets, one at  each  pole, which disappeared on joining the
poles, and re-appeared on removing the  armature.  At the moment of breaking con-
tact, the light was somewhat stronger.   The appearance was the same at both poles,
without any apparent tendency to unite.   Next to the metal she described a lumi-
nous  vapor,  surrounded  by  rays, which  rays were in  con-tant  shooting  motion,
lengthening and shortening themselves incessantly, and presenting, as she said, a sin-
gularly beautiful appearance.  There was no resemblance to an  ordinary fire; the
  * Abstract of "Researches on Magnetism and on certain allied subjects," including a supposed new
Imponderable.  By Baron Von Reinhenbaeli.  Translate! an 1 abridged from  the tJerman, by Wil-
liam Gregory, M. D., F. R. S. E., M. R. LA., Professor of Chemistry. Edinburgh.  1846. 
177
 color ofthe light was nearly pure white, sometimes mixed with iridescent colors the
 whole more like the light of the sun than that of a fire.   The light was dense'and
 brighter towards the middle of the edges of the ends ofthe magnet, than  towards the
 corners, where the rays formed bundles, longer than the rest.  I showed the patient
 a small electric spark;  this, she said, was more blue, and left on the eye a painful
 and lasting sensation, like that caused by looking at the sun, when the image  ofthe
 sun is afterwards seen on every object."
  These experiments were repeated, and sometimes with a weaker magnet, nothing
 being said to the patient, who then saw only two luminous threads; the first appear-
 ances, however, always returning when the original magnet was substituted.  As
 she regained strength, her impressibility diminished.  After some time she saw no-
 thing more than a kind of flash when the armature was removed, and eventually her
 recovery put an end to further experiments.
  Dr. Lippich, clinical professor, now obtained for the Baron the means of experi-
 menting with Madlle. Sturmann, a patient aged 19, suffering from consumption, and
 subject to the lower stages of somnambulism, with attacks of spasms and catalepsy,
 and she proved still more sensitive th,an Madlle.  Nowotny.
  " When the  magnet (capable of supporting eighty pounds) was placed six paces
 from the feet of the patient (then in bed), in the darkened ward and the armature re-
 moved ; the patient, then quite conscious, gave no answer, having instantly fallen
 into a state of  spasm and unconsciousness.  After an interval, she came to herself,
 and declared that the moment when the armature was withdrawn, she had seen fire
 rise from the magnet, which fire was the height of a small hand, white, but mixed
 with red and blue.  She wished to examine it more  closely, but the action ofthe mag-
 net (the circuit being then not closed) instantly deprived her of consciousness.  On
 account of her health, the experiment was not repeated."
  A  lad, subject to frequent convulsions, was the  person next experimented upon,
 and with somewhat similar results.   The next was Malle. Mair, aged 25, suffering
 from paralysis  of the lower extremities, with occasional spasms, but exhibiting no
 other derangement of the nervous functions.  As often as the armature was remov-
 ed from a large magnet in the dark, she instantly saw the luminous appearance above
 the poles,  about a hand's breadth in height.—Her sensitiveness increased when she
 was affected with spasms, and she then  not only saw the light at the poles  much
 larger than before, but she also perceived currents of light  proceeding from the
 whole external surface of the magnet, weaker  than at the poles,  but leaving in her-
 eyes a dazzling impression which did not for a long time disappear.   This was the
 fourth confirmation of the existence of the magnetic light.  The sensibility of the
 next patient was still more remarkable and distinct.
  " This was Madlle. Barbara Reichel, aged twenty-nine, of stout build.  At the age
 of seven, she had fallen out of a window two stories high, and since that time she
 had suffered nervous attacks, passing partly into lunacy, partly into somnambulism,
 and speaking in her sleep.   Her disease was  intermitting, often  with very long in-
 tervals of health.  At this time she had just passed through severe spasmodic attacks,
 and retained the entire sensitiveness of her vision, the acuteness of which was sin-
 gularly exalted during her attacks.  She was at the same time in full vigor, perfectly
conscious,  looked  well externally, and went  alone through  the crowded streets of
 Vienna to visit her relations in their houses.   The author invited her to his house,
and she came as often as he wished it, so that he was enabled to employ her extraor-
dinary sensitiveness to the magnetic influence,  in researches with such apparatus as
could not conveniently be brought into other houses.
  ■' This person, although strong and healthy, saw the magnetic light as strong as
any sick individual; she could move about freely,  and was very intelligent, and in
addition to these rare advantages, although highly  sensitive, she could bear the ap-
proach of magnets, and  experimenting with them, far better than sensitive persons
generally do.
  " This patient saw the magnetic light, not only in the dark, but also in such a twi-
light as permitted the author to distinguish objects, and toarrange and alter the expe-
riments.   The more intense the darkness, the brighter and larger she saw the flam-
ing emanations, the more sharp and defined was their outline, and the more distinct
the play of colors.
  " When the  magnet was laid before her in the dark, she saw it giving out light,
not  only when open,but also when the poles were joined by the armatures; but the 
178
 luminous appearance was  different in the two cases.   With the closed  magnets,
 there were no points where the  fight appeared concentrated, as was the case when
 the magnet was open; butall the edges, joinings, and corners of the magnet gave out
 short flame-like lights, uniform in size, and in a constant undulatory motion.   In the
 case of the magnet of nine elements,  capable of carrying eighty pounds, these were
 about as long as the thickness of a little finger.
   " When the armature was removed, it presented a most beautiful appearance.  Each
 arm ofthe magnet was about eight and a half inches long, and the light rose almost
 to an equal height above the magnet, being rather broader than the bar.   At each de-
 pression, where two plates of the magnet are laid together, there appeared smaller
 flames ending in  points like  sparks, on the edges and corners.  These small flames
 appear  blue; the chief light was white befow, yellow higher up, then red, and green
 at top.  It was not motionless, but flickered, undulated, or contracted by starts, con-
 tinually, with an  appearance as of rays shooting forth.   But here, as in the case of
 Madlle. Nowotny, there was no appearance of mutual attraction, or mutual tendency
towards each other of the flames, or from one pole to the other; and, as in that case,
 both poles presented the same appearance.       *
   " Experiments performed on a sixth patient, Madlle. Maria Atzmannsdorfer, aged
 twenty, who had headaches and  spasms, and walked in her sleep, led to results con-
 firmatory ofthe preceding.   The light dazzled her eyes by its brilliancy.
   " From the above facts it appears, that the foregoing six sensitive individuals, each
 according to the degree of sensitiveness or to the diseased state of the body, saw, more
 or less vividly, a luminous appearance, like a moving flame, at the poles of power-
 ful magnets.   These individuals were  highly sensitive, although of unequal sensi-
 tiveness ;  and, although unacquainted with each other, and with each other's obser-
 vations, their accounts agree in all essential points, and were, in each case, uniform-
 ly consistent, not only with  themselves, but with the known laws of electricity and
 magnetism.  The author, having no reason to doubt the perfect honesty of those per-
 sons, and feeling, at all events, confident of his own caution, accuracy and bona fides,
 has no hesitation in admitting the reality ofthe phenomenon, although  invisible to
 ordinary men; and he considers the fact of the existence of such luminous appearan-
 ces at the poles of powerful magnets as fully established as the researches of one man
 can establish a fact.  He confidently anticipates confirmation from other observers*

   But in order to prove that the impressions upon these persons were the result of
 actual  light, Baron Von Reichenbach instituted the following experiment:—
   " A very sensitive Daguerreotype plate, being prepared, was placed  opposite to a
 magnet, the armature of which was removed, in a closed box, surrounded with thick
 bed-clothes so that no ordinary light could  enter.   After sixty-four hours' exposure,
 the plate, when held over mercurial vapor, was found fully affected, as by light, on
 the whole surface.  In a parallel experiment, made without a magnet, the  plate was
 found entirely unaffected.  This proves that, unless  other imponderables, such as
 magnetism, act on the prepared  plates as light does, the emanation from the^magnet
 is ofthe nature of light, however feeble and slow in its action on the Daguerreotype."
   This beautiful  and satisfactory experiment was followed  by another equally re-
 markable.  By means of a lens, the magnet was made to produce a focal image on
 the wall, and whenever the experimenter moved the lens, Madlle. Reichel was able
 to point to the situation of the light.
   Thus much with regard to the  luminous appearances.   We now come to
 the mechanical force exerted by the magnet on the  human frame.  Dr. Patelin, of
 Lyons, and other observers, having formerly stated instances of the attraction of the
 human hand  by a magnet, and of the power of some patients to  distinguish water,
 along which a magnet  had been drawn,  resolved to institute experiments in  this
 direction.
   " The adhesion of a living hand to a magnet is a  fact unknown in physiology
 as in physics, and few have seen it:  it, therefore, requires  explanation.  Madlle.
 N. being in catalepsy, insensible and motionless, but  free from spasms, a horse-shoe
 magnet of twenty pounds power was brought near to her hand, when the hand at-
  * Similar experiments were made in this city with Blind Mary, in the magnetic sleep, in February,
 1842, by Mr. Sunderland, Fowler, and myself, with very similar results.  VVe used the common  0
 magnet, and the magnetised steel ring, one foot in diameter, and these experiments hare been often
 repeated in this city.
   It was during these experiments, that Mr. Sunderland magnetised Mary with this ring, when vio-
 lent- spasmodic action commenced and continned more than an hour, or until her  old nugnetiser was
 summoned to-her relief. 
179
tached itself so to the magnet, that whichever way the magnet was moved, the Land
followed it as if it had been a bit of iron adhering to it.  She remained insensible;
but the attraction was so  powerful, that when the magnet was removed, in the
direction  of the feet, further than the arm could reach, she, still insensible, raised
herself in bed, and with the hand followed  the magnet as far as she possibly could,
so that it looked  as if she had been seized by the hand, and that member  dragged
towards the feet.  If the magnet was still further removed, she let it go unwillingly,
but remained fixed in her actual position.  This was daily seen by the author between
six and eight p. m., when  her attacks came on, in the presence of eight or ten per-
sons, medical and scientific men.
   " At other periods of the day, when she was quite conscious, the phenomena  were
the same.  She described the sensation as  an irresistible attraction, which she felt
compelled, against her will, to  obey.  The sensation was agreeable, accompanied
with a gentle cooling aura, streaming or flowing down from  the magnet to the hand,
which felt as if tied and drawn with a thousand  fine threads to the magnet.   She
was not acquainted with any similar sensation in ordinary  life;  it was indescriba-
ble,  and included an infinitely refreshing and pleasurable sensation when the  mag-
net was not too strong."
   Similar results were obtained with Mademoiselle Reichel and Madlle. S'turmann,
and the statement of the various modes in which the veracity of the patients and
the accuracy of the experiments were tested,  is such as to  inspire  the most  unre-
served confidence in the experimenter.   Mr. Baumgartner, the distinguished natural
philosopher, was one of those who, amongst dfhers, tested in a very ingenious way
the above phenomena.
   With regard  to magnetised water,  Baron Von Reichenbach, although  strongly
prejudiced against this " mesmeric idea," was compelled to admit  that a  palpable
effect was produced.
   " He saw daily that his patient could easily distinguish  a glass of water,  along
which a magnet, unknown to her, had been drawn, from any others;  and this  with-
out failure or hesitation.  He found it impossible to oppose  a fact like this  by  argu-
ments ; but  when he saw the same result in many other patients, he ceased to struggle
against that which, whether he understood it or not, was obviously a fact.   He then
perceived that it was more rational to admit  the fact, and to wait with patience for
the explanation."
   The experimenter then determined to see, whether bodies besides water  could be
magnetized, so as to  produce similar effects.  He passed the magnet not only over
all sorts of minerals and drugs, but over indiscriminate objects, and they all affected
the  patient more or less powerfully.   But although all were equally magnetised, the
 results were different, some substances producing a strong,  and others only a  slight
 impression.  It was therefore clear, that the different results must have been caused
 by an inherent difference of power in  the various kinds of  matter,  and he resolved
 to test if this difference  would manifest itself, when the substances were applied in
 their natural condition.   To his astonishment they still acted on the patient,  and with
 a power often little inferior to that which they had when magnetised.
   Amongst the various substances tried (of which a well-arranged list is given),
 distinct solitary crystals were found to act in the strongest manner.
   " In trying the effect of drawing the point of rock crystal, 7 inches long and lj
 thick, from  the wrist to the points of the fingers, and back, as in magnetizing, the
 author found that the sensation experienced  by the patient was  the same as with a
 magnetic needle or  bar,  nearly five  inches long, one sixth inch  broad,  and one-
 thirtieth  inch thick, weighing nearly 180 grains, and  supporting about J oz.   The
   Satient felt an agreeable cool aura in both cases, when the crystal or magnet was
   rawn from the wrist to the point of the middle  finger ; if drawn in  the opposite
 direction the sensation was disagreeable and appeared warm.  A crystal, thrice the
 size of the first, produced, wh#n  drawn downwards, the same effect as a magnet,
 supporting two pounds of iron;  and when drawn the opposite way, a spasmodic
 condition of the whole arm, lasting several minutes, and so violent that the experi-
 ment could not well be repeated."
   It was found that this peculiar force residing  in crystals was analogous to elec-
 tricity and  magnetism, inasmuch as it was capable of acting through opaque bodies,
 and admitted also of being transferred to  other  substances.  A large rock crystal,
 placed s/> that its point rested on  a glass of water, produced  water as strongly 
180
 magnetised as a horse-shoe magnet.  It was further ascertained that the power thus
 transferred, was capable of being retained for a short time (in no case, however,
 longer than for ten minutes).
   In Madlle. Nowotny, the hand  was attracted by a large crystal, exactly as by a
 magnet of middling size.  Crystals also gave forth  the same luminous appearance
 as the magnet, only more singularly beautiful in color and form.
   Still proceeding "steadily in  his researches, and calling to mind the many effects
 analogous to those of the magnet  alleged to have been produced on sick persons by
 the human hand, Reichenbach, while he avoided all study ofthe literature of animal
 magnetism,  in  order  to  retain  an unfettered judgment, resolved  to  ascertain
'" whether animal magnetism, like the crystalline  force, might not be subject to
 physical laws ?   As crystallisation seems to mark  the  transition  from organic to
 inorganic nature, he ventured to hope, that by experiment he might discover a point
 of connection between animal magnetism and  pnysics, or perhaps even obtain, for
 animal magnetism, that firm foundation in physics,  which had so long been sought
 for in vain."
   And  here the philosophical caution  of the practised  observer is strikingly dis-
 played.  In order that his experiments might  be free from every ^disturbing cause,
 he felt  it essential, previously, to ascertain  the part which terrestrial magnetism
 plays in relation to human  sensations.   If a magnet or crystal produces marked
 effects, it is certain that the magnetism of the  earth must exert a  powerful  action,
 and, therefore, it became necessary for him to ascertain the conditions of this action,
 to enable him to estimate the degree in which the  results of the new experiments
 might be modified by its influence.   The inquiries instituted with  this view, led to
 the discovery of a singular fact, namely, that persons sensitive to the magnetic in-
 fluence (at least, in the northern hemisphere), find, when in a recumbent state, every
 other position except that from north to south highly disagreeable; that from west
 to east, being in particular almost intolerable.
   " On examining the  position of Madle. Nowotny,  she  was found  lying  almost
 exactly on the magnetic meridian, her head towards the north.  She had instinctively
 chosen this direction;  and it  had been necessary to take down a stove to allow her
 bed to be placed as she desired it to be.  She  was  requested, as an experiment, to
 lie down with her head to the  south.  It took several days to persuade her to do so,
 and she only consented in consideration of the weight which the author attached to
 the experiment.  At last, one  morning, he found her in the desired position, which
 she had assumed very shortly before.  She very soon began to complain of discomfort,
 she became restless, flushed, her pulse  became more frequent and  fuller, a  rush of
 blood to the head increased  the headache, and  a sensation of nausea soon attacked
 the  stomach.  The bed with the patient was now turned, but was stopped half-way,
 when she lay in a magnetic parallel, with the head  to the west.  This position was
 far more disagreeable than the former, indeed,  absolutely intolerable.   This was at
 half past eleven, A. M.  She felt as if she would soon faint, and  begged to be re-
 moved out of this position.  This was  done; and as soon as she was restored to the
 original position, with the head to the north, all disagreeable sensations diminished,
 and in  a few minutes were so completely gone,  that she was again  cheerful."
   Further singular corroborations are quoted  in confirmation of this view; an!
 Reichenbach thinks it sufficient to account for many of the errors and contradiction*
 which  have occurred  in animal magnetism from  the  time of Theophrastus and
 Mesmer to our own day.   " For  if the same disease were treated  magnetically, in
 Vienna, in the position north to south; in Berlin, in that of east to west;  and in Stutt-
 gard, in that of south to north; totally different results would be obtained in the three
 cases, and no agreement in  the experience of the different physicians could be
 obtained."
   " Nay, if the same physician, at different  times, or even at the same time in dif-
 ferent places, were to  treat  the same disease with the same magnetic means, while
 accidentally the  beds of his patients were  placed in different positions,  he must
 necessarily see quite different results,  so as  to  be entirely puzzled with magnetism
 and with himself.  He must con^'ude it to be full of caprice and change;  and find-
 ing it impossible to foresee and regulate  its action, reject magnetism altogether as
 an  unmanageable instrument.   Such  has   been,  in  fact, the  sad  history  of
 magnetism.  From the earliest times, often taken up, and as often cast aside, it
 now lies almost unemployed, and yet  is  so distinguished, so penetrating, nay, we 
181
may say,'so incomparable a means of relief in cases where man has hitherto been
unable to afford any benefit.   Nervous diseases are still the scandala medicorum
It  may  be confidently expected,  that ere long an improvement  wili be  effected.
The all-powerful influence of terrestrial magnetism will  be measured and  calcu-
lated, and the whole subject of magnetism will now admit of being regularly studied
in reference to medicine.  Progress will be made;  experimenters will  mutually
understand each other;  and the world at length hope to derive some actual benefit
from  those extraordinary things which have so long excited expectation without
satisfying it.   Having thus established the existence Of a powerful influence ex-
erted  by the earth's  magnetism on the magnetic phenomena in sensitive persons, all
subsequent magnetic experiments were made with  the patients in the position from
north  to south, which is considered by the author as the normal position for the living
body, sensitive or affected with nervous maladies."
  The experiments then  instituted resulted in convincing Reichenbach that a simi-
lar force  to that which he had detected in the magnet, and other  bodies, resides in
the human hand.
  The most singular experiment is that with a glass of water.
  " If it be grasped  from  below by the fingers of one hand, and from above by those of
the other, during a few minutes, it has now acquired to the sensitive, the taste, smell,
and all other singular and surprising properties of the so-called magnetised water.
' Against this  statement,' says the author, ' all those may cry out  who have never
investigated the matter, and to the number of whom I formerly belonged; but ofthe
fact, all those who have submitted to the labor of investigation, and have  seen  the
effects I  allude to, can only  speak with amazement.'  This water, which is quite
identical  with  that treated with the magnet or with the crystal, in all its  essential
properties, has, therefore, received from the  fingers  and hand an  abundant charge
of the peculiar force residing in them, and  retains this charge for some time, and
with some force.  It was found that all  substances whatever  were capable  of re-
ceiving this charge, which the sensitive patients invariably detected.  The  inevi-
table conclusion is,  that the influence residing in the human hand may be collected
in other bodies, in the same way, and the same extent, as  the influence residing in
crystals."
  But in ascertaining thus much we have not arrived at all the sources of this force.
Some of  Reichenbach's most interesting and striking researches  go to establish, in
the most  unquestionable manner, that it resides also in the rays of the sun, and the
moon, and the stars; that it is developed likewise in chemical action (especially in
the processes of digestion and respiration), and again by electricity.  These are its
ascertained and peculiar sources;  but it seems, from the  experiments subsequently
detailed  by Reichenbach, that there is scarcely an object in the collective material
world through which it may not be manifested in relation to peculiar idiosyncrasies.
  Towards the  conclusion of his remarks, the author gave  some very interesting
statements of the relative development of the magnetic force in individuals, at
specified periods of four and  twenty hours, and  he suggests many applications of
> hese  facts of great practical value in the preservation of health.  He  promises also,
within two months, to publish the results of extended inquiries.       -~
   On the whole, it  is scarcely too much to assert, that a  more interesting series of
observations in relation to physical science has rarely been presented to the world.
Those who will take the trouble to enter into the statements, of which little more than
an outline has here  been  presented, will meet suggestions sufficient to give direction
to a whole life-time of  thought and 'observation.   The phenomena observed and
narrated bear with almost equal  force upon every branch of inquiry—crystallo-
graphy,  mineralogy, geology, botanv, anatomy, physiology, medicine, astronomy;
in short, the whole circle of the sciences.   It opens  up a field of inquiry to which
every student of Nature must direct his steps, and to which all, no matter how varied
their  pursuits, may bring their labor with a certainty of reward.
   In conclusion, it  is proper to mention that one very gratifying circumstance, m
connection with the publication of these  researches, consists in their having  drawn
forth  the admirable remarks  of Professor Gregory, by which the publication of them
is accompanied.  It is also  a matter of congratulation that  in a letter dated from
Vienna the 7th of the present month, published in the appendix, and addressed by
Baron Von Reichenbach to Professor Gregory, the  following paragraph is to be
found: 
182
   " Berzelius has expressed himself in the same way as you have done; and carries
 on with me a friendly and brisk correspondence on the subject of my researches, on
 which we may shortly expect a report from  him, to be  laid before  the  Swedish
 Academy of Sciences."

                      REMARKS BY THE AUTHOR.
   An attentive perusal of the  preceding articles will naturally induce the reader to
 revert, with an additional degree of curiosity at least, if not of confidence, to what
 has been said in the successive chapters, and various appended articles of this work,
 on the subject of  Magnetism,  as the motive power of the  human system, and also
 the curative power of the author's peculiar remedies.  Even the routine practi-
 tioner  of the schools,  hedged in, as he may be, by habitual prejudices, and by an
 equally habitual  deference to  stationgry medical  authorities, not  a whit more ad-
 vanced in science than himself, may be led to suspect the possibility of magnetizing
 other substances  besides iron, to which his  knowledge may hitherto have been
 limited, and he may,  if not altogether invincible to the approaches of modern
 science, even exert his mental courage so far as to speculate upon the possible mag-
 netization of substances adopted in the practice of medicine.  We do not expect, of
 course, that he will permit his speculations to become so daring as to take even  a
 glimpse at the idea that all medicines, of every kind, whether having their natural
 properties enhanced by artificial magnetism or not, operate, either for good or evil,
 by the magnetic forces  alone, for  this would be akin  to the grand  conclusion that
 all the  forces  of nature,  in  all substances whatever, are identical with those of
 magnetism.   But when he reads  the  conclusion  of the inquisitive, cautious, and
 philosophical Reichenbach, re-published and respected as it is by the  learned and
 eminent  Professor Gregory, of Edinburgh, that not only water, but  " all sorts of
minerals and drugs," were not only susceptible of being magnetized, but also capa-
ble of imparting to his patients the magnetism they had acquired; when he further
reads, on the same authority, that Reichenbach found that all  substances whatever
were capable of receiving a magnetic charge from tlie human hand, and that sensi-
tive patients " invariably detected " the magnetism thus imparted, he may be led to
think that there are greater absurdities in the world than the doctrine of magnetized
medicines, and that even " Sherwood's Magnetic Remedies," after astonishing and
confounding the medical faculty of the United States for more than thirty years,
 may admit of an  explanation  in  perfect consistency with the demonstrable princi-
ples of magnetism.  It must  be  a rather disagreeable transition of feeling,  we
dare say, for the too confident and arrogant sneer of derision to subside and change
 into the involuntary assent of grave and respectful conviction;  but  thousands have
 been compelled to experience this queer sensation, and every day is rapidly increas-
 ing the number.
  It is difficult for the author of this work to  advert to the preceding notices of the
 recent work of Reichenbach, without  exposing himself to  the  charge of  egotism,
 while merely sustaining his just and honest pretensions to precedence in this field of
 magnetical inquiry.  In a matter, however, which may hereafter affect the claims of
 his country to a just position in the history of the science of the present age, all
 considerations relative to  himself, whether of honor or of reproach, are, with him,
 of inferior moment.  On this account,  therefore, he will cheerfully incur the risk of
 the imputation of  personal vanity, by claiming that it was an American physician
 who first not only  asserted and demonstrated the practicability of magnetising medi- 
                          i          183
                          /
r-ines, but established, in the course of a long practice, their paramount, indeed ex-
clusive efficacy, in an extensive range and heretofore supposed wide diversity of hu-
man maladies, for which science had previously discovered no appropriate nor relia-
ble cure.  He fearlessly asserted that his remedies were magnetic, not upon the gene-
ral principle that all remedies act magnetically, but upon particular and strictly che-
mical principles,  at a  period when  he well knew that his supercilious brethren in
the profession would ridicule the  idea, and even before  magnetism was distinctly
recognized as a chemical agent at all.  He thus, for  the sake of holding  forth a
humane and guiding light of truth  in advance of the age, and when his country,
young even  in national existence, had but comparatively few  pretensions to the
honor of original discoveries in  science, voluntarily and deliberately incurred the
envious hostility of a profession, jealous and implacable to a proverb, towards  any
of its members who shall  dare to step beyond the hard, conventional limits,  pre-
scribed by previous authorities.   He not  only adopted magnetic  medicines, but he
magnetised them himself, in a  chemical process necessarily and unavoidably too
elaborate  to  be  entrusted to the unprincipled  recklessness   of quacks  on the
one hand, or to the illiterate mass of the  profession (in this respect but little higher
than quacks) on the other; and thus had to encounter another  and more plausible
source of reproach,  sustained only  by sound convictions  of prudential necessity.
He has truly informed many members of the profession concerning the composition
of his medicines, and has  concealed  from none, that their basis is a per-chloride of
gold, exalted, by a process of magnetic chemistry, above any other chloride that can
be produced either in this country or  in Europe; and he has frankly imparted even
this process, so far as it can be made without actual observation and explanation of
every detail in the laboratory itself; and it has been as frankly conceded by all who
are capable of forming a  sound  judgment  upon the subject, that  it could not  with
safety be entrusted in any written formulae, either to the profession  in general, or
even to the best pharmaceutical chemists, ignorant of the peculiarly critical opera-
tions upon which a valid  result depends.   To do so, would not only be to risk, but
to inevitably ensure, in a great majority of cases, the manufacture  of a spurious
production (as stated in page 163), and thus eventually consign to neglect and disre-
pute a remedy now, and,  we trust, hereafter, a rescue to thousands from hopeless;
and fatal disease.
   In the author's Quarterly Medical Journal, the " New York Dissector," he has
advanced and defended the opinion that the great secret of Homoeopathy, or of the
extraordinary efficacy  of infinitesimal quantities of medicinal substances, consists
in their being actually magnetised by the triturating and other attenuating processes
by which they are prepared.  In other words, that the homoeopathic medicines are
magnetic, and that this is the sole explanation  of effects at once undeniable  and
hitherto ridiculed, only because they appeared inexplicable.  In his little work, " A
Manual for Magnetising with the Rotary and Vibratory Magnetic Machines," the
s.uthor has given Hahnemann's directions tor magnetising medicines, by trituration
and shaking.  On page 166 of  the  work now in the hand of the reader,  he  has
•riven extracts from Hahnemann on  the subject of certain preparations of gold, as
possessing " great remedial virtues, which cannot be replaced."  This explanation
of homoeopathy was received with little favor at first, by some of its professors in
this country, although fully and decisively sustained by Hahnemann's own language
as quoted, notwithstanding his somewhat mystical dialect.  Many of the objectors,
however, upon more mature reflection, have assented to the force of the evidence
adduced and we think that  the experiments of Reichenbach will now leave  but
little .doubt upon the matter, in the minds of any who carefully  investigate it. 
184
  On the subject, too, of the magnetic organization  of  the human system, first
advanced by the author of this work, and for some time regarded as a mere imagi-
native vision of real or pretended clairvoyants, Reichenbach will be found to have
elicited strongly confirmatory evidence and elucidation, although as yet his experi-
ments have left this exceedingly curious and important branch of science in a
cruder condition than he might have found it  in this  and other works long since
published by the author  in this country.  Thus he appears to have supposed that
the major magnetic  axis of the human body  is across it, and that the principal
poles are in the hands at the ends of the fingers; whereas the  author has clearly
determined, by experiments equally legitimate, and much  longer repeated, that the
major axis is the longitudinal one, and the principal poles are in the brain, the solar
plexus, and the genitals; those in the fingers, although as luminous and emittive as
he describes them, being merely among the great number of minor or secondary
poles.  The author,  nevertheless,  cannot but congratulate himself and  his readers
upon this substantially conclusive corroboration or a  discovery which, when first
advanced, was deemed, even  by many of his friends, as too bold and startling to be
prudently offered to the public.  Scientific  caution, however, has been, and may be
carried to the excess of frivolous fastidiousness and timidity; and moral courage in
discovery, when properly sustained by evidence satisfactory to all reasonable minds,
is a  quality much  more useful  to the cause of  truth and the advancement  of
science.
                           MAGNETIZED  RINGS.
  These rings should be made of steel wire, plated with gold, silver, tin, copper, or
brass.  When finished, they should be magnetized, one at a time, by placing a ring
flat on one of the poles of a strong magnet, and then pressing on, and at the same
time drawing it entirely off of the magnet with a quick motion.  The ring will
then have two poles, which will  affect the  compass or variation-needle ; one of
which should be worn on a finger of the right, and another of the left hand.
  Gold rings made in this manner have a reai value, as their influence on children
and adults affected with tubercula, and at the same time very susceptible to mag-
netic or mesmeric  influence, is very salutary,  as shown by a trial of their effects in
a great number and variety of cases during the  last three years, and they will last
a life-time.  They have, however, little or no effect upon those  who are insuscepti-
ble to these influences.
          /                 GALVANIC  RINGS.
  A knowledge of the remedial effects of magnetized rings, in persons who are very
susceptible to magnetic or mesmeric influence,  has excited  the cupidity of adven-
turers, who are inundating the country with "  Galvanic  Rings"—so-called,  under
the patronage of the professors of medical colleges.
  These rings are  made of zinc and copper, and zinc  and copper gilded, plated or
silvered.  Such rings cannot, however, be galvanized or magnetized so as to retain
or maintain polarity; and are, consequently, of no value as remedial agents.   They
serve,  however, as a badge to distinguish  the weak, ignorant, and  credulous, from
the rest of the community. 
185
                         THE PROCESS OF  MAGNETISING.
  The following directions for magnetizing, are given by Deleuze, who practised the art more thai
Ibrty years.

  " When a sick person desires you to attempt to cure him by magnetism, and neither the family nor
the physician make objection to it, if you feel the desire to second his wishes, and are resolved to conti
nue the treatment so long as it shall be necessary, settle with him the hour ofthe sittings, make him pro-
mise to be exact, not to Emit himself to an attempt of a few days, to conform himself to your advice in
relation to regimen, and not to speak ofthe undertaking except to persons who ought naturally to be in-
formed of it.
  " When you are once agreed, and determined to treat the thing seriously,  remove from the patient all
persons who would be troublesome  ; do not keep near you any except necessary witnesses, (one only if
it can be so,) and request of them not to occupy themselves at all with the processes you employ, nor
with the effects that follow, but to unite with you in the intention of doing good to the patient.  Arrange
things so as not to be too cold or too warm, so that nothing shall interfere with the freedom of your
movements, and take precautions to prevent all interruption during the sitting.
  " Cause your patient to sit down in the easiest position possible, and place yourself before him, on a
seat a little more elevated, so that his knees may be between yours,  and your feet by the side of his.—
Demand  of him, in the first place, that he give himself up entirely, that he think of nothing, that he do
not trouble himself by examining the effects which he experiences, that he banish all fear, and indulge
hope, and that he be not disquieted or discouraged if the action of magnetism produces in him temporary
pains.
  " After you have brought yourself to a state of self-collectedness, take his thumbs between  your two
fingers, so that the inside of your thumbs may touch  the inside of  his.  Remain  in  this  situation
five minutes, or until you perceive there is an equal degree of heat between your thumbs and his: that
being done, you will withdraw your hands, removing them to the right and left, and waving them so
that the interior surface be turned  outwards, and raise them  to his head; then place them  upon his
two shoulders, leaving them there about a minute; you will then draw them  along the arm  to the ex-
tremity ofthe fingers, touching lightly.  You will  repeat this pass five or six times, always turning
your hands, and sweeping them off a little, before reascending ; you will then place your hands upon the
head, hold them there a moment, and bring them down before the face, at the distance of one or two
inches, as far as the pit of the stomach ; there you will let  them remain about two minutes, passing the
thumb along the pit of the stomach, and the other fingers down the sides.  Then descend slowly along
the body as far as the knees, or farther; and, if you can conveniently, as far as the ends of the feet.  You
may repeat the same processes during the greater part of the sitting.  You may sometimes draw nearer
to the patient, so as to place your hands behind his shoulders, descending slowly along the spine, thence
to the hips, and along the thighs as  far as the knees, or to the feet.   After the first passes you may dis-
pense with putting your hands upon the head, and make the succeeding passes along the arms, beginning
at the shoulder, or along the body, commencing at the stomach.
  " When you wish to put an  end to the sitting, take care to draw towards  the extremity of the hands,
and towards the extremity of the feet, prolonging your passes beyond these extremities, and shaking
your fingers each time.   Finally,  make several passes transversely before the face, and also before the
breast, at the distance of three or  four inches; these  passes are made by presenting the two  hands
together, and briskly drawing them from each other; as if to carry off the superabundance of fluid with
which the patient may be charged.   You see that it is essential to magnetize, always descending from
the head to the extremities, and never mounting from the extremities to the head.  It is on this account
that we turn the hands obliquely when they are raised again from the feet to the head. The descending
passes are magnetic, that is, they are accompanied with the intention of magnetizing.  The ascending
movements are not.  Many magnetizers shake their fingers slightly after each pass.   This method,
which is never injurious, is in certain  cases.advantageous,  and for this reason  it is good to get into the
habit of doing it.                                                                            .
  " When the magnetizer acts upon the patient, they are said to be in communication (rapport.)   That is
to say, we mean by the word communication, a peculiar and induced condition, which causes the mag-
netizer to exert an influence upon the patient, there being between them a communication of the vital
principle.                                                                      ...
  " It is by the ends ofthe fingers, and especially by the thumbs, that the fluid escapes with the most ac
tivity.  For this reason it is, we take the thumbs of the patient in the first place, and hold them when-
ever we  are at rest.*
  " The  processes I have now indicated, are the mos regular and advantageous for magnetising by the
long pass, but it is far from being always proper, or  even possible to employ them. When a man mag-
netizes a woman, even if it were his sister, it might not be proper to place himself before her in the man
ner described ; and also when a patient is obliged to keep his bed, it would be impossible to make him
sit,  in order to sit in front of him.          ...'.,.           ,           ■-l ^
  " In the first case, you can place yourself by the  side of the person whom  you wish to magnetize.
First take the thumbs, and, the better to establish the communication, place one hand upon the stomach,
and the other upon the back, then lower the two hands,  opposite to each  other,  one down the back, and
the other at a distance down the forepart ofthe body,  one hand descending to the leet.  You may mag-
netize the two arms, one after the other, with one hand only.       ,_....  ,.
  " In case the patient cannot raise  himself, take your station  near his bed m the most convenient man-
ner • take his thumbs, make several passes along the arms, and, if he can support himself upright, several
alone-the back; then,  not to fatigue  vourself, use only one hand, placing it upon the stomach, and
makine longitudinal passes, at first slightly touching through the clothes, then at a distance.  You can
hoM one handI  fixed upon the knees or upon the feet, while the other is in motion   Finish by passes
"ion-"the le-s  and bv transversal passes before the head, the breast, and the stomach, to scatter the su-
have ISsomnambulism by this process, without establishing the communication by touch™.
  " Thisis wha^ 1 have to sav about magnetising by the long pass, with which it is alway• P^per tc^co
mence, and to* hich a person may confine himsel/until he has a reason lor employing other processes.
  • There is a magnetic pole in each of these places.-ihe largest in the thumb: a  fact unknown to
Deleuze. 
CHAPTER VI
MAGNETIC  SLEEP.
             FIGURE 32.
                                       A much greater number of
                                    persons can  be put  into the
                                    i magnetic or mesmeric sleep un-
                                    der the combined influence of
                                    the magnetic machine  and the
                                    magnetiser, than by  the com-
                                    mon method, or that  of the
                                    magnetiser alone.    Many go
                                    into that state by the influence
                                    I of the  machine alone.
                                       In the  combined  operation,
                                    I we place the positive button in
                                    the right hand of the person to
                                    be  magnetised, and  take  the
                                    negative button in our left hand,
                                    and then  take with  the other
                                    hand  the  left  hand  of  the
                                    same  person, under the most
                                    moderate power of the instru-
                                    Iment.
                                       The patient is then  request-
                                    ed  to  look  steadily at some
small object as the armature of the instrument, as long as the eyes can be
kept open, and then to close them and go to sleep, or into the mesmeric
state.
  This manner  of magnetising,  like every other, should be  practised,
under the  most favorable circumstances, as regards time, place and se-
clusion, and should Le repeated  every day at tie same hour, until the
object is effected
  When persons or patients have passed into the  mesmeric state, they
should be  treated in the most mild and respectful manner, and if they
 
187
show symptoms of restlessness, a few passes should be made from the
head, along the arms to the feet, which will  quiet them, and they may
then be allowed to remain in that state a few minutes or one or more
hours, according to the judgment of the magnetiser, when they may be
aroused in a moment, by reversing the action of the machine, or by re-
versed passes, or  passes with  the back of the hands over  the face at
right angles with the median line.
   Patients are sometimes clairvoyant the first time they are mesmerised,
but not generally so ;  they will, however,  tell  the number of times it
will be necessary  to mesmerise them before they will  become clairvoy-
ant.  They advance in light and knowledge  by Hegrees in the  mesmeric
or somnicient state.  There are six of these degrees, and six sub-degrees
or steps in each degree, thus making thirty-six ; and the clearness and
extent of their vision,  as well as their  intuitive knowledge, increases as
they advance in the different degrees.   There are, it appears, very few
who advance higher than the  third degree,  or eighteen steps.  A few
raised as high as the fifth degree,  but these  are  bounds it seems they
cannot or do not pass  with impunity.
   These recognized degrees are described as circles of light in the form
of  a cone, with steps  or degrees of less light in spiral circles, between
 the greater degrees of light in  perfect  circles—the spiral being continu-
 ous, and terminating in a disc  of the most  intense light in the top of the
cone, as represented in the engraving.   Fig. 32.
   The light is represented as radiating from the  disc at the top, to  the
 bottom of the cone, and the intensity of the light is minimum in the first
degree at the base, and  increasing in each degree as they rise to  the
 sixth, where it is at its maximum.
   A reversed interior arrangement or  inverted  cone,  is also  described
by clairvoyants, corresponding with that in  the  circumference, as seen
 by its outlines in  the engraving—the great degrees of both being inter-
 spersed with rooms or apartments of  light.
   The first great  degree of light forming the base  of  the cone first  de-
 scribed,  surrounds the  base of the brain,  while the sixth  degree is
 mounted on its summit.
   The lio-ht is very dim in the first degree, less so in the second, and as
a medium in the  third ; in which degree  clairvoyants  see and describe
 very well under  favorable circumstances, but are otherwise  subject to
great errors  in their descriptions, as  well  as in the  first and second
 degrees.
   In raisinc clairvoyants to the higher degrees, magnetisers should pro-
 ceed with great caution.  They should first inquire about their know-
 Iedo-e of the degrees  in the somnicient  state,  and then of  the degree
  hey are in.   If they are in one of  the lower degrees, the  magnetiser 
188
may then inquire whether he can raise them to the next degree.  If the
answer is in the  affirmative, he  may proceed to raise them by the  ex-
ercise of his will; but if  it is in the negative, the  clairvoyants will, on
inquiry, tell him how many  times it will  be  necessary to  magnetise
them, before he can raise them to the  next degree.   We have great
doubts of the propriety of any attempt to raise them higher than the  fifth
degree, even with the  most perfect preparations for it: because in/ the
present state of our knowledge they cannot  be  raised  to the sixth  de-
gree without great danger, indeed, without the peril of their  lives ;   and
there is no  real necessity  for it, as  the light is  intense enough in  the
fifth degree, and there  are also sights enough that may be seen in  that
degree to satisfy the cravings of the most marvellous.*
   The phenomena of the degrees  in the labyrinth we have described, as
seen in the somnicient state, is one ofthe most extraordinary that was ever
presented to the human mind ; yet it is a perfectly simple, and beautiful
magnetic arrangement, resulting  from the operation of  magnetising, or
of giving a  new and systematic magnetic form to the  brain—of adding
an artificial to  the natural organization, in which the organization of the
great pole in the centre of the brain  (2)  is reflected  upon its surface,
and  from thence into infinite space.
   The poles of all the  other organs are organized in  a  similar manner
as seen in the  somnicient state ;  that is, they are organized with circles
at righr angles with  their radiation, like those seen  on the summit of the
labyrinth,  and  some clairvoyants  see through  those of  the stomach.
Besides the concurrent testimony of  clairvoyants on the organization of
magnetic poles, it is found on a comparison of our previous knowledge
on  this  subject,  that  their descriptions agree  exactly, as far as   our

  * Clairvoyants, however, sometimes go  into  that  degree of their own accord to
gratify their curiosity, and a case of that kind has cdme under our own observation.
The clairvoyant soon began to complain of the intense light in that degree in which she
said it was like looking at the sun, and that she did seethe sun, when a deathly pale-
ness ensued, with slow and laborious breathing. We now requested her to come down
from that degree, but she protested that it was impossible for her to do so, for she should
fall.  We then told her that that we would help  her down, and commenced making
long  passes, and after having made a few, we reversed the order, and we continned
alternating the passes in this way a few minutes, and then with the reversed passes
in conjunction with a strong effort of the will, awoke  her. She did not, however, is
awaking, return  down the steps through the inside of the circles  as usual, but came
down the steps on the outside.  These circles were now so much expanded as to ex-
tend  five or six h.ches from her head, and so interrupted her sight for about twenty
four hours in  her waking state, as to make it necessary in raising her comb to  her
head or her victuals to her mouth, to raise them under or over the circles in order
to conduct them to their place of destination.
  On occasions like this the magnetiser should be as calm  as possible,  as he will
have occasion to exercise all his firmness. 
189
knowledge extended.   We were  well acquainted with the radiations,
with the circles at right angles with them—with their light, and with
their spiral circles and inverted cones ; and could not, therefore, fail to
recognize in these descriptions, a magnetic organization.
   Those who are unaccustomed to magnetic phenomena, however, find
great difficulty in reconciling with their preconceived notions, the possi-
bility of persons being able to see, and thereby distinguish, objects
through any other medium than that of external light, and  by means of
the  ordinary functions  of vision.   The  idea  of any light, except that
which comes from external objects, seems to be regarded as unphiloso-
phical, if not assumptive of the  supernatural, although  an easy and
palpable demonstration of the fact  is, at all times, within the reach of
the most sceptical  and  supercilious.   Let the  doubter  and sneerer
 simply close his eyes, so as to  exclude all external light, retiring, if he
 please, into a perfectly dark room where not a ray exists, and on  press-
 ing his fingers on his eye-balls, he  will  see, without that mechanism of
 the eye which is essential to external vision, several distinct and  con-
 centric rings of  light,  round a point  of still  greater brilliancy.   And
 though he  be  afflicted with  blindness towards  external things, this
 power of internal vision will be  in nowise impaired.  The light thus
 seen is magnetic, being elicited from the two  poles, of opposite denomi-
 nations, which  belong to  the crystalline lens ;  and  is doubtless of the
 same character  as that which is affirmed by clairvoyants to exist in the
 brain, the heart, the cervical glands, the kidneys  and other organs, and
 by which, in fact, they are enabled to trace the whole magnetic organi-
 zation of the human system.   With the intense luminosity ofthe mag-
 netic  forces when in atmospheric combustion, every one is familiar;
 and we  have now furnished an example,  at least equally familiar, in
 which this luminosity is as independent of atmospheric, as it is distinct
  from every other kind of light.  In short, every one can see for himself
  precisely the same kind of light that  is beheld  by clairvoyants in the
  mesmeric state.
    The internal  organization of  the pole in  the  centre of the brain, as
   disclosed in the somnicient state,  is, however,  the  subject  of the
  greatest  interest;  for  the interior of the  inverted  cone, described by
  clairvoyants, is the magnetic miniature germ of  the form of the brain.
   The  heart, lungs, stomach,  and  other organs,  as  well  as  the limbs,
   have magnetic  miniature germs of their organizations, which are varied,
   according  to the variations  in the forms of the organs  and limbs, as
   seen  by°clairvoyants.   These  organizations are also seen to  be con-
   nected  together by magnetic axes and interlacings, irrespective of the
   organization of the nervous  system,  and constitute  a perfect magnetic,
   spiritual, or immaterial  form, corresponding  with  that  which is ma- 
190
 terial.  They  are  purely spiritual forms,  connected with, or inclosed
 in, those that are material, and  according  to the concurrent testimony
 of clairvoyants,  these spiritual  forms are  raised, after death, in all the
 beauty of their earthly tenements.
   The germs, with which the human system was formed  and perpetu-
 ated, are,  therefore,  magnetic or immaterial forms, inclosed  in  those
 that are material;  and according to the same concurrent testimony, the
 entire  animal  and vegetable  kingdoms were formed,  and  perpetuated
 in the same manner.  Hence we infer a  corresponding  cosmogony of
 the solar system, and of the stars in the heavens.

                 LIGHT AND IMAGES  OF THE DEGREES.
   In  the first degree and first state of magnetic sleep, the light is a pale
 blue.*
   In  the second  degree and second state, the light is a  little stronger,
 and a little deeper blue.
   In  the third  degree and  third  state,  these  sleepers  are fully under
 magnetic influence,  and the light  a  clear sky-blue.   They see objects
 in a straight or direct  line, through the  magnetic medium in space, but
 not comprehensively, or inclosing various objects as in the natural state.
   In  the fourth degree and fourth state, the light is stronger,  and  ex-
 tends farther than in the lower  degrees.   Persons  with  moral  organs
 largely developed,  are disposed  to  see immaterial or spiritual objects
 in this  degree.
   In  the fifth degree and fifth state, the light is  still more  intense, and
 clairvoyants less  inclined to view or take cognizance of natural, external
 or material objects, but disposed  to remain  in this exalted state.
   In  the sixth degree  and sixth state, the tendency of going into it is in-
 stant  death, and should be most cautiously  avoided.                 ,
   In  the first state  of magnetic sleep, persons  retain  more  or less of
 their  intellectual faculties, and are more or  less susceptible  to  external
 influence.
   In  the second state the paralysis of the muscles, and the insensibility
 ofthe skin is complete—the natural sight lost, the hearing  more or less
 impaired, and a muscular attraction established.
   In  the third state  a strong sympathy is established  between the mind
 of the subject and the magnetiser—the mind of the former being  under
 the control of the latter.
   In the fourth state the mind of the  clairvoyant  soars far above that of
the magnetiser and  becomes free  and  independent.

  * They change from the natural to higher states,  as they »\:ter in aal advance iu
the'degrees 
191
                MAGNETIC LIGHT, AND MAGNETIC POLES.

  In magnetizing with the vibratory magnetic  machine, we become fa-
miliar with magnetic light—with its color, and intensity, &c.   Its color
is that of the sun, and its intensity  increases from the smallest glimmer-
ing to the greatest brilliancy, with the increase of the strength of the poles
\a  the magnet and piston, and consequently with the power of the instru-
ment.   This lio-ht does  not  emanate from a process of combustion re-
quiring  oxygen  to support it, but is equally brilliant when enveloped in
water, or in an exhausted receiver, and  is the  light which is seen by '
clairvoyants to issue with the greatest intensity from the poles of mag-
nets, and the  poles  of  the  organs  and  muscles, &c.   Clairvoyants see
with the light which emanates from the great pole  in the centre of the
brain, and they  see the internal parts of animals, and of the human body,
lighted  up with the light from the  poles of the organs and muscles, &c.
   The organs and muscles are thus seen in the  most clear and distinct
manner in their healthy state, but  when they are diseased, the light be-
comes dim in proportion to the intensity of the disease, and in  some ex-
treme cases becomes extinct in an organ  or limb,  with the  strength of
their poles, according to the concurrent t^ilimony of  clairvoyants, and
the fact that these organs and limbs are feeble, in  proportion to the de-
 crease of light, and are paralysed  when it is  extinct, is strongly confir-
 matory of this testimony.
    There is a great  difference in the size of these poles.  The largest in
 the human system  is that in the centre of the brain, and is of course of
 the first magnitude.   There is one in the hollow of  each  foot, of tha
 second  magnitude, and one  ia the  palm of each hand, of  the third.
 Those in the organs of causality,  and amativeness—-in the lungs, heart,
 stomach, kidney's,  testicles, ovaries, and vagina, are of the fourth mag-
 nitude.  Those in the liver, spleen, pancreas, solar plexus, uterus, and
 ileo-coecal valve ate of  the fifth magnitude.   Those in the joints ofthe
 limbs are  of the sixth, and  those in the  eyes, in  the  phrenological or-
 gans, ganglions of the spinal nerves, and in the angles, or convolutions
 of thVintestines, of the seventh magnitude, and those  in the skin of the
 Sth magnitude.                                  _
    These poles in  the organs, joints, muscles  and skin, &c,  show radia-
  tions from a centre or nidus, like  those,  from the poles of magnets, and
  are like them, connected with magnetic  axes and  interlaces, and thus
  maf-e a mastic or spiritual form, like the human form, on which mat-
  ter is 'laid "in  the  construction of the  human  system.   These poles are
  endowed with motion, power, light, sensation, inclination, and conscious-
  ,-,<.« as is seen and demonstrated in the clearest manner.
      '                           13 
192
The following engraving  is intended to present a view of the great
pole in the centre of the brain,
as  seen  by clairvoyants.   It
occupies the whole space be-
tween the circle of small poles
of  the  phrenological  organs.
It is very light,  especially the
nidus in the centre and  sum-
mit, which has the same inten-
sity as the sun, and is always
in motion, excepting  in  natu-
ral  sleep, when it is in a qui-
escent state.  The form in a sit-
uation corresponding to that of
the spinal marrow,-*' is a contin-
uation of the  nidus, or nest of
magnetic forms, and the  small
poles on  each side, are  those
of the ganglions of the poste-
rior spinal nerves in the  inter-
vertebral spaces, which  gives
them sensation.   This  great
pole  is  surrounded with  six
great circles, and six small, in-
termediate circles of light, and
the other large poles,  from the
first to  the fourth magnitude,
are surrounded with a certain
number  of similar circles of
light, as  those  of  the lungs,
heart and stomach, &c.
Fig. 33.
                     CLAIRVOYANT  POWERS.
  A great  difference  in the  clairvoyant  powers  of  d rue rent  per-
sons in the magnetic state has often been  noticed, and is the  conse-
quence of various causes.  Among  these is a difference in the organ-
ization of the brain—in the  phrenological organs, and in the relative
quantity of grey  or cortical  substance around these organs.  Besides,
some  are in the  lower or first, second, or third  degrees, while  others 
193
have been raised to the fourth, or fifth  degrees.   Another cause of dif-
ference is that of a difference in their education,;  and another, that of a
difference in the education, minds, and theories of their  magnetisers, or
those who conduct the examinations of the different  subjects presented
to them, and this last cause of difference may often produce the most
discordant results.
   The only manner of obviating these  differences in the cases that are
remediable, is to educate them, or at least to give them a general know-
ledge of the arts or sciences to which  their attention  or business, as
clairvoyants,  is mostly devoted, and this  object is easily affected  by
teaching them in the magnetic state, as they remember  when in it, and
rarely forget what they once learn in that state.
   Those devoted to the practice of medicine, should be taught anatomy,
physiology,  and magnetism, with the magnetic organization of the hu-
man system, and the two great divisions of diseases, or those of the se-
rous and mucous surfaces, and their magnetic or duodynamic treatment,
or with the  magnetic machine and magnetised medicines.  And this is a
matter of great  importance, as there is no  longer  any doubt  that  the
effects of medicine, whatever they may be, is the  consequence of the
action of imponderable, or imperceptible agents condensed  in them, upon
the nervous, spiritual,  or magnetic organization of the system.
   Besides the common clairvoyants who literally see things as they ap-
pear to them in  their  natural state,  and  besides, have intuitions of the
past and future, there  are others  who do not see literally,  but have im-
pressions more or less  vivid, that  things or  objects  appear, and are as
they describe them.   Jackson Davis is an  example, or one of those who
have  impressions, instead  of literal sight in the magnetic state, and we
know other examples  of the same  kind in this city.   Some few clair-
voyants recollect in their natural state, very distinctly, many of the  ob-
jects the  see in the magnetic state, and some of the impressionists rec-
ollect, in the  natural  state, many of their  impressions  in  the magnetic
state, and on a  full investigation of the subject, there appears to be  no
doubt but clairvoyants see literally,  and the impressionists  have impres-
sions  or intuitions common to both, without literal sight or clairvoyance.*
   The present,  past, and  future  knowledge daily displayed by a great
many persons in he magnetic state, leaves no room to doubt but they
have an  intuitive knowledge in that state,  which is more or less perfect,
besides  the  knowledge they obtain  from literal sight, or  clairvoyance,
and the evidences on this subject having been frequently described, and

  * "We recollect, distinctly, many objects we see  in the magnetic state, and know
that we see them literally as we do with our  eyes in the natural waking state, and
we have been  in the habit of thus seeing ihem during the last ten years, and cannot
possibly be mistaken. 
194
often observed by a  great number of the  most intelligent persons in al-
m6st every community, it is deemed a useless task to enumerate them
here.   It would also be useless to enumerate the evidences of the great
superiority of clairvoyants to mere impressionists, as it must be self-evi-
dent to every sane mind ; besides the lucidity and accuracy of the for-
mer, and the illusions and phantasies often  displayed by the latter are
proverbial.
  On an examination of the subject of these intuitions, or of immediate
knowledge without  the deductions of reason, they are plainly seen to be
the natural emanations from the exalted organs ofthe magnetised brain,
and not from supernatural agency, as  suggested by the  marvellous.
They are not,  in fact, confined to persons in  the magnetic state, but are
commdn to many persons in the natural waking  state, numerous exam-
ples of which are familiar to persons of observation.

              CLAIRVOYANT EXAMINATIONS  OF DISEASES.
  Then* is rarely anything  presented to  the mind of a physician which
is so unintelligible as the reported examinations of  diseases by clairvoy-
ants when those  examinations  have been  conducted by persons  who
have little or no knowledge of diseases, anatomy or physiology, and they
are consequently unable to form an opinion of the good or bad effects that
may be expected from the prescriptions of clairvoyants in such cases,
yet it is the opinion of many well-informed persons that  these prescrip-
tions are  generally more  successful than those of  the best physicians.
When, however, these examinations are conducted by physicians, they
are generally very satisfactory, and  in a great variety of cases are very
useful, and in many others indispensable to  forming a true diagnosis as
well as a correct prognosis of diseases.  The prescriptions of clairvoy-
ants under such circumstances  are generally well understood, and  their
value duly appreciated..  As an example, we may  refer  to the cases of
deafness, the causes of which in any given  case is almost always un-
known, and would always remain so, without a clairvoyant or  postmor-
tem examination.   The eustation, or auditory tube, through which the
sound passes from the ear to the throat, may be obstructed  by hardened
wax,  by tuberculations, or by false membranes, or  the deafness  may be
the consequence of paralysis  (more or  less complete) of the  auditory
nejve.  Now  it is easy to be  seen  that the  treatment, to be successful,
must be different in  each case, for the hardened wax must be removed,
or melted  with steam, the tuberculations must be"'reduced with the rem-
edies for tubercula,  the false membranes must be broken up with an in-
strument.,  and the paralysis  must be removed by the remedies for muco-
sis  or atrophia, including the action  of the magnetic machine, and hence
the great importance of clairvoyant examinations in these cases. 
                                195

  Although we can determine in an instant the character of the disease
of an organ or limb by the magnetic  symptoms, yet we cannot always
tell how far the disease has advanced, whether it is curable, or  too late
to be cured without a clairvoyant examination, and this is often a matter
of great importance.   It is also often a matter of great importance to
observe by clairvoyance the changes  that occur in the  appearance of a
disease during the. process of cure from  changes of temperature, from
colds,  and  from various other causes.   Clairvoyance is also a matter of
great importance to  females—in diseases peculiar to their sex, and in
enabling ladies to avoid the most revolting examinations with the most
perfect safety, and with  credit  to  themselves and their families.  Be-
sides the  examination of  patients when  they are  present, clairvoyants
examine patients at great distances from them, and in fact  in any part of
the world, and generally with the same accuracy as if they were present.
It is the magnetic forms, or spirits of these clairvoyants that travel over
any part of the world, and are  present with those patients when they
examine them.   We know that their spirits travel, and are present with
the patients in these examinations, from the fact that they have the full
exercise  of  all  their senses  while  travelling to different places, and
during the examinations of these patients.   They see the country and
towns they pass  through, feel the changes in temperature and climate,
hear any  uncommon  or  strange sounds, as  the  blowing  of horns, the
 noise  of steamboats, or the roaring of the falls of Niagara, &c. ;  notice
 uncommonly pleasant or disagreeable odors, visit places of amusement,
 and have  a sense of fatigue, hunger, and thirst. Besides, if one of these
 patients have a paralysed  limb, a corresponding  limb of the clairvoyant
 becomes  paralysed the same  as if  the patient was present and having
 hold  of the  hand of the clairvoyant.  Such are the well  ascertained
 facts, and  such is the evidence on this subject, which is deemed perfectly
 conclusive, no matter how extraordinary it may appear to  those who are
 not initiated into the mysteries of the magnetism of the human system.*
   When  clairvoyants  are tired, unable  or unwilling to  travel to the
 places where patients  reside, the magnetisers can direct  the magnetic
 forms, or  spirits  of these patients to appear  before them, when they do
 so appear with  their diseases, ana in the proper form  and dress, or
 costume of these patients, where they are examined with the same  ac-
 curacy they are under the other circumstances before described, and are
 then directed to return to their several places of abode, when they soon

   * The magnetisers must always conduct the clairvoyants home before they de-
  magnetise, or wake them, but if they should forget to do so, they must magnetise
  them again, and then conduct them home. 
196
disappear.   Such are the well-ascertained facts in these cases, and such
is the power of the human will.*
  We have been engaged in  the examination of patients by clairvoy-
ants about four years, and in  the daily practice of it during the last two
years, and  have, during all  this  time, examined a great many hundred
cases, and cannot possibly be  mistaken in any of the facts above" men-
tioned.
  The great and universal accuracy of these examinations has uniformly
elicited  the  most flattering commendations, as well from persons residing
at great  distances as  from those of  this city, and vicinity, and  among
these there  are many who rank with those of the highest order of intel-
lect.  These results of these examinations, with the success of the prac-
tice founded upon them, has  so increased our correspondence as to make
it a matter  of some  importance to us in the saving of labor, to explain
these mysteries  in this work for the  benefit of our correspondents, and
to enable them to furnish us  with the means for examining patients at
great distances with  great facility, or in the shortest time.

                 EXAMINATIONS AT GREAT DISTANCES.
  When we wish to examine a patient residing at a great distance from
us,  we can  put a person present  who has been at the abode of such pa-
tient  in communication with the clairvoyant, and direct  that person to
conduct the clairvoyant to the patient, or  in the absence of such person,
we can place a letter from the patient, or from a person in the family of
the patient, in the  hands of the  clairvoyant, with directions  to find the
patient, when a light starts off in the form of the great pole in the cen-
tre of the brain with its train  of small poles,f followed by the spirit of
the clairvoyant, which sees a narrow strip of country, or of water, when
passing over it, and  in passing through the streets of  towns  and cities,
often see the houses on either  side of a street by its guiding light shining
upon them.  After having  found and  examined the patient, it  returns
home in the same manner, and enters into its  place of abode.  Such is
the concurrent testimony of clairvoyants, and such are the extraordinary
facts.
   We are  aware that it may be  said that  the  constant  presence of the
spirit of the clairvoyant is necessary to  maintain life, and as the clair-
voyant does not die, the spirit does not travel in the manner described,

  * The magnetiser must always be careful to direct the spirit of the patient to re-
turn to its place of abode, and see that it departs before he demagnetises or wakes the
clairvoyant, but if he  should forget to do so, he will soon , learn his mistake, as the
clairvoyant will probably be vary much frightened, and may go into convulsions,
and he should therefore magnetise the  clairvoyant again as soon as possible.
  + Fig. 33, p. 192. 
197
because it is impossible for it to be in two places at the same time.  It
shonld, however, be remembered that the clairvoyant was magnetised
(no matter how), and that to magnetise a body is to make a a magnetic
form or spirit in that body, as  is  easily  demonstrated, and  this spirit
may and does maintain the body of the clairvoyant in a healthy state in
the absence of its own spirit.
   As the examinations of patients in the manner above described is a
legitimate business, of great importance to the community, it should not
be mixed up with and degraded with vain experiments that  are foreign
to it, and injurous to the. sight of clairvoyants.   They should not, there-
fore, be required to answer questions on the subject of such  experi-
ments, but should  leave  them  for the  solution of the clairvoyants  of
private parties.
   In finding and examining patients  with a letter, every facility should
be afforded by the  patient, or friend of the patient residing  in the same
house, wfiere the letter should be written, as the  spirit of the clairvoy-
ant  will always go directly to  that  house.   The  spine of  the  patient
should be examined in the manner described in page 43 of this work,
and the result stated in the letter, and  besides, if there are any swell-
ings of the joints, limbs, or any other part  of the body, or  any  ulcera-
tions, they should  be  mentioned,  as  they might  be overlooked  in the
 examination.   If  there is any pain or tenderness from pressure along
 the spine, we shall know that it is a case of tubercula, and if the num-
 ber and situation of the painful or tender spots  are stated as  near as may
 be, we shall know if the spirit found the patient or some  other  person,
 and if some other  person, we can direct the continuation of the search
 until the patient is found.
    If on examination there is  no tenderness found  along the spine of the
 patient, it shonld be so stated, when we shall knosv it is a case  of mu-
 cosis or mucous disease, but  we should  not know what organ was dis-
 eased, and it should consequently be mentioned in the letter.*
    On having the information we  have  described, which  is easily fur-
 nished, we can easily know by means of clairvoyance, how far the dis-
 ease has advanced in each case, and whether  they ate curable or in-
 curable, or as well as we could if we had the body of the person open
 before us.   All the cases are curable in the first  stage  of the  disease,
 and about ninety-five  out of every hundred in the last stage, including
 tubercular consumption and white swellings of the joints and limbs, as
 we have demonstrated in the clearest manner,  and we shall continue to
 undertake the  cure of the curable  cases presented to us  for that pur-
  pose, and have the fullest confidence that with the means in our power,

           * There are about fifty cases of tubercula to one of mucosis. 
198
we shall continue to cure chronic diseases in the above  mentioned pro-

portion to the whole number of cases.

   Such is the result of the duodynamic or  magnetic  practice.   Now it

is well known to those who are initiated into the mysteries of the prac-

tice of medicine, that there js not more than about five per cent., or five

cured out of every hundred cases of chronic diseases, by the old  astro-

logical or common practice, and the number of cures out of every hun-
dred by the Homoeopathic practice is  about  the same, or five or six out

every hundred cases.
   The remedies we use in these cases are magnetic and specific, and are

perfectly safe for persons of all ages and conditions, and are forwarded to

any part ofthe Union and the Canadas, by mail, express, or otherwise,

according to order, free of postage  or express, with  full directions foe

their use.*
   When it  is known that our time is neccessarily occupied every day,

from morning until night, with the examination of patients by clairvoy-

ance and otherwise, in  our office,  or  in this city, and that  we are

consequently compelled to examine patients  at great distances in the
evening, it is hoped and believed that such patients and their friends will

reflect upon our situation, and have so much  mercy  upon us as to give
us as much  information in regard  to each case (no matter what  it is) as

to enable us to distinguish and find the  patient with  as little  delay as

  * Temporary remedies, as bleeding, blistering, emetics, cathartics,  low  diet, &c,
&c, are prescribed by alapathists, or old school physicians, and aconite, bryonia, rhus-
tox, belladonna, &c., by the homoeopathists in acute or inflammatory diseases, which
produce sudden derangements in the system, and run through their course in a few
days, or a few weeks, and these prescriptions are often necessarily and very properly
changed every day,  or every one, two, or three weeks; when the  disease has run
through its course, and the patient either cured, dead, or the disease has become chro-
nic;  but no man who deserves the name of a physician, ever prescribes in this man-
ner to cure chronic diseases, which come on very slowly, and gradually changes the
old, and forms new parasitic, or other unnatural structures, as tubercles and white
swellings of the serous and mucous surfaces, &c.  as the plainest common sense would,
and does teach him to learn and prescribe the specific remedies that will act slowly
and safely on the old and natural forms of the system, and gradually reduce in a few
months or more, the parasitic or other unnatural structures, and thus restore the gen-
eral health.  Nothing, therefore, so much distinguishes the accomplished physician
as the readiness with which he distinguishes and  prescribes for acute and chronic
diseases, and on the contrary there is nothing that  so  much distinguishes the ass or
ignoramus as the frequent changes in his prescriptions, in chronic as in acute dis-
eases, and these rules are arbitrary and admit of no exceptions, and  are equally ap-
plicable to  physicians and clairvoyants.  When,  therefore,  reputed clairvoyants
change their prescriptions in chronic, as in acute diseases, or  even once in 3, 4, 5,
or 6 weeks, it is conclusive evidence that they have  no clairvoyance on the subject,
but are governed by impressions transferred from the brain  of some miscellaneous
personage, and these impressionists may also be known by the miscellaneous cha-
racter of their  prescriptions in chronic diseases, as " catnip, sage,  isip, and  pond-
lily—white  pine  and wild cherry bark,  squaw-vine, golden  seal and spikenard—
cohosh, skunk-cabbage, prickley ash, vervain, crowsfoot, and Solomon's seal/' &,c, &c.
  Now, such prescriptions of reputed clairvoyants, are not only legitimate sources of
amusement to physicians, but they have a strong  tendency to make new, and confirm
old skeptics in their skepticism. 
199
possible, so  that we may get through with  the  examinations  of such
cases in time, each night, to have some rest from  our labors.
  It may also be useful to  observe  here that  the examinations of the
letters from  patients is  conducted  in  the most  confidential manner, and
the  notes of the clairvoyant examinations of the eases taken down at the
time of such examinations, and the letters answered as soon thereafter
as possible.
  The clairvoyant will visit and  re-examine these patients under our
direction, once  in four or five weeks, and as she always recollects the
previous examinations and compares them with the last, it is a matter of
great importance, in enabling us to know the  progress of the  cure in
each case, and  to correspond with any patient on the subject, if it should
become necessary to do so.
  In the meantime, patients should communicate  to us freely any infor-
mation supposed  to  be overlooked or unknown  to us, and deemed of
great importance  in the successful treatment  of any particular case.
  We shall employ a clairvoyant of the greatest power, and of a high
order of intellect for the examination of patients at home or abroad,
who will often give our patients fine specimens of the all-seeing eyes
and spiritual powers of the  magnetized brain.
  The following is a specimen of  Clairvoyance  which occurred a few
evenings since.  When we had  got through with the examination of
letters from  patients, on the evening of the  8th  instant, and at about
S o'clock, we requested the clairvoyant to look and see if there  was any
money  coming on the way in the  mails for us, and  in  two or three
minutes, she answered yes !   I see a fifty dollar  bill for you in a letter,
and the letter is in a bag coming from the west.  Are you not mistaken
in the amount ?  No, it is fifty, but it   is not a bill, but a draft.  Look
and see  if it is  not 70 instead  of 50 dollars.  No, it is 50.   Why, how
fast it comes !—whiz !—it is coming on the railroad !   The cars arrived
here between 10 and 11, P. M.
   We were expecting a draft from  New Orleans of 70 dollars, but in-
stead of that, our clerk on returning from the post-office on the  morning
of  the 9th  inst., brought us a letter from a gentleman in Pittsburgh in-
closing a draft  for 50 dollars.
  On the evening of the 10th inst., after having  again  got through with
the examination of letters from patients, I directed the attention of the
clairvoyant  to the subject of the above draft, and inquired whether she
knew from mere  intuition it was a draft of fifty dollars for me and corn-
in" in the mail  on the railroad from the west,  or saw it literally 1   When
she answered that she saw it literally, as she saw things with her eyes
in her natural waking state. 
                 INSENSIBILITY IN MAGNETIC SLEEP.
  Among the extraordinary phenomena of magnetic sleep, is the insen-
sibility of the skin, or external surface of the body often induced, and
the establishment of an exaltation of sensibility in the mucous or inter-
nal surfaces,  in which the natural order of the magnetism of the human
system is reversed.
  Now, the magnetiser reverses this order unconsciously, in the process
of magnetising, by repelling the positive forces from the surface to  the
centre, and attracting the negative forces to the surface, and this reversal
of the order  of the magnetism of bodies is according  to a law^of these
forces, and is therefore founded in nature, and easily imitated.
  If a round iron, or  steel plate, or disc, with a  hole in the  centre,
representing  a middle  horizontal section of  the body, is placed on the
positive pole of a Galvanic Battery, under a moderate power, it presents
the phenomena represented in the following figure;
or a negative internal, and a positive  external surface ; but if we now
place  the plate on the negative pole of  the same battery, the order of the
magnetism of the plate  will be reversed, as  represented  in this figure :
showing in the  first figure the natural order of the  magnetism of the
body, and in the second, the induced order, in the magnetic state 
PARALYSIS IN MAGNETIC SLEEP.
  On a Sunday evening in August 1845, a young woman, named Emma
W----, about  24 years of age, who had long been a Clairvoyant, and
who  had  at length acquired the power  of putting herself into the mag-
nectic sleep, without  the aid of a magnetizer, was at the office of the
Author of this  work, during his absence on professional duties, awaiting
his return.   A friend of his who was also staying to see him, thinking this a
good opportunity to elicit  the phenomena  of clairvoyance with less
liability of interruption than might have been afforded on a business day,
requested the lady to put herself into that state, and inform him concern-
ing  the nature of the  luminous atmosphere, spots and opaque body of
the sun.   She replied that she feared it was rather a dangerous experi-
ment, and  had heard of several clairvoyants who had suffered severely
in attempting it.   She  nevertheless consented,  saying that she would
endeavor not to venture too far.
  In the course of five or six minutes, she manifested all the usual symp-
tons  of a complete magnectic sleep,  and apprised her interrogator, with
some slight degree  of  irresolution, that she was ready to attempt  an in-
spection of  the  solar  orb.  Shortly  afterwards,  she  evinced a highly
nervous shrinking,  as if from  a sense of awe, and said, in answer to an
enquiry, that she  felt the solar influence  to be too powerful for her to
persist, and was afraid she would lose her senses—in her own words she
feared " that her whole mind would  be  consumed."   She was accord-
ingly requested to venture no  farther, but remain if possible, in the posi-
tion  she had acquired, and describe what she saw.  She then said that
she  had now a view ofthe dark body ofthe sun—that it was black, but
highly lustrous, like  " black shining  melted metal ;"  she was confident
it was  highly  metallic, though she could look at  it no longer, as it was
again closing up in  a degree of brightness which she could not endure.
   Whilst obtaining these answers, the gentleman in communication with
her, perceived that her left arm was greatly paralyzed, and the hand be-
came so tightly clenched that  he could with difficulty rescue his fingers
from the painful grasp.  Speedily she announced that she was absolute-
ly paralyzed on the whole of her left side, and was fearful that she would
be  convulsed all over.  She added  that " if she had continued so near
the sun a minute longer, the influence would have killed her ;" and, as
it was  she knew  not how she could recover from the convulsions she
felt  approaching,  unless some  powerful magnetizer could be obtained to
awaken her.   Shortly after this, her convulsions became so violent and
alarming, as to induce the gentleman  who was with her to call for assis- 
202
tance to hold her in the chair.   She became unable to speak or hear ;
she breathed only at long intervals and with great labor : her right hand
was  kept so  forcibly on her heart, that it could not be moved with the
united strength  of  two or three persons; and the action of the heart
itself, seemed to be  almost entirely suspended.   The pulse were fright-
fully intermittent, and for long intervals, wholly imperceptible ; the eyes
were open, with the pupils half buried beneath the lower lids, and great-
ly dilated.
   In this state, varied only by convulsive paroxysms of greater or less
intensity,  she continued nearly four hours, when the writer, who had
been  detained  much beyond the usual time, returned.    He  found
her  surrounded by  his family and  medical assistants, together with a
magnitzer and a male clairvoyant who had been sent for to relieve her.
Their  efforts however,  had produced only slight and transient effects in
mitigating  her  condition, and we now  judged it proper to attempt to
establish a communication with her, as the only means of awakening her
and  with this view, commenced making the long magnectic passes, and
then reversed them.  The  effect of these was very stricking,  even from
the first:  producing sudden starts, followed by greater freedom>of respi-
ration, and some degrea of relaxation  of  the muscles.  The male clair-
voyant present being in  a magnectic state, recommended that as soon as
her  arms  became  sufficiently relaxed,  her  hands shonld be kept in a
basin of cold water, and  the passes continued; adding that under this
process she would  awake in twenty-five minutes, although it would re-
quire  a much longer time for her to recover from what he described as
her  " rash attempt," the  effects of  which upon her brain and nervous
system he minutely and lucidly described.
   As  soon as her  hands could be placed in the water, several watches
were observed, and the assigned twenty-five-miuutes curiously awaited
by the spectators.   Precisely at the end of this period, she awoke and
spoke, her whDle left side, however, which had first been attacked, still
remaining perfectly paralyzed,  not  excepting even the left arm which
had been  so directed  as to reach the basin of water.  To remove this
state of paralysis, the writer  found it necessary to resort to the Magnec-
tic  Machine.   It  was  used three times a day, and on the third day the
paralysis disappeared, and she was able  to return to her home.
   We publish  this case as a caution  to magnetizeis and clairvoyants
 against gratfying the  curiosity, so frequently evinced by persons igno-
 rant of the dangerous nature  ofthe experiment, of instituting clairvoyant
 explorations of the sun.  This is but one out of many well authenticated
 instances which we might report, in which the attempt has nearly proved
 fatal.   The planets, however, may be,  and frequently are examined by
 good clairvoyants,  with perfect safety and success. 
2C3
                    Prom the New York Tribune, of October 8, 1846.

                       DR. FORBES ON MESMERISM.


  The October number  of the British and Foreign Medical  Review, published in
London, quarterly, by Dr. Forbes (author of Young Physic),  " Physician in Ordi-
nary to her Majesty's Household, Physician Extraordinary to His Royal Highness
Prince Albert," contains a long review of Dr. Esdail's " Mesmerism in India, and
its practical Application in Surgery and Medicine."  Dr. F. is a man far advanced
in life, and is placed by common consent at the very head of the Medical Profession.
Up to  the commencement of this year, he has been  considered ultra-sceptical in
reference to all new things.  In the January number, 1846, he made a clean breast
of his views upon Medicine, and publicly repudiated the system (Allopathy) he had
all  his  life  pursued.   In the  number  before us, he  intimates to his professional
brethren that the  evidences in  favor of Mesmerism can no longer be " philosopically
disregarded."  We give an extract:

  " Having,  however, fully admitted the high probability of some of  Dr. Esdail's
statements concerning the painless character of the surgical operations; and being,
indeed, from many circumstances, well convinced that  a great depression of outward
sensibility, if not its temporary abolition, will, in some constitutions, result from
practice of the Mesmeric art, we will now  proceed to the consideration of what we
deem to be reasonable corollary, from this admission on our part.  We  conceive,
then, that the evidence attesting the fact of certain abnormal states being induced by
Mesmerism,  is now of such character that it can no longer be  philosophically dis-
regarded by the members of our profession, but that they are bound to meet it in the
only way in which alleged facts can satisfactorily be either verified or confuted—by
observation and experiment.   When it is positively affirmed that the Mesmeric  pro-
cesses  will  sometimes  render a patient utterly insensible  to the  surgeon's knife,
when detailed illustrations of  this fact are recorded almost every day,  how can we
fairly  reject such statements, unless we go to Nature, observe for ourselves,  and
demonstrate the source of the monstrous fallacy that is deluding members of the  pro-
fession  and the public alike 1  Indeed, we hesitate not  to assert  that the testimony
is now of so varied and extensive a kind, so strong, and in a certain proportion of cases
so seemingly unexceptionable,  a-s  to authorize us, nay, in  honesty to compel us to
recommend that an immediate and complete trial of the practice be made in surgical
cases.   If experience like that which Dr. Esdail relates  to us be  but true in one-
tenth, nay, one-hundredth of its particulars, we hold that  a case is made out demanding
searching inquiry.  If Mesmerism, even in  its  humbler pretensions, be absolutely
untrue, let it be proved to be so.  If careful observation and repeated experiment lead
to the detection of some hitherto hidden  cause  of error and mistake that has deluded
and mystified the more honest class of Mesmerists, what a service will  be rendered
to humanity and  to truth if this can be  proclaimed on perfectly just and adequate
grounds.  In how much  better a position shall we be after investigation for  confuting
the imposture, if such it  shall  turn out  ultimately to be, than in continuing to treal
the subject with contemptuous disregard!  Of one thing let us rest assured, not only
the public, but the more sober thinking ofthe profession will, ere long, hold those at
a disadvantage, who, in opposition to facts, apparently well authenticated, can or  will
but adduce mere unsupported argument,  or ridicule.
  " There would appear to be to conditions attaching to any novel practice in medicine,
independently of the authority  by which it comes recommended, rhat should influence
its title  to a fair trial; first, the extent  of the anticipated benefit, and, second, the
degree of possible mischief attending its employment.  Now, the promised advantages
of Mesmerism in surgical operations  correspond with  these requirements in an
eminent degree.  If the statements be corroborated, and  if insensibility can be pro-
duced  artificially, surely the immense Requisition both to operator and patient is
obvious at once;  and, according to all  the evidence that exists upon  this subject,
mischief very rarely fallows the practice of Mesmerism  in the event either of success
or failure.   " I beg to state,"  says Dr.  Esdail,  " that  I  have seen no  bad conse- 
204
 quences whatever, ensue from persons being operated on  in  the Mesmeric trance.
 CafGu baVC occurred in which  n0 Pain w»s felt, even subsequent to the operation,
 and the wounds healed by the first intention; and in the rest  I have seen no indica-
 tion of any injurious consequences to the constitution.  On the contrary, it appears
 to me to have been saved, and that less constitutional disturbance has followed than
 under any ordinary circumstances.  If then good  is possibly to ensue, and mischief
 is but little to be feared frorrf the experiment, why  not candidly make it •   Assuredly
 experiments in therapeutics are constantly made on  grounds far less reasonable.  Ii
 a single practitioner of any eminence recommend  some novel and heroic treatment
 in serious disease, multitudes are ready to  try it;  however perilous to the patient
 the trial, a priori, may appear.   Although at the present day,  it is pretty well made
 out that pneumonia, in many instances, will come to  a successful issue with little
 depletion, some dozen years since  large numbers  of the profession, especially in.
 France, did not hesitate, on the recommendation of M. Bouillaud, to bleed coup sur
 coup;  and, about  twenty years ago, when Dr. Armstrong bled  largely, and adminis-
 tered heroic doses of calomel in the incipient stage of fever, many persons felt them-
 selves authorized  in adopting the treatment experimentally.  Yet, in  these instances,
 a degree of risk to the patient was incurred in the attainment ofthe  possible benefit^
and there  was, moreover, an uncertainty in  deciding upon the  exact nature of the
result, which, as regards Mesmerism in surgerv, would not be experienced.  Again,
we say, let it be tried upon patients about to be"submitted to the knife;  if true,  let us
have the benefit of it, and if false let the falsehood be demonstrated." 
                         HOMOEOPATHY.
  The following  case is extracted from the  American  Journal of Ho-
moeopathy, of  August 15, 1846, p. 101.
  Mrs. B., aged 55, of a sanguine, nervous temperament, had heen sick for three years.' One year ago
a record wag made of her case, and seemingly the most appropriate  drugs administered, with only an
occasional partial mitigation,  'the attacks became  severe, and were wearing out one of the best con-
stitutions. This lady is intelligent, and one of the firmest advocates of Homoeopathy, notwithstanding
she could herself procure no relief from it.  The late of cure she knew to he true : but the remedy
was wanting. Lately another record was taken of this ca^e, which was as follows.
  Vain on the top of the head in the morning, swimming in head when  stooping or rising, cloudiness
of the eyes, soreness of mouth and throat, dry cough  in  the morning, attacks of tearing pain, some-
times stinging and sharp, commencing in the stomach and extending to t*e sides, and shoulders, and
nape of the neck with stiffness; distress in stomach like a weight,  mitigated by eating; sense of ful-
ness in stomach; wind on stomach, eructations; cannot bear the pressure of even light clothes.  Pain
in the bowels, bearing down, or pressing pain; pain in the left side, as if something adhered to the
lower ribs.  Constipation ; sense of dragging and  falling in abdomen; pain as if in the bones, like
rheumatism; jerking of the feet in the evening. Numbness of the arms, with pricking in the fingers.
Sleep disturbed, frequent wakings; pain in the stomach at night.  Fatigue from walking; excessive
debility ; sufferings  aggravated on change of weather. The pains are tearing, stinging, pressing and
shifting—sometimes on the left, and sometimes on the riiiht sides ; and then on %pth 3ides at the same
time : some of them aggravated by movement, and others mitigated by lying doWn and rest.
  The attacks had  occurred daily at five o'clock, P.  M., and almost invariably at  night, awaking her
from sleeping, there had been no intermission for months.
  As I had been trying rhus radicans on myself for some weeks, I was struck with the peculiar sting-
ing, pricking pains of this case as corresponding to those I had experienced in my own person by the
above drug.  On the 2Gth of June last, at 4 o'clock P. M., I gave her three globules of the third dilu-
tion of rhus radicans.  Has had no attack since;—her health improved, and it is now good.  S----.
   The above  is a plain case of chronic tubercula of the muscles, (chro-
 nic  rheumatism)  and is invariably distinguished  in  an instant by the pain
 produced by pressure with the thumb  and  fingers on   the back of the
 neck.  This would  not, however, answer for  the homoeopathist.  He
 must make a  minute record  of every old astrological  symptom he can
 find in each case, and then commence a search  in his books for the medi-
 cine  which is homoeopathic to them,  or produces the same symptoms in
 a state of health.  It will uniformly require  from  three to four hours'
 search to  find the medicine,  and in  the  meantime the wind has  often
 changed, and the  symptoms  of which the  doctor had made  a record
 have also  changed entirely with the wind,   as  every old  woman knew
 they would, before the record was  made, and  this was the reason  why
 the " seemingly most appropriate drugs were administered  with only an
 occasional  partial mitigation."  The doctor, however, had fortunately
 been trying rhus radicans on himself, and was  struck  with the peculiar
 stinging, pricking  pains of this case,  as corresponding  to those he had
 experienced   on his  own  person in  a healthy state,  by the above drug,
 and gave the  lady three globules of the third dilution,  when the disease
 disappeared—" her  health improved, and it is now good," or, in other
 words, the disease was cured with one homoeopathic dose of rhus radicans.
    On reading this case, we sought for,  and  luckily obtained, a few doses
 of the precious drug, and soon  prescribed  it in ten cases of chronic rheu-
 matism, vvith  the " peculiar," or  "  stinging and  pricking pains."   In
 six  of these cases the symptoms were  apparently palliated temporarily,
 but in the  other four cases no effect whatever was observable.
    We could give  a  great  number  of cases  of  chronic  tubercula of the
  organs and muscles, and also  of chronic mucosis of the organs and mus-
  cles,  which have  been  under  the  treatment of the most distinguished
  hom'oeopathists from three months  to three   years, with no other  effect
  than that of an occasional partial mitigation of the symptoms. Yet the ho-
  moeopathic treatment of  diseases is greatly superior to the old allopathic
  practice in curing acute, and mitigating the symptoms in chronic diseases. 
                    HAHNEMANN ON CHRONIC DISEASES.
                                     EXTRACTS.

                                  "AURUM (Gold.)
      " In the same way as superstition, incorrect observations, credulity and baseless
    conjectures have been the cause of a great many false statements as to the pretended
    remedial virtues of certain ^medicines, that have been received  into the  old materia
    medica; a great many powerful medicinal substances have been set aside as inefh-
t    cacious for want of experiment,  and upon  the  strength of  frivolous theoretical
    reasonings.
      I  may  here only mention gold as illustrative of my assertion; not  the gold
    which has been dissolved by acids and reobtained again from  the solution by pre-
    cipitation—these two kinds of gold have, both of them, been pronounced dangerous
    and even  useless,  because they cannot, without danger, be administered justa dosi,
    in an excessive quantity : No, I speak of the pure, unaltered gold.
      " Modern physicians  have pronounced it inefficacious, and, by banishing this
    remedy from their system of materia medica, they have deprived us of the brilliant
    remedial virtues of that drug.
      " They said ' that it could not be dissolved in the gastric juice, and  that it was
    therefore  powerless and useless.'  Such  theoretical speculations were received in
    the place of  convictions.  Bold decisions, empty theoretical conjectures, have almost
    always, in medicine, been taken in the place of well founded  truth: it is so much
    more convenient, simply to assert,  than lo interrogate experience, which, however,
    is the basis of the art of curing.
      " They cannot avail themselves of the excuse that gold has also been condemned
    by older physicians."
      " They are all of them wrong, and all the modern physicians into the  bargain.
      "  Gold has great remedial virtues, which cannot be replaced."
      " I  have an aversion to employ metals dissolved in acids,  were it for no other
    reason than simplicity.  And then, their properties must necessarily be altered by
    the acids, as may be seen  by comparing  the medicinal virtues of the  corrosive
    sublimate with those of the oxyde of mercury.   I therefore was much pleased on
    discovering  that many Arabian  physicians praised the remedial  virtues of gold
    when  administered in  the shape  of a fine  powder,  in many  affections, against
    which I had already employed the solution of gold with great benefit.   This cir-
    cumstance was of course calculated to inspire me  with confidence in the assurances
    of the Arabian physicians."
      " I forbear quoting  the eulogies which have been bestowed upon the powdered
    gold "  " Suffice it to say, that I credited the  testimony of the  Arabians more than
    the theoretical doubts of  modern  physicians, and employed the finest leaf-gold,
    after having triturated it for an hour with 100 grains of sugar  of milk."
      " Gold  is especially  suitable to scrofulous and  venous constitutions,  to the mel-
    ancholy and phlegmatic temperament, to individuals with blond hair, indolent habit,
    and soft, lax fibres."   " Hypocltondriasis.—Hysteria, hysteric  spasms and convul-
    sions.—Epilepsy.—Chlorosis.—Falling down without  any consciousness.—Chro-
    nic icterus.—Nightly pains of the bones ; inflammation and  caries of the bones,
    especially  after the abuse of mercury—Injuries from abuse of mercury, especially
    when complicated with syphilis.—Secondary syphilis.—Scrofulosis—Tabes mesen-
    terica.—Arthritic nodosities; arthritic symptoms consequent upon sexual and  mer-
    curial abuses.—Dropsical affections—Herpes  of the  prepuce.—Warts and condy-
    lomata  of the tongue, prepuce, and anus—Weakness of the  mind and memory ,
    mental  fatigue, consequent upon great exertions of the mind.—Melancholia,  with
    loathing of life, and inclination to commit suicide.—Spleen ; melancholia of every
    kind."  " Gold also holds special relations to a depressed state of the sexual organs,
    to diseases of the genital organs, and  especially of the  testicles.  This latter cir-
    cumstance is remarkable for this reason, that persons who had committed suicide,
    have been  found  to  be affected with diseases of the genital orppans, especially
    hydatids upon the ovaries and  testes.  Chronic congestion of the blood to  the head.
    —Hysteric  headache.—Megrim—Headache,  consequent upo t  mental exertions.— 
207
Exostoses on the skull.—Caries of the mastoid process.—Simple, violent scrofu-
lous inflammation of the eyes, especially accompanied by great intolerance of light
—Obscuration of the sight by black spots hovering before the eyes.  Visus nebu-
losus; half-sight; apoplectic and abdominal  amaurosis;  amaurousis consequent
upon suppressed anger.—Spots upon the cornea ?—Otorrhea, consequent upon
caries of the ossicula  auris  and the mastoid process.— Thick  tip of the nose in
scrofulous individuals.—Ozana, with thick, yellow matter, which is partly liquid,
partly blown out in the shape of solid clots, and always accompanied by a loath-
some stench from the nose ;  want of smell, and continual obstruction of the nose;
Ozana syphilitica et scrofulosa; Ozana, with caries of the nasal bones.—Carcinoma
of the nose.—Swelling and ulceration of the lips in scrofulous individuals.  Inflam-
matory prosopalgia consequent upon abuse of mercury.  Caries of the  bones oi
the face.—Congestive toothache, toothache consequent upon congestion of the blood
to the head, with heat  in the  head.—Looseness of the teeth.—Ulceration and caries
of the palate.—Syphilitic ulcers of the fauces and the tongue.—Scirrhous induration
of the tongue.—Swelling and ulceration of the tonsils.—Nightly colic, with flatu-
lence.—Ascites  and anasarca.—Inguinal hernia, both when hereditary and conse-
quent upon cold, especially in children.—Constipation,  originating in atony of the
intestinal  canal, or  when accompanied by  strangulated hernia.—Haemorrhoidal
obstruction  of  the rectum.—Ischuria.—Excited  6exual  instinct.—Too  frequent
nightly pollutions.   Acute and clironic orchitis; swelling of the testicles, of con-
siderable extent  and great hardness,  consequent upon removed redness  and pain-
fulness.—Prolapsus and induration of the womb.—Exostoses of the pelvic bones.
—Chronic obstruction of the nose.—Chronic catarrh  and purulent coryza; ulcera-
tion of the Schneiderian membrane, with puriform, ichorous, stinking discbarge.—
Influenza.—Stinking breath.—Congestion of the blood to the chest, and  congestive
asthma.—Suffocating  Jits, with  violent constrictive oppression  of the  chat.—
Paralysis and hepatization of the lungs.—Violent palpitation of the heart, occur-
ring in paroxysms several times during the day, and consequent upon congestion
of  the blood  to the chest and heart, accompanied  by anxiety and oppression.—
Arthritic metastases to the heart, especially when taking the form of palpitation,
suffocating anxiety and oppression of the chest.—Stenocardia.—Chronic affections
of the heart, producing hydrothorax, especially after abuse of mercury.—Exostoses
of  the bones of  both the upper and lower extremities."

   Such is the long list of chronic diseases in which Hahnemann recommends the
use of the trituration of gold in sugar of milk.   He besides recommends its use in
a very long list  of the common symptoms in chronic  diseases of all the different
organs, and as a remedy the  virtues of which cannot be replaced.
   We should here observe that the experience of the homoeopathists of the present
day, as well as  our own, has shown in the most conclusive manner, that the above
preparation of gold has no other curative power in the cases enumerated by Hahne-
mann, than  that of palliating the symptoms—it does not cure the disease—the
power of this preparation of gold being too feeble to effect a cure in a case of any
importance.
   We should also observe that no dependence whatever can be  placed in any other
homoeopathic remedies, except as mere palliatives in these cases, or in the symp-
toms above enumerated in the cases of chronic diseases of the organs.
   Hahnemann was unfortunately unacquainted  with the infinitely superior prepa-
ration of gold which we have introduced in this continent; and  with the  invariable
and ever-reliable symptoms of chronic diseases, which are detected by pressttre 0*
the ganglions of the posterior spinal nerves.
14 
LATERAL CURVATURES OF THE SPINE.
  William W. Kinne, M. D., of Trumansburgh, Tompkins Co., N. Y.,
has been treating lateral curvatures of the spine and also distortions  of
the spine and of the limbs, during the last year (1846), with great suc-
cess.   The Doctor took plaster casts of the  curvatures and distortions
before he commenced the treatment, and also at different periods during
its progress and at its termination.  The following engraving, Fig. 1, is
from a drawing by C. Muyr, of  the first cast  of Miss Mary B. B., of
Ithaca, N. Y., aged 16 years.
                             Fig. 1.
  The curvature commenced  seven years  before the cast was taken,
and at the end of four  and a half months thereafter, another cast was
taken of Miss M. B. B., showing a very great improvement in the case,
as seen in the engraving, Fig. 2, and leaving little doubt  but that in a
month and a half more, or six months from  the time of the commence-
ment  of the treatment the spine would be straight and the form perfect.
  We have also  a cast of a lateral curvature, taken by the Doctor at the
commencement of the treatment of Miss M. P., of Hector, N. Y., aged
17 years.   The curve commenced when she was  between four and five
years old, and grew with her growth.  The cast  shows it to be a very 
209
bad case, and the spine, at its  greatest curve, an inch and a half from
the median line.   The second cast of this case taken after nine months
treatment shows the spine  straight.
  A cast of lateral  curvature of the Spine, which the Doctor took of
Miss  M. V. S., of Ithaca, N.  Y., aged 13  years, and of  three years
landing shows a  deviation of the  spine of one inch from  the median
line, a very bad form and poor health.   Another cast taken after  eight
weeks treatment of the same  case  shows  a  straight spine, improved
health and a perfect form.
  There was in all ef these cases, like every other of lateral curvature,
a contraction and thickening ot the muscles or veritable white swellings
on the outside of the curves.  They are all cases  of tubercular disease
of the muscles, and  it is the contractions of  the muscles on the outside
of the curves and consequent atrophia of those on the inside that make
                    FIG-  2-             the deviations from the medi-
                                        an line.
                                          The white swelling of the
                                        right  scapula  or shoulder-
                                        blade in the  case  of  Miss M.
                                        B. B., Fig. 2, which produced
                                        the deviation in her  spine, is
                                        not, it will  be  seen, entirely
                                        reduced, and consequently the
                                        spine has not entirely  resumed
                                        its natural position.
                                           The  course   the Doctor
                                        adopted  to  reduce these cur-
                                        vatures,  was first to reduce the
                                        white swellings with  the spe-
                                        cific  remedies for tubercula
                                        and the  action  of the mag-
                                        netic machine, when the spines
                                        resumed  their natural posi-
                                        tion.;, and this is the only phi-
                                        losophical and only successful
                                        practice  in these cases.
  In consequence of the great increase of the business of reducing late-
ral curvatures of the spine, and distortions of the spine and limbs, Dr.
Kinne has been invited to establish himself in in this city, and in a let-
ter from him a few days since (Dec. 12), he informs us that he has con-
cluded to accept the invitation, and will have rooms in this city to ac-
commodate his patients, in the course of the month of March next.
 
210
     DISTORTIONS  OF THE SPINE  AND  CARIES OF THE VERTEBR.fi.
  Fig. 3 is the  form of a cast taken by Dr. Kinne, at the  commence-
ment of the  treatment, of Almond Beach, of Cuba, Alleghany co., N.
Y., aged 13 years.  The distortion commenced when he was five years
old,  and grew with his growth.   Fig. 4 is the form of a  cast taken from
               Fig. 4.                         Fig. 3.
                                the boy after three months' treatment,
                                and  Fig. 5 is the form of a cast taken
                                from the same boy after four and  a
                                half months' treatment.
                                   There is a very great and progres-
                                sive improvement in  this case for the
                                time it has been under treatment, which
                                will astonish every  physician who  is
                                unacquainted with the magnetic prac-
                                tice by which  such  extraordinary re-
                                sults are obtained.
                                   It will be observed that the 3d fig.
                                and form of the first cast from this boy
                                shows the most extreme atrophia of
                                the muscles, with very great distortion
                                of the spine, and that in figures 4 and
                                5  the  atrophied muscles are progres-
                                sively developed in the same propor-
                                tion with the reduction of the  distor-
tion, and these changes have progressed in the same manner in  all the
cases we have treated.*
  * We hare always on hand cases of distortion of the spine and caries of the vertebra*.  We had 16
eases in 1844, aged from one to eight years, and they are now all well and their spines straight, except-
ing only two who were too far advanced in the disease to be cured.
HOLLAND So 
211
  We see the same progressive changes and in the same order, in late-
ral  curvatures  of the  spine, as seen on a  comparison of Fig. 1 with
Fig. 2, and of the other casts  in  our possession, before described, and
these changes have  also progressed  in  the same order in all the cases
we  have treated; and  in  all of which allopathy, homoeopathy, hydro-
pathy, chronopathy, and  all other pathies, are equally and  entirely at
fault.  And now it  should be  remembered, and  never  be  forgotten,
that the magnetic or  duodynamic practice reduces in the most safe
and prompt manner, the  enlarged, thickened, swelled, hypertrophied,
or tuberculated portions  of the organs in the same  order  as in  the
above cases of tuberculated and atrophied muscles, in lateral curvatures
and distortions of the  spine, as we  have demonstrated in the clearest
manner time out of mind.   Yet the  professors of our medical colleges
continue to teach the old antiquated  astrological  practice,  and the peo-
ple are apparently doomed to be drugged to death like their fathers in all
future time ; but the study of  anatomy and physiology is being intro-
duced in our primary schools, and  the manikins and magnetic machines
are abroad, with the lecturers on the magnetic symptoms and treatment
of diseases, and the magnetizers  are raising  their signs  in  town  and
country, and are curing diseases in a prompt, safe and satisfactory
manner.   In the meantime the people are obtaining a general knowledge
of anatomy,  physiology, and of the  magnetic  symptoms  and treatment
of  diseases, and will soon learn the professors of these colleges  the
necessity of keeping pace with the   improvements in the practice of
medicine.
                     DISTORTIONS OF THE LIMBS.
  Fig. 6 is  the form  of  a cast of the lower  part of the leg, foot  and
ankle, of a boy aged  13 years, taken by Dr. Kinne, at the commence-
ment of  the treatment ; and Fig.  7 is the form of a cast taken from the
same leg, foot and ankle,  at the end of six weeks thereafter.
                Fig.  7.                 Fig. 6.
  The boy used the limb  many years in the form and manner seen in
Fig. 6; and  the  Doctor observes that, " in  the treatment of the foot
with which I presented you casts, one taken six weeks after the other,
without any cutting of tendons, or  other  operation, we relied entirely
upon the  magnetic machine and frictions to restore the action of the
paralysed  muscles." 
212
                           RECAPITULATION.

                    ADDITIONS TO MEDICAL SCIENCE.

  A candid examination of the more prominent subjects of the preceding pages, will
establish tne following important facts:—
  1. That, prior to the publication of the first edition of this work, in 1836, very little
was known of the true characteristics of tubercular disease of the organs, limbs, and
other structures, beyond the general and obvious fact of the destruction of life which it
produces. Nothing was known ofthe accordance of the  natural and invariable symp-
toms of this seemingly Protean disease with the laws and phenomena of physiologi-
cal  magnetism here  developed; and, therefore, nothing of the magnetic or strictly ap-
propriate remedies.
  2. That, since that time, the author's original views of the subject, and many of his
most novel and startling positions, have been fully confirmed  by the  recent disclo-
sures of M. M. Lugol, Louis, Lisfranc, Debrayne and others, of the Parisian schools,
and received with great respect by the medical profession.
  3. That the invariable precision of these natural symptoms and the uniform success
of these appropriate remedies, entitle the  latter to the rare distinction of a specific;
and, when viewed in connexion, corroborate, in the strongest  manner, the magnetic
theory  which the author deduced from them, in advance  of all other writers.
  4. That a great number of chronic diseases whieh were supposed to be characterised
by different symptoms, however equivocal,  and to require different remedies, however
uncertain, are now shown to belong to the same class, or to be, in fact, one and the same
tubercular disease, affecting different parts  of the system, instead  of being different in
itself;  and requiring the same specifically appropriate remedy, instead of the various
remedies selected in reference to particular symptoms,  and confessedly used by way
of experiment.  And this  conclusion,  also, is entirely sanctioned and confirmed by
the eminent French physicians above named.
  5. That besides the  great error of medical writers, in supposing that the old and
ever-varying  symptoms, which they adopted, indicated a variety of  distinct diseases,
they were led into another pernicious error,in inculcating and  practicing upon the
universal belief that these symptoms indicated peculiar inflammations, requiring deple-
ting remedies, with all their torturing appliances; the consequences of which are now
seen to be absolutely appalling.  In short, intricacy and  irregularity, disappointment
and fatality, the natural offspring of pertinacious  ignorance, clothed in the imposing
garb of learning and experience, have every where attended the prevalent theory and
practice, and have driven many of the best minds from the  profession in disgust, and
:nany others into the  boundless  mazes of  Homoeopathy; while the newly discovered
symptoms and remedies are distinguished alike for their simplicity, uniformity, stabil-
ity  and utility, and have therefore the  indisputable  traits of  truth, nature, and sci-
ence, stamped upon them.
  6. In addition to  the testimony of the distinguished French  physicians above men-
tioned, is the following extract from the London Lancet, for January 14th 1843, to the
same effect;  and this brief paragraph is only one of the many evidences afforded  by
that very high medical authority, and indeed by the medical literature of the day.
that a  brighter era is beginning to dawn upon this momentous subject:
  " How much have we yet to learn, how little do we really know, of the nature and
rational treatment, not only of the diseases of the cerebro-spinal system, but of dis-
eases  in general! Assuredly, the uncertain and most unsatisfactory art that we call
medical science, is no science at all, but  a jumble of inconsistent opinions; of con-
clusions hastily drawn; of facts badly arranged; of observations made with careless-
ness ;  of comparisons  instituted which are not anological;  of hypotheses which are
foolish; and of  theories which, if not useless, are dangerous.   This is the reason why
we have our homceopathists, and our hydropathists; our mesmerists and our celestial-
ists!"  and he might have added an army of arrant quacks.
   Mr. Wakley, M.  P.  in his editorial article, in the same number, advises the members
 of  the medical profession, to commence collecting facts, in their several districts, de
 novo,  on which to found, at a future period, a rational  and effectual mode of treating
 diseases.—
 v  The illiberalitv with which I  have been treated, by many of the leading men ofthe 
213
profession, while I have been alone engaged, through a long  series of years, in esta'l-
lishing the true character and great importance of the new symptoms and remedies",
in chronic diseases, and in the only way in which I could hope for success, will fully
justify me, in thus exposing to the public  in the vears of my triumph,   the heartless
impositions those men are constantly practising.
  Among their most plausible false issues against me, was that in which they charged
me with prescribing these remedies in all diseases, and in  consequence of which I
was compelled to limit their public  use, to a much less number of cases, than that to
which I knew them to be applicable, and to which I shall now direct the attention of
the gentlemen of the profession  and the public, in a very concise manner.
7. Besides the cases in the preceeding pages,in which I have  shown these remedies to
be  applicable and specific, they will  be found to be equally so, in  all the cases of
chronic  disease not before noticed, in which the magnetic  symptoms develope tuber-
cular disease.  Among these cases are, Tic Doloreux; Nervous head-ache; Sterility
St. Vitus' Dance; Paralysis; Epilepsy and Insanity  in young subjects;  Chronic, Di-
arrhoea,  and Chronic Dysentery.
8. Besides the common  cases of chronic diarrhoea, nineteen  cases out of twenty of those
who are said  to die of Bilious Fever, actually die of chronic diarrhoea or chronic dysen-
tery, from ulceration of the intestines; all,  or very nearly all, of which would be saved,
as I have often ascertained,by the use of these remedies,  immediately after the inflam-
atory symptoms have subsided.   They  will in fact cure every case, when we commence
their use  before the ulcers have penetrated  through the peritonial coat of the intes-
tines.   When therefore such  patients do not begin to gain  strength, immediately after
the inflammatory symptoms have subsided, no time should be lost in commencing the
use of these remedies, if you wish to save  such patients.
9. Let me now direct your attention  to Cholera Infantum,—to the summer complaints
of little children, who are carried  off by thousands every year, while  the repulsive
and expansive force of the atmosphere is prevailing  over its attractive and contractive
force, almost every one of whom may now be saved, by the attractive and contractive
force of these remedies, even in the last stage of the disease, as  I have often demon-
strated  in the clearest  and most satisfactory manner. And  now let  me caution the
mothers of these children against the arts that are  practiced by many physicians, to
first obtain, and then maintain confidence  in their families at all  hazards, without re-
gard to  any other principle than  that of  making  money, notwithstanding their pro-
fessions to the contrary;  and besides.these mothers should  never, never forget the fact,
that such physicians would always rather  see their patients die, under the use of their
remedies or  prescriptions, than see them recover under other treatment.  However
the announcement  of this  fact  may shock and appal, it is nevertheless sternly, sol-
emnly true;  and is one of those dreadful secrets of  human nature, of which  it has at
last become  my painful duty to  reveal. *
    10.  From facts which have recently come to our knowledge, patients at least, have much Greater
  cause for apprehension from the pretended favor and "patronage" of the new principles, and prac-
  tice by many of the sages here referred to. than from the utmost hostility they could possibly exert.
  We have been aware, for some years, of instances  in which physicians, when urged by the impor-
  tunities of their patients, have professed a familiar acquaintance with the constituents and composition
  of our remedies; and pretended to administer them : but it is only latterly that we have become in-
  formed of the extraordinary extent and cruel consequences of this  contemptible imposition.   The
  effects of these remedies, in cases abandoned as  hopeless under ordinary treatment, has lorced itself
  irresistibly, upon the attention both of sufferers and tormentors, m all partsi of che country, and phy-
  sicians have been compelled to assent to the notorious reality of facts which they could not deny.
  K^S^^ rellledics' "s spared lor their Hands, and of the manufac
  fure of which they are entirely ignorant, they claim the knowledge and mastery of both; and there-
  up™  deceive and abuse  the confidence of their patients by concocting prescriptions based upon
  merelv conjectured and consequently inadequate  points of resemblance.  If they really could prepare
  nierei} conjecture . ai        Li10.,i,  not have the slightest objection  to their doing so, but, on the
  these re™?*^"^^                 thus be conferred on the whole community.   But,
  contrary should rejoiceat the^ benenm  w             chemical and pharmaceutical, which are
  knowing,as»   dc.thnt,the e*'™»  £iion ofVese remedies, cannot possibly be conducted except
  absolately ind«£»»»'>>t0£e/STexnresslv constructed for the purpose, we know ihatever>-

  professed '"'X^manSire that we could publish, would only tempt the cupidity of such un-
  descnption »^^^™S the production of spurious remedies, by easier and   ess expensive
  scrupukms  iniuators to mu  ml}     V^.^ heretofore WgWy and justly celebrated in the history
  nJ-eW,8JvinJ.ami truH valuable, while their  composition and  administration were in experienced and
  of medicine, andItro V}.vara  d  ,               worthless, when entrusted to ignorant pretenders,
  skilful h!l"*s;r^",'eJ:lXiXunmerited oblivion.   And no men  are better acquainted with this
  and have accordingly'sun* """^  f     t adding our now invaluable remedies to the number that
  ^ru^tc^^nctf bTs Meeting then, to the same inevitable cause of deterioration.

   * The most  overwhelming and conclusive evidence on this subject  is, we are sorry to say, of dail7
  oecurnnc? witu the curt and «»»«* of  the medical colleges. 
214
                             PROFESSIONAL APHORISMS
  1. The " savoir dire," the " savoir faire," an agreeable exterior and good manners, tha
Knowledge of the world, a certain " je ne sais quoi," which pleases and attracts, are turned
to excellent account by some physicians.  But it will not do to examine such gentlemen
too narrowly; we must not  blow too strongly upon this froth;  for the prestige  quickly
vanishes.   These qualities are, indeed, to the character what embroidery is to a garment.
whose web is of no great value.
  2. "An enlightened ignorance;"—these words, although seemingly contradictory, express
an important truth.   It is given but to very few to reach this high degree of philosophic
truth.
  What study, what watchings, what meditation, how much judgment and  modesty are
required to know that we know but little, to estimate at their real  value  the acquisitions
of science, to arrive at length at those limits where it is written " unknown."  Montaigne,
with much truth, distinguishes  the abecedarian ignorance and the doctoral ignorance; the
latter requires a whole lifetime's labor to attain to.
  3. Bloodletting is a very efficacious remedy in pneumonia ; tartrate of antimony in large
doses will often cure  this disease ; opium also may claim considerable success ; and musk
has saved not a few cases.  But tell us, you say, with precision, when are we to resort to
bleeding, when to antimony, when to opium, and when to musk ?  We are almost compel
led to admit that we cannot.  It is the same with almost all pathological affections.
  Shall we ever see the time, when we shall no longer be acting with hesitation  and un-
certainty, or pronouncing upon vague symptoms, and groping our way upon mere conjec-
tures?
  4. What is the cause of the bitterness of one physician against another ? Why does he
blame him in everything, and  on every occasion?  The truth is, he is occupied with the
same subject, and he has been less successful.  Do you not see the caterpillar abusing the
work of the silkworm?—and yet the caterpillar can spin also.
  5. It is really absurd and ridiculous to see ourselves so often outstripped in the medical
race by dolts and fools ; and yet it is a disgrace and reproach to succeed after the fashion
of some people.
  6. There are some writers, whose language, by being strong, compressed, and profound,
exacts so much from the thought, that it is called obscure and Unintelligible.  The author
of the New Elements of the Science of Man is an example of this style.  A physician said
once to this great man:—" Your book is much too difficult to  be understood."  " Patience,"
replied Barthez, " I  am preparing an edition which will be so clear that every ass will be
able to drink from it."
  An acute sense, much knowledge, a superior reason, and a rare talent of disentangling
truth from fiction and from mere probability, are  necessary to enable us to form a just ap-
preciation of theories and principles, and of their  application to  practice. Whoever has
not acquired these qualities is condemned, like the crowd, to follow the standard of anoth-
er, and to fall into either an irrational skepticism, or an empirical routine, which is too of-
ten dignified with the appellation of experience.—Gazette Medicate.
   An experienced nurse is seldom able to describe the plainest case, without  employing a
phraseology of which every word is a theory; whereas a simple and genuine  specification
of the phenomena which mark a particular disease; a specification unsophisticated by
fancy, or  by preconceived opinions, may be regarded as unequivocal  evidence of a mind
trained by long and successful  study to the most difficult of all aits, that of a faithful in
terpretation of nature.—Duoald Stewart. 
From the New York Lancet.
            A  LIST  OF MEDICAL AND SURGICAL CHARGES,

Adopted by the Associated Physicians and  Surgeons of the City of New York, Dec. 1815,
          and approved by the New York Comity Medical  Society, Jan. 2,1816.
Verbal advice.................from 00 to $5 00
Letter of advice..............  "  10 •' 15 00
Ordinary visit.................  "   0 "  2 00
Consultation do.........................  5 00
After visits, each......................  3 00
Night visit.............................  1 00
Visit at a distance, per mile.............  1 50
Do. to Brooklyn........................  3 00
Do. to Powles'  Hook, summer...........  5 00
Do. to Staten Island....................  10 00
Both these last to be doubled to winter
  or storm.
First visit in epidemic, or other diseases
  where personal danger is apprehended
Each succeeding, under the same circum-
  stances.
500

3 00
5 00
5 00
2 00
5 00
1 00
Vaccination.........................5 »? 10 00
Each dressing of a wound
Cupping................
Bleeding in arm or foot ..
Do. in jugular vein.......
Dressing blister.........................  i JJ?
Scarifying eye............•••...........  % J"
Puncturing oedematous swellings........  - w
Inserting scton..........................  % ""
Do. issue............/•■••YVui.......
Visits in haste to be charged double.
Detention, $3 per hour. Do. $25 per day.
Introducing catheter....................  j| «*»
Each succeeding time...................  - ""
Do. in females...........•.....• • • • • •• • •  j» J{"
Extracting calculus from the urethra 20 to 30 00
Reducing simple fracture.......... 1"   £» ""
Do. compound fracture..............i',„ on on
Do. dislocations....................-5 ° 20 00
Of the hip--........;............ 30   »""
 Reducing prolapsus am.............• • • ■   » ™
 Do. hernia.........................\° *.  s no
 Opening abscess.................... l    » ™
 Amputation ofthe breast................  ^ w

 So-! fip^ J«£ii"V.V.V.WW■."■.ibVto!50 00
Extirpation of testis.................... 50 00
Do. of eye..............................100 00
Do. tonsils..............................25 00
Do. tumor..........................5to50 00
Perforating rectum...................... 25 00
Do. nostrils, external ear, vagina, or ure-
  thra ..............................5 to 25 00
Dividing the frenum linguae or penis   3 " 5 00
Paracentesis of abdomen............15 " 25 00
Do of thorax..........................  50 00
Operation for tic douloureux............  25 00
Do. for harelip.........................  25 00
Do. for hernia.........................  125 00
Do. fistula in perineo...................  50 00
Do. fistula in ano......................  50 00
Do. for phymosis......................  10 00
Do. fistula lachrymalis.................  40 00
Do. paraphymosis......................  10 00
Do. wry neck..........................  ^22
Do. depressing cataract................. 125 00
Do. extracting do......................  150 00
Do. anterior of Saunders...............  25 00
Do. popliteal aneurism................. 100 00
Operation for carotid aneurism.......... 200 05
Do. for inguinal or external iliac........ 200 00
Do. brachial..........................  50 00
Do. radial, tibial, or ulnar..............  25 00
Lithotomy............................. 150 XX
 Bronchotomy..........................  jj> JJJ
 Trepanning...........................  in nn
 Circumcision..........................  i; UU
 Common case of midwifery.........25 to 35 00
 Tedious or difficult cases............36 || 60 0O
 Case of gonorrhoea.................15 "30 00
 Do. syphilis........................2d "100 00
 Preparing and administering enema......  1 w
 Visit on board a vessel at the wharf......  2 50
 Do. in the stream.......................  \ JJ?
 Do. at Governor's Island............••••  J> yu
 Do. for opinion involving a question of
   law, and in which a physician may
   be subpoenaed........................  5 ""
 Extracting tooth at patient's house...
 Do. at surgeon's....................
  00
1 00
Do. finger or toe........................• ^ qq
Do. penis...............................

   This scale of charges continues to the present time, and has undergone no mate-
 •  \    En durine the last thirty  years.   Some of the items are highly amus-
•Wl Tw the charge of from $10 to $15 for a « letter of advice," looks very much
t",gi     ^Snt insurance ^ganst the  effects of mistakes upon the reputation and
hke a Prudent  m« w«   «^»«         ,      be deplored  that the scheme con-
emolumeniU.of^the Pty««»J, and  u       y         ^    Uent    s   again> lhe

tains  no  «mllar P™/V"°JhJBgtJS™f the weather and personal danger from an era-
fiT ThaeSSary &$^afbeen seen, for a visit to'staten Island, performeo bv 
216
fie regular ferry in thirty minutes, is $10;  in winter, or stormy weather, double the
amount, or $20; and if the case be yellow fever, " or other diseases where personal
danger is apprehended," $5 more, making the visit worth $25.  But it is doubtless
intended as a compliment to their own professional skill that they charge so much
less when personal danger is apprehended  from an epidemic, than when they have
merely to face bad weather.  $10 is the charge against a storm, while a plague or
pestilence escapes with only $.5!  But we leave the analysis of this list to the reader
himself, as a rich  source of amusement, except in instances where personal or do-
mestic experience has proved it to be too true for a joke.  The lucrative advantages
conferred upon the profession by the above association of physicians and surgeons,
became so manifest that, in a few years, further improvements in the management
of  the  patients  were naturally suggested  with  a view to the same  objects.
Accordingly, in the year 1823, another association of physicians and surgeons was
instituted, called the " Kappa Lambda Society."  One of the regulations of this fra-
ternity was to tax the druggists a heavy per centage for the privilege of putting up
the prescriptions  given to patients by the  members ; and  these prescriptions were
so framed  as  to  enable the druggists amply to remunerate themselves for the tax
imposed, by making up a large bulk  of cheap ingredients,  colored water, &c, and
charging the patients according to quantity, " in every case where they will stand
it."  Thus was established, by means of a secret compact, a monopoly insuring a
large amount of" quarterly revenue."
  The contempt with which these " Kappa Lambdas" affect  to look down upon
the Homoeopathic practitioners, who prescribe  diminutive quantities of medicine
affording no opportunity of exacting  a revenue  from the  druggists, is more easily
imagined than portrayed; and the  horror they naturally  feel and express is un-
bounded when they learn, as they often do, that one  of their patients has purchased
a box of magnetized gold pills, which is  to last three or four months, for eight dol-
lars .; and their consternation is excruciating when, in a few months, they find that
these patients, from whom they had  long derived an annual revenue of from $-50
to $500, have entirely recovered their health, and these incomes consequently lost.
   Of the " Kappa Lambda  Society," however, the above regulation, now generally
notorious, is only one of the features.   Its main object was to grasp with an irresistible,
though invisible hand, all the lucrative business of the profession, and keep it ex-
clusively within the control  of their own body.   Additional revenue was to be ex-
torted, not merely from the druggists, in  the manner  above stated, but by multiply-
ing the frequency and number of consultations, for which, as we see by the above
list, every member invited is allowed to charge an additional fee of five dollars.  By
abridging the duration of these consultations, many may be held in a large city like
this, every day in the week, to  the no small gain of the worthy " Kappa Lambdas,"
and the eventual astonishment of the patients  or  surviving friends who have to
foot the bills.  It is proper to state that this society is still  flourishing in full vigor,
and regularly holds its meetings every week. 
  THE MAGNETIC  SYMPTOMS,  AND  THE  PROFESSORS OP
                      THE MEDICAL  COLLEGES.

 r,f t-^T™ r,rore88or3 jn our medical colleges have at last been driven to the necessity
 pf teaching the magnetic symptoms to the students of medicine,  after they have beei
 •SK™^ w^38 °f Physic"ns. ** become famiUar to'thousS? non pro
 •ossional persons of both sexes.                                              e

 'Mh^™ l^l'}^ clil£oal leoture- at the old Medical College in this city, on the
 «K«  ™b?i J945' t.h?sraddresses ^e  students, concerning a else of  «' spinal irrita
 tion" (as usual,) in a girl of 17, then before them:-                      V
   "S exarn.nat.ion you will observe that shfe complains when pressure is madeovei
 ™,?,£     the9mnal coluJ™ ; indeed, by merely passing the fingers lightly along its
 course, you perceive now she shrinks  from the touch.  There is no curvlture existing
 EfnTuo18/?8 i  a" emaciated: She suffers much from Palpitation, and complains of cofd
 hands and feet.  1 he tongue is somewhat furred, and the papilla: are very long and pro-
 minent, indicating a high degree of nervous excitation.
 J,',ITOm ihe, hl5°ryu0f the case' and from the examination which we have made, we
 «»™i  «n°    11,th?tthere "  no  disease existing in the spine, but that this irritation  is
 merely sympathetic, depending upon disease existing in some  other organ.   The girl is
 evidently affected with dysmenorrhea, and this irritation is merely sympathetic with
 mat  disease,  The connexion between the uterus and  spinal marrow, is  established
 through the medium of those nerves which are of spinal origin, and indirectly through
 the  hUm^ats  derived from  the sacral ganglia which  inosculate with the anterfor
 branches of the sacral nerves.
   " In the treatment of this case, we find that she has experienced but little, if any relief
 rrom the counter irritation which has been employed.  The true way is to treat the di*
 ease upon which the irritation depends, and when you have removed the cause the effect
 win cease.  Several years ago it was much the fashion to treat all  cases of spinal irrita-
 tion  nylnction along the spine with ung. ant. tart, but this practice is now pretty
 much abandoned."                                                        e    j
   The treatment, however, which the Professor recommends in this case  is virtually
 and substantially the same as  that which he condemns and declares to be " pretty much
 abandoned," namely, bathing, friction, flannel, and the  application of leeches!  The
 cause of this palpable discrepancy  between his doctrine and his practice is very cvi-
 dent.  He is still as ignorant of the true treatment and remedies for caseu of this kind, as
 he before was ofthe true symptoms by which they are indicated and distinguished. Nor
 ui it possible that our medical professors will ever know and teach the only true reme-
 dies for tuberculosis until they shall have leamt that the cause of this disease, whatever
 may  be its name or variety, is the morbid predominance of the repulsive or eNpnnsive
 force in the system, which can only be counteracted by the introduction of the attract-
 ive and contractive force presented in these magnetic remedies.

                      MAGNETIZED MEDICINES.

   It is now more than thirty years since we first commenced magnetizing medicines
 and  we have published  during the  lust ten years more than 25,000 copies of different
 works in which we have noticed this subject.  It has, however, not only been denied,
 but the idea of magnetizing  medicine treated with derision  by the professors of our
 medical  colleges  and  their satellites.  Baron Von  Reichenbach, of Vienna, has,
 however, recently succeeded in  magnetizing medicines, to the full satisfaction of the
 great Berzelius, of Stockholm, and of Dr. Gregory, of Edinburgh.


                        A WORD  TO  THE  WISE.

   Physicians of learning and  experience know that no dependence can be placed on the
 old astrological symptoms, by which they have been taught to distinguish  tubercular
 disease, or on the common imbecile remedies for it, as is seen by the following declara-
 tions of the distinguished professor M. Lugol, of Paris,  to the students of medicine,
 1S4I.
   " Tubercles may exist  in parenchymatous organs, may even partly annihilate them,
 without their being revealed  by  any external symptoms.   Our want of success in the
 use of the ordinary means of diagnosticating tubercles, proves  that those  means are in-
 adequate, that we follow an erroneous course in our investigations, and that we must
 resort to new modes if we wish to be successful.  The  numerous checks  and repeated
 deceptions to which physicians are daily exposed in the diagnosis and treatment of tuber-
 culous diseases, do they not prove that it is necessary to leave the beaten track of inquiry
 Rnd pursue some other which  is less fallible?"   Few physicians, however, will leave the
 old lucrative track for a new one—no matter what the consequences may be to their pa-
 tients.
  JVeio York, August 21,  1843.                        H. H. SHERWOOD, M. D.

We many years since discovered  with the magnetic symptoms, (by which tubercular dis
ease is distinguished in little children, with the same certainty as in  adulis.) a direct con-
nexion between the posterior spinal nerves, and the ganglionic  or sympathetic systemi of
nerle" connected with the organs, which  connexion has been  constantly denied hy the
advocates of the rediculous notion of referring tubercular disease of the organs, to  spi- 
eal disease"'^—" spinal irritation"—" nervous affections of the spine"—" spinal neuralgia,"
&c, with all  their horribly  torturing appliances.  I also traced this connexion with
clairvoyants, and Volkmann and Bidder have now traced it with the microscope ; and ai
this  connexion is now  confirmed by foreign authority, it will be taught in our medical
colleges, in connexion with the magnetic symptoms, as soon as the conceited professors
of these schools can be replaced by men  who have talents and industry to  keep pace
with the improvements in our profession. The quackery which these professors have prac-
tised and disseminated in their lectures, and the amount of Buffering they have inflicted
upon their patients, while they were literally groaning under the weight of their know-
ledge OF "SPINAL DISEASE"—"SPINAL IRRITATION"—" NERVOUS AFFECTIONS OF THE SPINE"
—"spinal neuralgia," &c, which it is now seen  were never favored with a real exist-
ence, is absolutely appalling; yet they have the vanity to  establish rules of practice,
and the  bare faced effrontery  to denounce every physician who varies from them.
  May 1, 1844.                                       H. H. SHERWOOD, AI. D.
  In chronic tubercula the fluids which nourish and support the solids of the system, are
changed from a healthy to an unhealthy and unnatural state.
  The secretions which are conveyed to the heart are thicker, and the blood is at first
thicker, and has always a darker color than natural.
  The excretions from the  stomach, pancreas, liver, intestines, kidneys, and skin, be-
come more  or less unhealthy, when generally constipation first, and then diarrhoea,
sometimes supervenes.
  On commencing the use of the magnetic or magnetized gold  pills, the secretions become
thinner, and the color of the  blood becomes more  florid,  imparting, in from one to three
weeks, a more florid and  natural color to the skin.  In from one to three weeks the mo
tions of the bowels generally  become regular, aud in the  meantime they should be kept
so with the daily use of small doses of medicine, or as long as they are required.  The
only effects  observed from the use of these pills  are the gradual disappearance of the
disease, and improvement in  the general health.
  Tubercular disease is propagated from one part of the system to another, Is slow in its
progress, and necessarily so in its cure ; yet children under ten years, and adults who
are very susceptible to mesmeric or magnetic influence, generally recover their  health
very fast under the use of these pills.  The time required  to cure any given case depends,
therefore, not only on the susceptibility to this influence, but  upon  the stage of the dis-
ease, and the progress it has made.  One box of the pills, which will last a patient from
four to five  months, is  generally  sufficient for a  case in the first stage of the disease,
and it is sometimes all that is  required in cases in the last stage ; but these last generally
require two or three boxes, and there are a few cases that require three or 4 boxes before
the health is entirely re-established.
  In cases of disease of the organs in  any  stage, with great tenderness along the spine,
and in cases of distortions of  the spine, backwards or forwards, and in white swellings of
the joints, a magnetic plaster is applied along the spine, and also over the white swellings.
  I have used these  remedies 35 years, with a success that justly entitles them  to the
character of a specific, as they have cured every  case in the first stage of the disease,
including tubercular consumption, and a great majority of the cases in the last stage.
  The specific character of these remedies is now well known to a great number of physi-
cians in the Union, many of whom are now using them in their practice, while others con-
tinue to use, by authority, the long  acknowledged futile remedies of the schools, and con-
sequently entail upon confiding families an enormous amount of suffering and bereavement.
                ■  If a person has  tubercular disease requiring these remedies, more or
                [less tenderness will be felt on applying  pressure with the thumb ou the
                Iganglions of the spinal nerves in the intervertebral spaces along each
                ■side of the spine.  Any  person of common sense can determine  this
                Ifact.  It is no matter whether there are one or more places  where ten-
                Iderness is found, or one or more organs or limbs are diseased, or which
                lorgans or limbs are diseased, as the curative process proceeds,  under
                ■the use of these remedies, in one and all of  the organs and limbs at the
                ■same time.*
                  The ganglions ofthe middle portions of the neck are connected with
                |the muscles of the limbs and body, and  the others with the organs, &c
                  Physicians who are not well acquainted with these magnetic symp-
                Jtoms, are necessarily entirely ignorant of the proper remedies for them,
                land consequently should never be allowed to interfere in the treatmentf
                I Tubercular disease is  entailed  on a great many families by the fre-
                Iquent changes of temperature, and by the abuse of mercury, the taint
                lor seeds of which is uniformly destroyed by the use of these pills, in a
                f safe aud satisfactory manner.

  * H. Lebert, M. D., as well  as M. Lugol, has recently shown, by microscopical observa-
tions in post mortem examinations, that tubercular disease pervades the organs and limbs,
and every other part of the system, as shown by the magnetic symptoms.  See Muller's
Archives, Nos. 2 & 3,1844.  These confirmations, with that of the magnetic machine, of
the correctness and importance of the use of magnetic remedies in this class of diseases,
gives our magnetic practice a further and most extraordinary triumph over the old astrolo-
gical practice of the tchools.
  t Incipient consumption is  frequently detected  by these symptoms, even before  th«
cough commences, when no time should be lost in commencing the use of these remedies,
as their use, or neglect in such casss, is a question  of life or death, there being  no other
remedy for the disease, as is well known to every physician-    l>¥T___„_l„k  „ _
  iUv  1 1845.                                      H H-  SHERWOOD, M. D,
 
MISCELLANEOUS RECIPES.
  Chronic Mucosis—Chronic Bronchitis.—Cough and expectoration, but no pain
produced by pressure on the intervertebral spaces between trie last cervical (7th) and
first dorsal vertebrae.
  R.  Hard  Bal. Copa. and Cubebs,  3i»ss.  Ext. Hyos.  3ss.  Make  100 pills.
Dose, 1 pill after breakfast and another after tea.—Specific.

  Hawking—with expectoration.—Tubercular disease of the throat.
  R.  Mag. gold pills, and mag. machine.—Specific.

  Hooping-Cough.—R.  Cochineal pulv. 10 grs.  Salts Tartar, 30 grs.   Sugar, 1 oz.
Hot water, half a pint.   Mix.   Dose, a tea-spoonful three times a-day.—Specific.

  Ulcerated Ears.—R.   Jamaica Spirits, a wine-glass-full.  Honey, a tea-spoon-
ful.   Mix, and introduce a little into the ulcerated ear morning and evening, with a
feather.—Dr. Van Buren.—Specific.  Ulcerations of any other part of the body may
be wet with this solution while under the use of the  magnetised gold pills.

  Asthma.—R.  Magnetic machine and Hyos.  Magnetise as directed  in Bronchi-
tis.—Specific.

  Cholera Morbus.—R.  Salts  Tartar,  Pearl-ash, or Salaeratus,  1  tea-spoonful.
Water, 1 pint.  Dose, a large table-spoonfui.  Opium, 1 grain, or 30 drops of the
tincture, for an adult.   The alkaline  solution  and the opium to be taken every time
the patient vomits, and every time he has a  motion of the bowels.—Specific.
  In Cholera Infantum, or the Cholera of Infants,  there is nothing to be compared
to these alkalies and tincture of opium, which should be given in doses proportioned
to the age and condition of these  patients.*  These remedies are also  among the
most important in Asiatic Cholera.

   Magnetised Gold Pill.—A magnetised chemical compound  of gold, iodine, and
chlorine; an intricate  and difficult preparation,  and of specific and extraordinary
power.                               ----
   Sterility is one of the consequences of chronic serosis, or tubercular disease of
the uterus, for which the  magnetised  gold pill is the specific, as is well known lo
many physicians.

   Impotence.—M. Mazard cured several  impotent persons by means of electricity.
 In these cases, one button (the negative) should be placed  over the genital  organs,
 and  the other over the  hollow of the neck.  We  have restored twenty-two cases in
 this way, while under the action of the magnetised gold pills.

   Temperament.—Magnetising, like mesmerising, produces a change of tempera-
 ment.  Persons who were very insusceptible to mesmeric influence, have become very
 susceptible to it, from the use of the magnetic machine.

   Cough in Consumption, or  in Chronic Bronchitis.—R.   Tar (hard wood the
 best), one table-spoonful, Jamaica spirits, half a pint, honey, half a pound.  Mix, and
 shake well, or one hundred times. Dose:  a tea-spoonful once, twice, or three times
 a-day.—Clairvoyant.

   Nausea, or Sickness  of  the Stomach.—R.  Tinct.  Ipecac, 3  to 5 drops, in a wine-
 glass of water; or of first dilution, 5 to 10 drops, in a wine-glass of water.—Homoz-

 *Acidity op the  Stomach.—R.  Salts Tartar, Salaeratus, or Pearl-ash, 1 tea-spoon-
 ful   Water 1 pint.   Dose, a quantity sufficient to neutralize the acidity.

   Sarsaparilla Syrups.—The muriate of mercury, or corrosive sublimate, a viru-
 lent poison, is the active principle which it  is well known is always disguised in these
 syrups, and often prescribed by the regular quacks of our profession.

   • Anion" the Homoeopathic  remedies for this disease, caustioum and opium are the best and cor-
 respond with these; and are very useful in the diarrhoeas and dysenteries, or Bummer complain* of
 little children 
GLOSSARY.
JSbscess, A swelling containing matter.
Amenorrhoza,  Obstruction of the monthly discharge from the uterut.
Antrum, Cavity under the cheek bone
Auscultation,  Act of distinguishing diseases of the chest with the stetln*voitc
Axilla, Armpit.
Catamenia, Monthly discharge from the uteru*.
Cerebrum, The front and upper part of the brain
Cerebellum, The back and lower part of the brain.
Cervical, The neck.
Cervical Vertebra,  The seven uppermost joints of the spine.
Chlorosis, Retention, or suppression ofthe monthly discharge from th« tnerus.
Clavicle, Collar bone.
Cranium,  Skull.
Diagnosis, To discern or distinguish.
Dorsal,  Back.
Dorsal Vertebra, Joints of the back between  the cervical and lumbar vertebne.
Excavation, A hole.
Excretions, These are formed by the excreting system, and are conveyed to the sur«
   face ofthe mucous and serous membranes and skin.and then expelled from the body
Expectoration, The act of coughing up matter.
Flaccidity', Soft and flabby.
Glands, Round organized bodies, with vessels, nerves, and connecting substance.
Ganglia of Glands, Knobs of, or a line  of glands, (kernels.)
Hemorrhage,  Discharge of blood.
Hypertrophy,  Swelling.
Inguinal, Appertaining to the groin.
Intestines, Bowels,
Lung, The lungs, (lights.)
 Leucorrhcea, A discharge from the uterus of a whitish, and sometimes of a yellow or
     greenish color.
Muscles, Distinct portions  of flesh of  different  lengths and forms, with which the
     body and limbs are moved.
Marasmus, Emaciation.
 Menorrhagia, Excessive monthly discharge from the- uterus
Mesentery, The caul.
 Oedematous,  A soft inelastic or  doughy swelling, which when pressed with the fin-
     ger retains its mark for sometime.
 Oesophagus,  Gullet.
 Spine,  Bony column of the back, composed of twenty-four bones called vertebrae,
     seven cervical, twelve dorsal, and five lumbar.
 Stethescope, A tube or acoustic instrument to distinguish diseases of the chest by the
     different sounds in their different stages.
 Secretions, These are formed by the secreting system, and conveyed from every purt
     of the body to the heart and centre  of the circulating system.
 Tonsils, Glands (almonds of the ears) situated on each side of the throet
 Tubercle, Enlarged gland.
 Tibia,  Shin bone.
 Ulertu, Womb
 t/bulo, Palate 
INDEX.
                                                                      Page.
Action of imperceptible agents,   -           -      -      -      -      -  \'V>
Alkalies—acids—chloride—chlorides—bitumen and iron,         -      -      52
Attractive force contracts,      -      ...---   51
Baron Reichenbach's Experiments,         -      -      -      -      -17b
Case by C B. Guthrie, M. D., of Granville, Ohio,    -      -      -      -116
Cases,........63 to 124
Causes of the symptoms,    "'''"''      In
Cause of the tuberculations,    -------   j'J
Chemical properties ofthe secretions in health and disease, M. Donne,   -      -34
Clairvoyance,   ---------  150
Clairvoyance—literal sight—intuitions,     -----     1 Jj>
Clairvoyance, specimen of,     -      -      -      -      -      -       '  {<»
Clairvoyant powers,        """"*""     iq4
Clairvoyant examinations of diseases,  -      -       -      -      -       *  fj>*
Clairvoyant prescriptions,          ...       -             - 194, lJtf
Consumption,   -......03 to  ,0, 141
Credulity of unbelief,      -----                  ''.
Directions for using the magnetic remedies,    -                            \n\
Dr. Elliotson, mesmerism, and New York Museum,       -      -      -     *'*
Dr. Forbes on mesmerism,      -                                            q
Excreting system and motive power of the body,    -       -      -      "      J
Examinations of patients at great distances,   -       -       -               215
Fees  of physicians   -----
Galvanic and animal battery,       ...                    -     ^
Glossary,    -      -             *■..."                          * lift  nr,
Gold pills, magnetized, magnetizing medicine, -       -       -           ilo>  l'"
Great pole and train of small poles,       -      -       -                    '
 Hahnemann on chronic diseases,      -     -      -                -205
 Homoeopathy, a case,,      -                                             ...
 Hunnewell and Swedenborg,   -      -  _   -      -      -             '  iqi
 Impressions or intuitions instead of literal sight,    -                    "   .  193
 Impressionists,   -                                                        j~-
 Important facts in mesmerism,      -                                "      ^
 Index,       -       -             ~    t,,*.,.                           .   54
 Influence of magnetism on animals—Dr. Philip,      -                      20Q
 Insensibility in magnetic sleep,     -      -      -            "  .      .    5
 Introduction,    -                                                        135
 Iodide of potash, dangers from,      -                         "            21*6
 Kappa Lamdas,     -                                                 _  ^90
 Light and images of the degrees,      -     -      -                _     2n
 Limbs, distortion of,        -      -                                -     149
 Living magnetism known to the ancients,  -      -      -        _      .  149
 Magnetism, living,     ;       ■      "     "      ".".'.     150
 Ma<metic organization of the human system      -                         2fl
 Magnetic symptom and professors of the medical colleges       -  _   -  _  2Hj

 Magnetized rings,       -       -             "       '          _      -     -218
 Magnetized medicines      -                          _      .      -     1*5
 Magnetizing, the process of,         -             "         ...  142
 Medical duodynamics,         -                       ...     150
 Mesmeric sleep, astounding developments,        -         .     .      .  128
 M. Lu?ol's lectures on scrofula,        -                       .      -     133
 M. Lewis's Memoirs,  do.   -       -      '                _     _      .  l33

 MSaSn's lecture on caries of the vertebrs      -      '  ,   '   .   '  .   f0
 Motive power, application of,                          _      _      .143
 Mucous surfaces, diseases ot        -                      ...   50
 Natural remedies for chronic diseases         -                       .132
 Nerusaffctions ofthe spme-spinal neuralgia, -      -      -      -     1«
 Observations on the remedies in different cases, 
 Paralysis in magnetic sleep,        -
 Phrenology—phreno-magnetism,       -'      -
 Phrenological Society, London—mesmerism,
 Physiology—magnetic phenomena,    -
 Plato—the magnet and the iron rings,      -
 Preface         _-..-.
 Price of magnetized gold pills, &c, Note,
 Professor Debrcyne and the Broussaian School,
 Professors of medical colleges,      -
 Professional aphorisms,        ....
 Prevision in the magnetic state,    -      -      -      -
 Quantity of magnetic forces in matter—Mr. Farraday,
 Recapitulation      ------
 Receipts—miscellaneous,   \-      -      -.
 Repulsive force expands,    -
 Rheumatica tubercula,  -----
 Rheumatica^atrophia,      -       -      -      -      -
 Secreting system and supporting power of the body,
 Sketches of French Surgery, by an American,
 Spine, lateral curvatures of,        -      -      -      -
 Spine, distortions of,        -
 Spine, magnetizing in lateral curvatures,
 Spinal irritation—spinal disease,    -
 St. Cyril, Bishop of Alexandria,       -
 Symptoms of chronic diseases,       -
 Temples, Pagan, prevision in,
 Theodore^, Bishop of Cysicus,     -
 Tuberculosis, from Muller's Archives,
 Tubercula of the lungs and other organs,   -
Tubercula of the spine and caries of the vertebrae,
Tubercula of the joints and limbs,
Tubercular disease of the throat and lungs, Rev. J. B. Cook,
Tubercula of the organs and muscles, a case,
Tubercular disease ofthe organs, C. B. Smith,
Tubereular disease of the brain,           -
Tubercules of the brain in children,
Volkmann and Bidder, and the posteriori spinal nerves, 
 
NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE
NLM 0171E37M b
■ i.'irl
fll|iii|I^^8:   B
NLM017123746